Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1835/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1835/ en-US All rights reserved Tue, 21 Jan 2025 02:18:03 GMT Tue, 21 Jan 2025 02:18:03 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1835/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1835/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1835/ thebookvoice.com no Agustin Gislason bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1835/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Viel Glück Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün wünscht uns Glück für alles, was wir anpacken und anfassen - für die Prüfung, für Begegnungen mit Menschen, für eine Reise und für jeden neuen Tag in unserem Leben. Gesprochen von Pater Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467856 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Viel Glück Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün wünscht uns Glück für alles, was wir anpacken und anfassen - für die Prüfung, für Begegnungen mit Menschen, für eine Reise und für jeden neuen Tag in unserem Leben. Gesprochen von Pater Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Viel Glück Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün wünscht uns Glück für alles, was wir anpacken und anfassen - für die Prüfung, für Begegnungen mit Menschen, für eine Reise und für jeden neuen Tag in unserem Leben. Gesprochen von Pater Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du bist einzigartig Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Du bist einzigartig für mich. Ich danke dir, dass du mein Freund, meine Freundin bist. Deine Geschichte, deine Schönheit, deine Liebe, deine Gefühle - all das ist einmalig für mich auf dieser Welt! Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Liebevolle Worte von Anselm Grün gesprochen für besondere Menschen. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467858 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du bist einzigartig Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Du bist einzigartig für mich. Ich danke dir, dass du mein Freund, meine Freundin bist. Deine Geschichte, deine Schönheit, deine Liebe, deine Gefühle - all das ist einmalig für mich auf dieser Welt! Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Liebevolle Worte von Anselm Grün gesprochen für besondere Menschen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du bist einzigartig Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Du bist einzigartig für mich. Ich danke dir, dass du mein Freund, meine Freundin bist. Deine Geschichte, deine Schönheit, deine Liebe, deine Gefühle - all das ist einmalig für mich auf dieser Welt! Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Liebevolle Worte von Anselm Grün gesprochen für besondere Menschen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kleine Auszeit für Dich Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Kleine Rituale helfen uns im Alltag wieder neue Kraft zu schöpfen, Luft zu holen und für einen Augenblick abzuschalten und zu entspannen. Eine kleine Auszeit mit P. Anslem Grün. Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467851 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kleine Auszeit für Dich Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Kleine Rituale helfen uns im Alltag wieder neue Kraft zu schöpfen, Luft zu holen und für einen Augenblick abzuschalten und zu entspannen. Eine kleine Auszeit mit P. Anslem Grün. Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kleine Auszeit für Dich Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Kleine Rituale helfen uns im Alltag wieder neue Kraft zu schöpfen, Luft zu holen und für einen Augenblick abzuschalten und zu entspannen. Eine kleine Auszeit mit P. Anslem Grün. Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du hast es geschafft Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Herzlichen Glückwunsch: Du hast es geschafft! Du hast die Prüfung, deine Aufgabe bestanden, auf die du dich soviel und solange vorbereitet hast. Freue dich, dass du sie geschafft hast und spüre die Freiheit, die sie dir gibt. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467854 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du hast es geschafft Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Herzlichen Glückwunsch: Du hast es geschafft! Du hast die Prüfung, deine Aufgabe bestanden, auf die du dich soviel und solange vorbereitet hast. Freue dich, dass du sie geschafft hast und spüre die Freiheit, die sie dir gibt. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Du hast es geschafft Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Herzlichen Glückwunsch: Du hast es geschafft! Du hast die Prüfung, deine Aufgabe bestanden, auf die du dich soviel und solange vorbereitet hast. Freue dich, dass du sie geschafft hast und spüre die Freiheit, die sie dir gibt. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 10: Messiasbekenntnis: Das Messiasbekenntnis des Petrus und die Antwort Jesu, Mt 16,13-20 Series: #10 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In der Suche nach Orientierung im Leben werden auch heute viele Antworten gegeben. Mit Petrus fragt Jesus auch uns an, welches Bild wir von ihm haben. Pater Anselm Grün regt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp dazu an, die vielfältigen Facetten von Jesus immer wieder neu zu entdecken. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467847 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 10: Messiasbekenntnis: Das Messiasbekenntnis des Petrus und die Antwort Jesu, Mt 16,13-20 Series: #10 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In der Suche nach Orientierung im Leben werden auch heute viele Antworten gegeben. Mit Petrus fragt Jesus auch uns an, welches Bild wir von ihm haben. Pater Anselm Grün regt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp dazu an, die vielfältigen Facetten von Jesus immer wieder neu zu entdecken. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 10: Messiasbekenntnis: Das Messiasbekenntnis des Petrus und die Antwort Jesu, Mt 16,13-20 Series: #10 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In der Suche nach Orientierung im Leben werden auch heute viele Antworten gegeben. Mit Petrus fragt Jesus auch uns an, welches Bild wir von ihm haben. Pater Anselm Grün regt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp dazu an, die vielfältigen Facetten von Jesus immer wieder neu zu entdecken. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 11: Verheißung der Geburt Jesu: Die Verheißung der Geburt Jesu, Lk 1,26-38 Series: #11 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Engel als Boten Gottes begegnen uns in vielfältiger Weise. In der Geschichte der Begegnung Marias mit dem Engel streicht Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günter Gremp heraus, dass es wichtig ist, dass wir wie Maria damals die Boten Gottes erkennen und uns auf ihre Botschaft einlassen müssen. Zum Beginn des Gesprächs wird die einführende Bibelstelle aus dem Lukas-Evangelium 1,26-38 von Elisabeth Verhoeven gesprochen. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467849 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 11: Verheißung der Geburt Jesu: Die Verheißung der Geburt Jesu, Lk 1,26-38 Series: #11 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Engel als Boten Gottes begegnen uns in vielfältiger Weise. In der Geschichte der Begegnung Marias mit dem Engel streicht Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günter Gremp heraus, dass es wichtig ist, dass wir wie Maria damals die Boten Gottes erkennen und uns auf ihre Botschaft einlassen müssen. Zum Beginn des Gesprächs wird die einführende Bibelstelle aus dem Lukas-Evangelium 1,26-38 von Elisabeth Verhoeven gesprochen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 11: Verheißung der Geburt Jesu: Die Verheißung der Geburt Jesu, Lk 1,26-38 Series: #11 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Engel als Boten Gottes begegnen uns in vielfältiger Weise. In der Geschichte der Begegnung Marias mit dem Engel streicht Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günter Gremp heraus, dass es wichtig ist, dass wir wie Maria damals die Boten Gottes erkennen und uns auf ihre Botschaft einlassen müssen. Zum Beginn des Gesprächs wird die einführende Bibelstelle aus dem Lukas-Evangelium 1,26-38 von Elisabeth Verhoeven gesprochen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 08: Urväter: Die Urväter - Der Glaube, Hebr 11,1-12 Series: #8 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Was ist Glaube? Der Hebräerbrief gibt Antworten auf diese Frage. Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp stellt sich Pater Anselm Grün gegen einen blinden Glauben und streicht heraus, dass Glaube Sinn und Verstand braucht, damit er einen festen Grund und Orientierung für die Menschen sein kann. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467842 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 08: Urväter: Die Urväter - Der Glaube, Hebr 11,1-12 Series: #8 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Was ist Glaube? Der Hebräerbrief gibt Antworten auf diese Frage. Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp stellt sich Pater Anselm Grün gegen einen blinden Glauben und streicht heraus, dass Glaube Sinn und Verstand braucht, damit er einen festen Grund und Orientierung für die Menschen sein kann. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 08: Urväter: Die Urväter - Der Glaube, Hebr 11,1-12 Series: #8 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Was ist Glaube? Der Hebräerbrief gibt Antworten auf diese Frage. Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp stellt sich Pater Anselm Grün gegen einen blinden Glauben und streicht heraus, dass Glaube Sinn und Verstand braucht, damit er einen festen Grund und Orientierung für die Menschen sein kann. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 09: Jesus auf dem Wasser: Der Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser, Mt 14,22-33 Series: #9 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Bilder, die in der biblischen Geschichte von Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser versammelt sind. Er lässt erkennen, wie sie auch heute für uns eine Hilfe sein können. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467844 thebookvoice.com 0:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 09: Jesus auf dem Wasser: Der Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser, Mt 14,22-33 Series: #9 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Bilder, die in der biblischen Geschichte von Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser versammelt sind. Er lässt erkennen, wie sie auch heute für uns eine Hilfe sein können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 09: Jesus auf dem Wasser: Der Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser, Mt 14,22-33 Series: #9 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Bilder, die in der biblischen Geschichte von Gang Jesu auf dem Wasser versammelt sind. Er lässt erkennen, wie sie auch heute für uns eine Hilfe sein können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467837 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 02: Magnifikat: Magnifikat - Der Lobgesang Marias, Lk 1,46-55 Series: #2 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Zum Fest der Aufnahme Mariens in den Himmel am 15. August ist Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp im Gespräch über sein ganz persönliches Bild von der Gottesmutter. Er beschreibt, was jedem Menschen im Lukas-Evangelium (1,46-55) zugesagt ist Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467837 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 02: Magnifikat: Magnifikat - Der Lobgesang Marias, Lk 1,46-55 Series: #2 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Zum Fest der Aufnahme Mariens in den Himmel am 15. August ist Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp im Gespräch über sein ganz persönliches Bild von der Gottesmutter. Er beschreibt, was jedem Menschen im Lukas-Evangelium (1,46-55) zugesagt ist Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 02: Magnifikat: Magnifikat - Der Lobgesang Marias, Lk 1,46-55 Series: #2 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Zum Fest der Aufnahme Mariens in den Himmel am 15. August ist Pater Anselm Grün im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp im Gespräch über sein ganz persönliches Bild von der Gottesmutter. Er beschreibt, was jedem Menschen im Lukas-Evangelium (1,46-55) zugesagt ist https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gute Besserung Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Zeiten der Krankheit sehnen sich viele Menschen nach einfühlsamen Worten, die Nähe, Kraft und neue Hoffnung schenken. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467820 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gute Besserung Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Zeiten der Krankheit sehnen sich viele Menschen nach einfühlsamen Worten, die Nähe, Kraft und neue Hoffnung schenken. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gute Besserung Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Zeiten der Krankheit sehnen sich viele Menschen nach einfühlsamen Worten, die Nähe, Kraft und neue Hoffnung schenken. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik von Barbara Hennerfeind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467815 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 07: Frieden und Zwietracht: Von Frieden und Zwietracht, Lk 12,49-53 Series: #7 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Feuer will Jesus auf die Erde werfen, so sagt die Bibel im Lukas-Evangelium 12,49-53. Die Schärfe dieser Bildsprache überrascht. Pater Anselm Grün blickt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp hinter den Text, in dem Jesus einen scheinbaren Frieden, ein Angepasstsein anprangert. Pater Anselm Grün meditiert in der Reihe Bibelgespräche einen Textauszug aus dem Buch der Bücher und bringt uns so die Bibel näher. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467815 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 07: Frieden und Zwietracht: Von Frieden und Zwietracht, Lk 12,49-53 Series: #7 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Feuer will Jesus auf die Erde werfen, so sagt die Bibel im Lukas-Evangelium 12,49-53. Die Schärfe dieser Bildsprache überrascht. Pater Anselm Grün blickt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp hinter den Text, in dem Jesus einen scheinbaren Frieden, ein Angepasstsein anprangert. Pater Anselm Grün meditiert in der Reihe Bibelgespräche einen Textauszug aus dem Buch der Bücher und bringt uns so die Bibel näher. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 07: Frieden und Zwietracht: Von Frieden und Zwietracht, Lk 12,49-53 Series: #7 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Feuer will Jesus auf die Erde werfen, so sagt die Bibel im Lukas-Evangelium 12,49-53. Die Schärfe dieser Bildsprache überrascht. Pater Anselm Grün blickt im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp hinter den Text, in dem Jesus einen scheinbaren Frieden, ein Angepasstsein anprangert. Pater Anselm Grün meditiert in der Reihe Bibelgespräche einen Textauszug aus dem Buch der Bücher und bringt uns so die Bibel näher. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dankeschön Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Du bist ein Segen' - Es gibt kaum ein schöneres Wort des Dankes, das wir einem Menschen schenken können. Anselm Grün gibt uns die Möglichkeit auf eine besondere Weise Dank zu sagen. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467817 thebookvoice.com 0:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dankeschön Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Du bist ein Segen' - Es gibt kaum ein schöneres Wort des Dankes, das wir einem Menschen schenken können. Anselm Grün gibt uns die Möglichkeit auf eine besondere Weise Dank zu sagen. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dankeschön Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Du bist ein Segen' - Es gibt kaum ein schöneres Wort des Dankes, das wir einem Menschen schenken können. Anselm Grün gibt uns die Möglichkeit auf eine besondere Weise Dank zu sagen. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Herzen Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Gute Freunde sind da, wenn alle Stricke reißen, mit guten Freunden kann man lachen und weinen - gute Freunde lassen uns ganz einfach Mensch sein. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467807 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Herzen Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Gute Freunde sind da, wenn alle Stricke reißen, mit guten Freunden kann man lachen und weinen - gute Freunde lassen uns ganz einfach Mensch sein. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Von Herzen Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Gute Freunde sind da, wenn alle Stricke reißen, mit guten Freunden kann man lachen und weinen - gute Freunde lassen uns ganz einfach Mensch sein. Gesprochen von P. Anselm Grün Mit Gitarrenmusik des Duos 'Agua y Vino' (Barbara Hennerfeind und Erik Weisenberger). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 01: Ruhe finden Series: #1 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün lädt dazu ein sich mit sich selber zu beschäftigen und die innere Ruhe zu finden. Anselm Grün, geboren 1945, ist Mönch der Abtei Münsterschwarzach und der bekannteste spirituelle Autor in Deutschland. Seine Bücher sind Bestseller. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467812 thebookvoice.com 0:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 01: Ruhe finden Series: #1 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün lädt dazu ein sich mit sich selber zu beschäftigen und die innere Ruhe zu finden. Anselm Grün, geboren 1945, ist Mönch der Abtei Münsterschwarzach und der bekannteste spirituelle Autor in Deutschland. Seine Bücher sind Bestseller. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 01: Ruhe finden Series: #1 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anselm Grün lädt dazu ein sich mit sich selber zu beschäftigen und die innere Ruhe zu finden. Anselm Grün, geboren 1945, ist Mönch der Abtei Münsterschwarzach und der bekannteste spirituelle Autor in Deutschland. Seine Bücher sind Bestseller. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 12: Aussendung der Jünger: Die Aussendung der zwölf Jünger, Mk 6,6b-13 Series: #12 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Facetten der Aussendung der Jünger durch Jesu. Die biblische Geschichte seiner Sendung ist auch für uns heute noch eine Sendung gegen Oberflächlichkeit, zur Verkündigung eines barmherzigen Gottes und zum Heil für die Menschen. Anselm Grün Sat, 15 Sep 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467805 thebookvoice.com 0:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 12: Aussendung der Jünger: Die Aussendung der zwölf Jünger, Mk 6,6b-13 Series: #12 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Facetten der Aussendung der Jünger durch Jesu. Die biblische Geschichte seiner Sendung ist auch für uns heute noch eine Sendung gegen Oberflächlichkeit, zur Verkündigung eines barmherzigen Gottes und zum Heil für die Menschen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bibelgespräche 12: Aussendung der Jünger: Die Aussendung der zwölf Jünger, Mk 6,6b-13 Series: #12 of Bibelgespräche Author: Anselm Grün Narrator: Anselm Grün Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 15, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Im Gespräch mit Günther Gremp deutet Pater Anselm Grün die zahlreichen Facetten der Aussendung der Jünger durch Jesu. Die biblische Geschichte seiner Sendung ist auch für uns heute noch eine Sendung gegen Oberflächlichkeit, zur Verkündigung eines barmherzigen Gottes und zum Heil für die Menschen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Herrschaft bestimmt: Das Geheimnis zu mühelosem Erfolg, Erfüllung und siegreichem Leben Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 6, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Warum empfinden so viele dieses Buch als erfrischende Brise? Du bist dazu berufen, Erfolg, Erfüllung und Sieg zu erleben. Dieses Buch zeigt, wie du jede Widrigkeit, jeden Mangel und jede zerstörerische Gewohnheit, die dem im Weg stehen, überwinden und beherrschen kannst. Dabei geht es nicht darum, was du tun musst, sondern darum, was bereits für dich getan wurde. Du musst nichts aus eigener Kraft vollbringen, denn es wurde bereits für dich vollbracht. Du musst nicht mit deiner Willensstärke Veränderungen erzwingen - Gottes Kraft und Stärke sind es, die dich verändern. Fang gleich heute damit an, der Krankheit, der finanziellen Not, zerbrochenen Beziehungen und zerstörerischen Gewohnheiten mit Zuversicht und Autorität entgegenzutreten und über sie zu herrschen! Joseph Prince Wed, 06 Jan 2016 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467128 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Herrschaft bestimmt: Das Geheimnis zu mühelosem Erfolg, Erfüllung und siegreichem Leben Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 6, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Warum empfinden so viele dieses Buch als erfrischende Brise? Du bist dazu berufen, Erfolg, Erfüllung und Sieg zu erleben. Dieses Buch zeigt, wie du jede Widrigkeit, jeden Mangel und jede zerstörerische Gewohnheit, die dem im Weg stehen, überwinden und beherrschen kannst. Dabei geht es nicht darum, was du tun musst, sondern darum, was bereits für dich getan wurde. Du musst nichts aus eigener Kraft vollbringen, denn es wurde bereits für dich vollbracht. Du musst nicht mit deiner Willensstärke Veränderungen erzwingen - Gottes Kraft und Stärke sind es, die dich verändern. Fang gleich heute damit an, der Krankheit, der finanziellen Not, zerbrochenen Beziehungen und zerstörerischen Gewohnheiten mit Zuversicht und Autorität entgegenzutreten und über sie zu herrschen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Herrschaft bestimmt: Das Geheimnis zu mühelosem Erfolg, Erfüllung und siegreichem Leben Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 6, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Warum empfinden so viele dieses Buch als erfrischende Brise? Du bist dazu berufen, Erfolg, Erfüllung und Sieg zu erleben. Dieses Buch zeigt, wie du jede Widrigkeit, jeden Mangel und jede zerstörerische Gewohnheit, die dem im Weg stehen, überwinden und beherrschen kannst. Dabei geht es nicht darum, was du tun musst, sondern darum, was bereits für dich getan wurde. Du musst nichts aus eigener Kraft vollbringen, denn es wurde bereits für dich vollbracht. Du musst nicht mit deiner Willensstärke Veränderungen erzwingen - Gottes Kraft und Stärke sind es, die dich verändern. Fang gleich heute damit an, der Krankheit, der finanziellen Not, zerbrochenen Beziehungen und zerstörerischen Gewohnheiten mit Zuversicht und Autorität entgegenzutreten und über sie zu herrschen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution der Gnade: Erlebe die Kraft für ein Leben frei von Niederlage Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Eine Revolution fegt über die Erde - sei mit dabei! Diese Revolution reißt die Mauern der Gesetzlichkeit nieder und führt jene, die glauben, in eine tiefe und innige Beziehung mit Jesus Christus. Menschenleben werden verwandelt, Ehen werden wiederhergestellt, Kranke werden geheilt und wer in Sünde gefangen war, wird frei. In DIE REVOLUTION DER GNADE stellt Pastor Joseph Prince fünf machtvolle Schlüssel vor, die dir helfen, diese Revolution der Gnade selbst zu erfahren und ein Leben im Sieg zu führen. Entdecke, wie diese Schlüssel auch in deinem Alltag wirksam werden können. Lass dich von den Erfahrungen und Erlebnissen anderer inspirieren, die durch die Gnade Christi tiefgreifend verändert wurden und die in verschiedenen Bereichen ihres Daseins große Durchbrüche erlebt haben - einfach, weil sie dem wahren Jesus begegnet sind und das unverfälschte Evangelium gehört haben. Vor welcher Herausforderung du heute auch stehst, lass die Niederlage hinter dir und geh stattdessen siegreich voran. Lass die Revolution beginnen! Joseph Prince Thu, 30 Jun 2016 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467129 thebookvoice.com 11:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution der Gnade: Erlebe die Kraft für ein Leben frei von Niederlage Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Eine Revolution fegt über die Erde - sei mit dabei! Diese Revolution reißt die Mauern der Gesetzlichkeit nieder und führt jene, die glauben, in eine tiefe und innige Beziehung mit Jesus Christus. Menschenleben werden verwandelt, Ehen werden wiederhergestellt, Kranke werden geheilt und wer in Sünde gefangen war, wird frei. In DIE REVOLUTION DER GNADE stellt Pastor Joseph Prince fünf machtvolle Schlüssel vor, die dir helfen, diese Revolution der Gnade selbst zu erfahren und ein Leben im Sieg zu führen. Entdecke, wie diese Schlüssel auch in deinem Alltag wirksam werden können. Lass dich von den Erfahrungen und Erlebnissen anderer inspirieren, die durch die Gnade Christi tiefgreifend verändert wurden und die in verschiedenen Bereichen ihres Daseins große Durchbrüche erlebt haben - einfach, weil sie dem wahren Jesus begegnet sind und das unverfälschte Evangelium gehört haben. Vor welcher Herausforderung du heute auch stehst, lass die Niederlage hinter dir und geh stattdessen siegreich voran. Lass die Revolution beginnen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution der Gnade: Erlebe die Kraft für ein Leben frei von Niederlage Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 30, 2016 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Eine Revolution fegt über die Erde - sei mit dabei! Diese Revolution reißt die Mauern der Gesetzlichkeit nieder und führt jene, die glauben, in eine tiefe und innige Beziehung mit Jesus Christus. Menschenleben werden verwandelt, Ehen werden wiederhergestellt, Kranke werden geheilt und wer in Sünde gefangen war, wird frei. In DIE REVOLUTION DER GNADE stellt Pastor Joseph Prince fünf machtvolle Schlüssel vor, die dir helfen, diese Revolution der Gnade selbst zu erfahren und ein Leben im Sieg zu führen. Entdecke, wie diese Schlüssel auch in deinem Alltag wirksam werden können. Lass dich von den Erfahrungen und Erlebnissen anderer inspirieren, die durch die Gnade Christi tiefgreifend verändert wurden und die in verschiedenen Bereichen ihres Daseins große Durchbrüche erlebt haben - einfach, weil sie dem wahren Jesus begegnet sind und das unverfälschte Evangelium gehört haben. Vor welcher Herausforderung du heute auch stehst, lass die Niederlage hinter dir und geh stattdessen siegreich voran. Lass die Revolution beginnen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467127 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kraft des Salböls Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Immer wenn Gott im Alten Testament einen König oder einen Priester einsetzte, wurde dieser mit Öl gesalbt, das vom Olivenbaum stammte. Doch welche heutige Bedeutung haben der Olivenbaum und sein Öl für den Gläubigen des neuen Bundes? Sei dabei, wenn Joseph Prince Wahrheiten darüber offenbart, wie Christus und sein vollbrachtes Werk durch den Olivenbaum und das Salböl verkörpert werden. Erkenne, dass Jesu Sieg und seine Macht im Salböl verankert sind, und entdecke dessen Nutzen für dich. Wenn du beginnst, es in jedem Bereich deines Lebens anzuwenden, mache dich auf übernatürliche Durchbrüche bei deiner Gesundheit, deinem Wohlergehen und deiner Versorgung gefasst. Zwei Predigten, Gesamtlaufzeit 2 Std. 22 Min. •Die Bedeutsamkeit von Getreide, Wein und Öl im neuen Bund (67 Min.) •Die Bedeutung des Olivenbaums und des Salböls verstehen (75 Min.) Joseph Prince Sat, 20 Oct 2018 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467127 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kraft des Salböls Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Immer wenn Gott im Alten Testament einen König oder einen Priester einsetzte, wurde dieser mit Öl gesalbt, das vom Olivenbaum stammte. Doch welche heutige Bedeutung haben der Olivenbaum und sein Öl für den Gläubigen des neuen Bundes? Sei dabei, wenn Joseph Prince Wahrheiten darüber offenbart, wie Christus und sein vollbrachtes Werk durch den Olivenbaum und das Salböl verkörpert werden. Erkenne, dass Jesu Sieg und seine Macht im Salböl verankert sind, und entdecke dessen Nutzen für dich. Wenn du beginnst, es in jedem Bereich deines Lebens anzuwenden, mache dich auf übernatürliche Durchbrüche bei deiner Gesundheit, deinem Wohlergehen und deiner Versorgung gefasst. Zwei Predigten, Gesamtlaufzeit 2 Std. 22 Min. •Die Bedeutsamkeit von Getreide, Wein und Öl im neuen Bund (67 Min.) •Die Bedeutung des Olivenbaums und des Salböls verstehen (75 Min.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467127]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kraft des Salböls Author: Joseph Prince Narrator: Philipp Schepmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 20, 2018 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Immer wenn Gott im Alten Testament einen König oder einen Priester einsetzte, wurde dieser mit Öl gesalbt, das vom Olivenbaum stammte. Doch welche heutige Bedeutung haben der Olivenbaum und sein Öl für den Gläubigen des neuen Bundes? Sei dabei, wenn Joseph Prince Wahrheiten darüber offenbart, wie Christus und sein vollbrachtes Werk durch den Olivenbaum und das Salböl verkörpert werden. Erkenne, dass Jesu Sieg und seine Macht im Salböl verankert sind, und entdecke dessen Nutzen für dich. Wenn du beginnst, es in jedem Bereich deines Lebens anzuwenden, mache dich auf übernatürliche Durchbrüche bei deiner Gesundheit, deinem Wohlergehen und deiner Versorgung gefasst. Zwei Predigten, Gesamtlaufzeit 2 Std. 22 Min. •Die Bedeutsamkeit von Getreide, Wein und Öl im neuen Bund (67 Min.) •Die Bedeutung des Olivenbaums und des Salböls verstehen (75 Min.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All of Grace Author: Charles H. Spurgeon Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This classic text simply and beautifully illustrates the gospel of salvation and the free gift of grace from Jesus Christ.  Considered a cornerstone of Christianity and Christian theology, All of Grace presents a clear and complete description of what it means to be saved.  Charles Spurgeon describes and explains salvation in a way that is perfect for believers and nonbelievers alike, painting a picture of faith, repentance, unmerited grace, and perfect freedom in God’s word and in His love.  In providing this understanding of Christ’s sacrifice, Spurgeon’s work inevitably urges people to come to Jesus and experience His eternal peace and life for themselves. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Peter Noble brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Charles H. Spurgeon Mon, 19 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466565 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All of Grace Author: Charles H. Spurgeon Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This classic text simply and beautifully illustrates the gospel of salvation and the free gift of grace from Jesus Christ.  Considered a cornerstone of Christianity and Christian theology, All of Grace presents a clear and complete description of what it means to be saved.  Charles Spurgeon describes and explains salvation in a way that is perfect for believers and nonbelievers alike, painting a picture of faith, repentance, unmerited grace, and perfect freedom in God’s word and in His love.  In providing this understanding of Christ’s sacrifice, Spurgeon’s work inevitably urges people to come to Jesus and experience His eternal peace and life for themselves. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Peter Noble brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All of Grace Author: Charles H. Spurgeon Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This classic text simply and beautifully illustrates the gospel of salvation and the free gift of grace from Jesus Christ.  Considered a cornerstone of Christianity and Christian theology, All of Grace presents a clear and complete description of what it means to be saved.  Charles Spurgeon describes and explains salvation in a way that is perfect for believers and nonbelievers alike, painting a picture of faith, repentance, unmerited grace, and perfect freedom in God’s word and in His love.  In providing this understanding of Christ’s sacrifice, Spurgeon’s work inevitably urges people to come to Jesus and experience His eternal peace and life for themselves. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Peter Noble brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child Author: James Banks Narrator: James Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: No child is too far to reach. When you share your faith with your children you pray they stay rooted, knowing there are many obstacles that will challenge them. You don’t want them to stray, but it happens. Heartbreak and hopelessness set in as you watch them make harmful decisions. But you are not alone.There's no need for shame or embarrassment because you are not alone! Prayer for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child helps you find peace in painful circumstances. When you don’t know where to turn with tough questions and desperate thoughts, the pages of this book will point you back to God. Pastor James Banks shares experiences as father to prodigal children and provides insight from Scripture to guide parents through this time. Your faith and trust in God will be strengthened as you pray through the process of your child returning to what they know. Meditations provide fresh insights and emphasize faith in God’s power to answer prayer Helps those who are tired and discouraged to persevere in prayer A 90-day adventure in praying God’s Word for individuals, small groups, and churches For personal reading, this includes weekly encouragement, daily scriptural prayers, and prayer tips. For group use, this updated and expanded edition includes weekly questions for discussion and suggestions for praying together. Groups can support, encourage, and comfort one another as you bring your kids to God in prayer. James Banks Wed, 03 Jan 2024 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466090 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child Author: James Banks Narrator: James Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: No child is too far to reach. When you share your faith with your children you pray they stay rooted, knowing there are many obstacles that will challenge them. You don’t want them to stray, but it happens. Heartbreak and hopelessness set in as you watch them make harmful decisions. But you are not alone.There's no need for shame or embarrassment because you are not alone! Prayer for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child helps you find peace in painful circumstances. When you don’t know where to turn with tough questions and desperate thoughts, the pages of this book will point you back to God. Pastor James Banks shares experiences as father to prodigal children and provides insight from Scripture to guide parents through this time. Your faith and trust in God will be strengthened as you pray through the process of your child returning to what they know. Meditations provide fresh insights and emphasize faith in God’s power to answer prayer Helps those who are tired and discouraged to persevere in prayer A 90-day adventure in praying God’s Word for individuals, small groups, and churches For personal reading, this includes weekly encouragement, daily scriptural prayers, and prayer tips. For group use, this updated and expanded edition includes weekly questions for discussion and suggestions for praying together. Groups can support, encourage, and comfort one another as you bring your kids to God in prayer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayers for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child Author: James Banks Narrator: James Banks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: No child is too far to reach. When you share your faith with your children you pray they stay rooted, knowing there are many obstacles that will challenge them. You don’t want them to stray, but it happens. Heartbreak and hopelessness set in as you watch them make harmful decisions. But you are not alone.There's no need for shame or embarrassment because you are not alone! Prayer for Prodigals: 90 Days of Prayer for Your Child helps you find peace in painful circumstances. When you don’t know where to turn with tough questions and desperate thoughts, the pages of this book will point you back to God. Pastor James Banks shares experiences as father to prodigal children and provides insight from Scripture to guide parents through this time. Your faith and trust in God will be strengthened as you pray through the process of your child returning to what they know. Meditations provide fresh insights and emphasize faith in God’s power to answer prayer Helps those who are tired and discouraged to persevere in prayer A 90-day adventure in praying God’s Word for individuals, small groups, and churches For personal reading, this includes weekly encouragement, daily scriptural prayers, and prayer tips. For group use, this updated and expanded edition includes weekly questions for discussion and suggestions for praying together. Groups can support, encourage, and comfort one another as you bring your kids to God in prayer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Expository Thoughts on the Gospel of Luke - A Commentary Author: J. C. Ryle Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It seemed fitting for me as well, having investigated everything carefully from the beginning, to write it out for you in consecutive order, most excellent Theophilus; so that you may know the exact truth about the things you have been taught. – Luke 1:3-4 Wisdom, encouragement, and exhortation is contained in these pages. Not because of the author's brilliance, but because of the words of truth contained in the gospel of Luke. And just as the Apostle Luke didn't draw any attention to himself, so also J. C. Ryle clearly and wonderfully directs his words and our thoughts towards the inspired words of scripture. If we truly love God, we will love His word; and the more study His word, the more we will love God. J. C. Ryle Mon, 12 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466016 thebookvoice.com 23:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Expository Thoughts on the Gospel of Luke - A Commentary Author: J. C. Ryle Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It seemed fitting for me as well, having investigated everything carefully from the beginning, to write it out for you in consecutive order, most excellent Theophilus; so that you may know the exact truth about the things you have been taught. – Luke 1:3-4 Wisdom, encouragement, and exhortation is contained in these pages. Not because of the author's brilliance, but because of the words of truth contained in the gospel of Luke. And just as the Apostle Luke didn't draw any attention to himself, so also J. C. Ryle clearly and wonderfully directs his words and our thoughts towards the inspired words of scripture. If we truly love God, we will love His word; and the more study His word, the more we will love God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Expository Thoughts on the Gospel of Luke - A Commentary Author: J. C. Ryle Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It seemed fitting for me as well, having investigated everything carefully from the beginning, to write it out for you in consecutive order, most excellent Theophilus; so that you may know the exact truth about the things you have been taught. – Luke 1:3-4 Wisdom, encouragement, and exhortation is contained in these pages. Not because of the author's brilliance, but because of the words of truth contained in the gospel of Luke. And just as the Apostle Luke didn't draw any attention to himself, so also J. C. Ryle clearly and wonderfully directs his words and our thoughts towards the inspired words of scripture. If we truly love God, we will love His word; and the more study His word, the more we will love God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Speaks Author: Rachel A Inouye Narrator: Rachel A Inouye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With all the voices that clamor for our attention, can we really train ourselves to hear the voice of God? How do we discern His voice amongst all the others? In He Speaks, Rachel shares her years of experience in developing the art of listening...like the little boy Samuel said, “Speak Lord, for your servant hears. ”He Speaks” is an invitation into greater intimacy with God. Rachel A Inouye Wed, 09 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465996 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Speaks Author: Rachel A Inouye Narrator: Rachel A Inouye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With all the voices that clamor for our attention, can we really train ourselves to hear the voice of God? How do we discern His voice amongst all the others? In He Speaks, Rachel shares her years of experience in developing the art of listening...like the little boy Samuel said, “Speak Lord, for your servant hears. ”He Speaks” is an invitation into greater intimacy with God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Speaks Author: Rachel A Inouye Narrator: Rachel A Inouye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With all the voices that clamor for our attention, can we really train ourselves to hear the voice of God? How do we discern His voice amongst all the others? In He Speaks, Rachel shares her years of experience in developing the art of listening...like the little boy Samuel said, “Speak Lord, for your servant hears. ”He Speaks” is an invitation into greater intimacy with God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 3 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Three the topics are: Creation, Grace, The Church and Sanctification. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Dr. Elden Daniel Thu, 15 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465989 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 3 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Three the topics are: Creation, Grace, The Church and Sanctification. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 3 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Three the topics are: Creation, Grace, The Church and Sanctification. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking - Think About Series - Volume 4 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume One the topics are: Life, Faith, Abiding and the Attributes of God. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Dr. Elden Daniel Sat, 10 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465986 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking - Think About Series - Volume 4 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume One the topics are: Life, Faith, Abiding and the Attributes of God. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking - Think About Series - Volume 4 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume One the topics are: Life, Faith, Abiding and the Attributes of God. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival God's Way: A Message for the Church Author: Leonard Ravenhill Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: For All Christians Who Yearn for Revival God's Way This no-compromise biblical clarion call to revival is timeless. Leonard Ravenhill clearly shows how the church can be brought from where it is to where it ought to be. The church still needs his message, first published in 1983, for as Ravenhill said, 'We live in a generation which has never known revival God's way.' The message is drastic, fearless, and often radical. His goal for the church is nothing less than full restoration to the glory, power, holiness, and dignity that Christ intended for it. Leonard Ravenhill Tue, 23 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465642 thebookvoice.com 4:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival God's Way: A Message for the Church Author: Leonard Ravenhill Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: For All Christians Who Yearn for Revival God's Way This no-compromise biblical clarion call to revival is timeless. Leonard Ravenhill clearly shows how the church can be brought from where it is to where it ought to be. The church still needs his message, first published in 1983, for as Ravenhill said, 'We live in a generation which has never known revival God's way.' The message is drastic, fearless, and often radical. His goal for the church is nothing less than full restoration to the glory, power, holiness, and dignity that Christ intended for it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revival God's Way: A Message for the Church Author: Leonard Ravenhill Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: For All Christians Who Yearn for Revival God's Way This no-compromise biblical clarion call to revival is timeless. Leonard Ravenhill clearly shows how the church can be brought from where it is to where it ought to be. The church still needs his message, first published in 1983, for as Ravenhill said, 'We live in a generation which has never known revival God's way.' The message is drastic, fearless, and often radical. His goal for the church is nothing less than full restoration to the glory, power, holiness, and dignity that Christ intended for it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why the Universe Is the Way It Is (Reasons to Believe) Author: Hugh Ross Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Increasingly astronomers recognize that if the cosmos had not unfolded exactly as it did, humanity would not, could not, exist. Yet these researchers—along with countless ordinary folks—resist belief in the biblical Creator. Why? They say a loving God would have made a better home for us, one without trouble and tragedy. In Why the Universe Is the Way It Is, Hugh Ross draws from his depth of study in both science and Scripture to explain how the universe's design fulfills several distinct purposes. He also reveals God's surpassing love and ultimate purposes for each individual. Why the Universe Is the Way It Is will interest anyone who wonders where and how the universe came to be, what or who is responsible for it, why we are here, or how and when the universe ends. Far from leaving the listener at this philosophical jumping-off point, Ross builds toward answering the big question of human destiny and the specific question of each listener's personal destiny. Hugh Ross Tue, 23 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465643 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why the Universe Is the Way It Is (Reasons to Believe) Author: Hugh Ross Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Increasingly astronomers recognize that if the cosmos had not unfolded exactly as it did, humanity would not, could not, exist. Yet these researchers—along with countless ordinary folks—resist belief in the biblical Creator. Why? They say a loving God would have made a better home for us, one without trouble and tragedy. In Why the Universe Is the Way It Is, Hugh Ross draws from his depth of study in both science and Scripture to explain how the universe's design fulfills several distinct purposes. He also reveals God's surpassing love and ultimate purposes for each individual. Why the Universe Is the Way It Is will interest anyone who wonders where and how the universe came to be, what or who is responsible for it, why we are here, or how and when the universe ends. Far from leaving the listener at this philosophical jumping-off point, Ross builds toward answering the big question of human destiny and the specific question of each listener's personal destiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why the Universe Is the Way It Is (Reasons to Believe) Author: Hugh Ross Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Increasingly astronomers recognize that if the cosmos had not unfolded exactly as it did, humanity would not, could not, exist. Yet these researchers—along with countless ordinary folks—resist belief in the biblical Creator. Why? They say a loving God would have made a better home for us, one without trouble and tragedy. In Why the Universe Is the Way It Is, Hugh Ross draws from his depth of study in both science and Scripture to explain how the universe's design fulfills several distinct purposes. He also reveals God's surpassing love and ultimate purposes for each individual. Why the Universe Is the Way It Is will interest anyone who wonders where and how the universe came to be, what or who is responsible for it, why we are here, or how and when the universe ends. Far from leaving the listener at this philosophical jumping-off point, Ross builds toward answering the big question of human destiny and the specific question of each listener's personal destiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indispensable Church: Powerful Ways to Flood Your Community with Love Author: Chris Sonksen Narrator: Scott R. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You have a passionate desire to take the church outside its four walls and make the love of Jesus practical, visible, and lived out in daily life. But how? How do you put into action what is stirring in your heart? Indispensable Church provides you and your church real-world, hands-on steps to create a revolution of service to your local community in the name of Christ. By exploring the life of Jesus and the strategic ways he modeled serving the people around him, pastor Chris Sonksen shows you how to put love into action in your neighborhood and your city. The step-by-step instructions, biblical challenges, and teaching resources will help you take love to the streets and make an impact right where you live. Chris Sonksen Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465640 thebookvoice.com 4:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indispensable Church: Powerful Ways to Flood Your Community with Love Author: Chris Sonksen Narrator: Scott R. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You have a passionate desire to take the church outside its four walls and make the love of Jesus practical, visible, and lived out in daily life. But how? How do you put into action what is stirring in your heart? Indispensable Church provides you and your church real-world, hands-on steps to create a revolution of service to your local community in the name of Christ. By exploring the life of Jesus and the strategic ways he modeled serving the people around him, pastor Chris Sonksen shows you how to put love into action in your neighborhood and your city. The step-by-step instructions, biblical challenges, and teaching resources will help you take love to the streets and make an impact right where you live. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Indispensable Church: Powerful Ways to Flood Your Community with Love Author: Chris Sonksen Narrator: Scott R. Pollak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You have a passionate desire to take the church outside its four walls and make the love of Jesus practical, visible, and lived out in daily life. But how? How do you put into action what is stirring in your heart? Indispensable Church provides you and your church real-world, hands-on steps to create a revolution of service to your local community in the name of Christ. By exploring the life of Jesus and the strategic ways he modeled serving the people around him, pastor Chris Sonksen shows you how to put love into action in your neighborhood and your city. The step-by-step instructions, biblical challenges, and teaching resources will help you take love to the streets and make an impact right where you live. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465641 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simply Trinity: The Unmanipulated Father, Son, and Spirit Author: Matthew Barrett Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What if the Trinity we've been taught is not the Trinity of the Bible? In this groundbreaking book, Matthew Barrett reveals a shocking discovery: we have manipulated the Trinity, recreating the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in our own image. We have distorted the biblical, orthodox Trinity to justify our countless social agendas. With clarity, creativity, and conviction Barrett mines the scriptures as well as the creeds and confessions of the faith to help you rediscover the beauty and simplicity of our Triune God. Barrett introduces you to The Dream Team, the best of the church fathers, who teach us how to interpret the Bible in a way that avoids past and present trinitarian heresies. You will also be surprised to learn that what you believe about the Trinity has untold consequences for salvation and the Christian life. To truly know God, you must meet the One who is simply Trinity. Matthew Barrett Tue, 16 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465641 thebookvoice.com 11:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simply Trinity: The Unmanipulated Father, Son, and Spirit Author: Matthew Barrett Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What if the Trinity we've been taught is not the Trinity of the Bible? In this groundbreaking book, Matthew Barrett reveals a shocking discovery: we have manipulated the Trinity, recreating the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in our own image. We have distorted the biblical, orthodox Trinity to justify our countless social agendas. With clarity, creativity, and conviction Barrett mines the scriptures as well as the creeds and confessions of the faith to help you rediscover the beauty and simplicity of our Triune God. Barrett introduces you to The Dream Team, the best of the church fathers, who teach us how to interpret the Bible in a way that avoids past and present trinitarian heresies. You will also be surprised to learn that what you believe about the Trinity has untold consequences for salvation and the Christian life. To truly know God, you must meet the One who is simply Trinity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simply Trinity: The Unmanipulated Father, Son, and Spirit Author: Matthew Barrett Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What if the Trinity we've been taught is not the Trinity of the Bible? In this groundbreaking book, Matthew Barrett reveals a shocking discovery: we have manipulated the Trinity, recreating the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in our own image. We have distorted the biblical, orthodox Trinity to justify our countless social agendas. With clarity, creativity, and conviction Barrett mines the scriptures as well as the creeds and confessions of the faith to help you rediscover the beauty and simplicity of our Triune God. Barrett introduces you to The Dream Team, the best of the church fathers, who teach us how to interpret the Bible in a way that avoids past and present trinitarian heresies. You will also be surprised to learn that what you believe about the Trinity has untold consequences for salvation and the Christian life. To truly know God, you must meet the One who is simply Trinity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Bless: How to Speak Life and Empower the People You Love Author: Alan Wright Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Blessed people flourish by a power that transcends human talent or hard work—a mystical grace empowers them to be joyful and fruitful. But does it ever feel like others are blessed while you're stuck? With honesty and warmth, Alan Wright shares his inspiring journey from craving blessing to living the blessed life. The absence of his father's affirmation left him struggling for years with symptoms of the unblessed life: shame, pretense, and drift. But when he grasped the most powerful blessing in the Old Testament—the mysterious, ancient blessing of Ephraim and Manasseh—he learned how to receive blessing and how to bless the lives of his loved ones. And you can too. With biblical insight and practical wisdom, The Power to Bless shows you how to craft a positive, faith-filled blessing. By learning a few simple, biblical skills for imparting life-changing blessings, you'll be more spiritually blessed than you'd ever imagined, and you'll be equipped with the power to bless the people you love. Alan Wright Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465638 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Bless: How to Speak Life and Empower the People You Love Author: Alan Wright Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Blessed people flourish by a power that transcends human talent or hard work—a mystical grace empowers them to be joyful and fruitful. But does it ever feel like others are blessed while you're stuck? With honesty and warmth, Alan Wright shares his inspiring journey from craving blessing to living the blessed life. The absence of his father's affirmation left him struggling for years with symptoms of the unblessed life: shame, pretense, and drift. But when he grasped the most powerful blessing in the Old Testament—the mysterious, ancient blessing of Ephraim and Manasseh—he learned how to receive blessing and how to bless the lives of his loved ones. And you can too. With biblical insight and practical wisdom, The Power to Bless shows you how to craft a positive, faith-filled blessing. By learning a few simple, biblical skills for imparting life-changing blessings, you'll be more spiritually blessed than you'd ever imagined, and you'll be equipped with the power to bless the people you love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power to Bless: How to Speak Life and Empower the People You Love Author: Alan Wright Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Blessed people flourish by a power that transcends human talent or hard work—a mystical grace empowers them to be joyful and fruitful. But does it ever feel like others are blessed while you're stuck? With honesty and warmth, Alan Wright shares his inspiring journey from craving blessing to living the blessed life. The absence of his father's affirmation left him struggling for years with symptoms of the unblessed life: shame, pretense, and drift. But when he grasped the most powerful blessing in the Old Testament—the mysterious, ancient blessing of Ephraim and Manasseh—he learned how to receive blessing and how to bless the lives of his loved ones. And you can too. With biblical insight and practical wisdom, The Power to Bless shows you how to craft a positive, faith-filled blessing. By learning a few simple, biblical skills for imparting life-changing blessings, you'll be more spiritually blessed than you'd ever imagined, and you'll be equipped with the power to bless the people you love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465639 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrecked for God: The Surprising Secret to True Transformation Author: Dianne Leman Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in a Christian home dictated by legalism and religious ideals, Dianne Leman set out to find something more than the fear of not being enough or doing enough to earn God's favor. In her search, she found that Jesus was bigger, better, and more beautiful than she had ever dared to dream—and it wrecked her for good. In her faith-altering book, Leman guides believers out of Christian lives of doing into union with the Lord Jesus Christ that provides rest, freedom, delight, and grace that is not exhausting but exhilarating. This non-striving guide will help you: ● Lose your religion and strengthen your faith ● Pray in power ● Offer mercy to the 'messy' people ● And much more Break the shackles of religion, and embrace the fruitful, fulfilling life with Jesus that you never thought possible. Dianne Leman Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465639 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrecked for God: The Surprising Secret to True Transformation Author: Dianne Leman Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in a Christian home dictated by legalism and religious ideals, Dianne Leman set out to find something more than the fear of not being enough or doing enough to earn God's favor. In her search, she found that Jesus was bigger, better, and more beautiful than she had ever dared to dream—and it wrecked her for good. In her faith-altering book, Leman guides believers out of Christian lives of doing into union with the Lord Jesus Christ that provides rest, freedom, delight, and grace that is not exhausting but exhilarating. This non-striving guide will help you: ● Lose your religion and strengthen your faith ● Pray in power ● Offer mercy to the 'messy' people ● And much more Break the shackles of religion, and embrace the fruitful, fulfilling life with Jesus that you never thought possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrecked for God: The Surprising Secret to True Transformation Author: Dianne Leman Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in a Christian home dictated by legalism and religious ideals, Dianne Leman set out to find something more than the fear of not being enough or doing enough to earn God's favor. In her search, she found that Jesus was bigger, better, and more beautiful than she had ever dared to dream—and it wrecked her for good. In her faith-altering book, Leman guides believers out of Christian lives of doing into union with the Lord Jesus Christ that provides rest, freedom, delight, and grace that is not exhausting but exhilarating. This non-striving guide will help you: ● Lose your religion and strengthen your faith ● Pray in power ● Offer mercy to the 'messy' people ● And much more Break the shackles of religion, and embrace the fruitful, fulfilling life with Jesus that you never thought possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465637 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy!: God’s Secret Weapon for Every Believer Author: Georgian Banov Narrator: Basil Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible tells us there is ecstatic, extravagant joy eternally in God's presence. We do not have to experience joy only intermittently, since every fruit of the Holy Spirit is available to us always. Georgian Banov knew nothing of this joy. Born and raised in Communist Bulgaria, he escaped miraculously to the United States, where he was embraced by the love and joy of the 'Jesus people.' His encounter with God, along with the truth of God's Word and the ongoing work of the Holy Spirit, has led him to a life of freedom and holy joy. In Joy! Georgian will help you discover God's goodness and defeat disappointment; learn to enjoy God's loving acceptance and overcome feelings of failure and inadequacy; activate supernatural power for your breakthrough and find victory over sin; and be the hands and feet of Jesus today and do his works of justice in the world—with great joy! You can experience God's joyful heart daily as you walk out your calling with purpose and power. Georgian Banov Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465637 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy!: God’s Secret Weapon for Every Believer Author: Georgian Banov Narrator: Basil Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible tells us there is ecstatic, extravagant joy eternally in God's presence. We do not have to experience joy only intermittently, since every fruit of the Holy Spirit is available to us always. Georgian Banov knew nothing of this joy. Born and raised in Communist Bulgaria, he escaped miraculously to the United States, where he was embraced by the love and joy of the 'Jesus people.' His encounter with God, along with the truth of God's Word and the ongoing work of the Holy Spirit, has led him to a life of freedom and holy joy. In Joy! Georgian will help you discover God's goodness and defeat disappointment; learn to enjoy God's loving acceptance and overcome feelings of failure and inadequacy; activate supernatural power for your breakthrough and find victory over sin; and be the hands and feet of Jesus today and do his works of justice in the world—with great joy! You can experience God's joyful heart daily as you walk out your calling with purpose and power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465637]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy!: God’s Secret Weapon for Every Believer Author: Georgian Banov Narrator: Basil Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible tells us there is ecstatic, extravagant joy eternally in God's presence. We do not have to experience joy only intermittently, since every fruit of the Holy Spirit is available to us always. Georgian Banov knew nothing of this joy. Born and raised in Communist Bulgaria, he escaped miraculously to the United States, where he was embraced by the love and joy of the 'Jesus people.' His encounter with God, along with the truth of God's Word and the ongoing work of the Holy Spirit, has led him to a life of freedom and holy joy. In Joy! Georgian will help you discover God's goodness and defeat disappointment; learn to enjoy God's loving acceptance and overcome feelings of failure and inadequacy; activate supernatural power for your breakthrough and find victory over sin; and be the hands and feet of Jesus today and do his works of justice in the world—with great joy! You can experience God's joyful heart daily as you walk out your calling with purpose and power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After 'I Believe': Everyday Practices for a Vibrant Faith Author: James Emery White Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastor and author James Emery White leads his church and his life with a singular mission: to turn spiritual explorers into fully devoted followers of Christ. The obvious first step in this process is for someone to cross the line of faith—to say, 'I believe.' That was the heart behind his book Christianity for People Who Aren't Christians. But what comes after 'I believe' is equally important, and it's the way someone truly becomes a fully devoted follower of Christ. This manual for discipleship takes new Christians through the basics of growing in the faith and connecting with the church, including: prioritizing Bible study, developing a regular prayer life, spending quiet time with God, plugging into the life of a local church, experiencing God in worship, finding ways to serve others, being faithful with finances, and more. A perfect resource for pastors and ministry leaders to offer to the new believers in their midst, After 'I Believe' is a solid foundation for anyone seeking to build a vibrant Christian life. James Emery White Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465635 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After 'I Believe': Everyday Practices for a Vibrant Faith Author: James Emery White Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastor and author James Emery White leads his church and his life with a singular mission: to turn spiritual explorers into fully devoted followers of Christ. The obvious first step in this process is for someone to cross the line of faith—to say, 'I believe.' That was the heart behind his book Christianity for People Who Aren't Christians. But what comes after 'I believe' is equally important, and it's the way someone truly becomes a fully devoted follower of Christ. This manual for discipleship takes new Christians through the basics of growing in the faith and connecting with the church, including: prioritizing Bible study, developing a regular prayer life, spending quiet time with God, plugging into the life of a local church, experiencing God in worship, finding ways to serve others, being faithful with finances, and more. A perfect resource for pastors and ministry leaders to offer to the new believers in their midst, After 'I Believe' is a solid foundation for anyone seeking to build a vibrant Christian life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After 'I Believe': Everyday Practices for a Vibrant Faith Author: James Emery White Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastor and author James Emery White leads his church and his life with a singular mission: to turn spiritual explorers into fully devoted followers of Christ. The obvious first step in this process is for someone to cross the line of faith—to say, 'I believe.' That was the heart behind his book Christianity for People Who Aren't Christians. But what comes after 'I believe' is equally important, and it's the way someone truly becomes a fully devoted follower of Christ. This manual for discipleship takes new Christians through the basics of growing in the faith and connecting with the church, including: prioritizing Bible study, developing a regular prayer life, spending quiet time with God, plugging into the life of a local church, experiencing God in worship, finding ways to serve others, being faithful with finances, and more. A perfect resource for pastors and ministry leaders to offer to the new believers in their midst, After 'I Believe' is a solid foundation for anyone seeking to build a vibrant Christian life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Pentecostal and Charismatic Leaders Every Christian Should Know Author: Dean Merrill Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, inspiring leaders have stepped out in faith, stirring many to renewed strength and purpose. With sparkling writing and fascinating detail, Dean Merrill captures the bold, often surprising stories of notable Pentecostal, charismatic, and Spirit-empowered leaders. As Dean trains his journalist's eye on the lives of Smith Wigglesworth, David du Plessis, William J. Seymour, Aimee Semple McPherson, and many more, these engaging narratives challenge readers to follow in the footsteps of these extraordinary individuals and obey the Holy Spirit. Dean Merrill Tue, 30 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465636 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Pentecostal and Charismatic Leaders Every Christian Should Know Author: Dean Merrill Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, inspiring leaders have stepped out in faith, stirring many to renewed strength and purpose. With sparkling writing and fascinating detail, Dean Merrill captures the bold, often surprising stories of notable Pentecostal, charismatic, and Spirit-empowered leaders. As Dean trains his journalist's eye on the lives of Smith Wigglesworth, David du Plessis, William J. Seymour, Aimee Semple McPherson, and many more, these engaging narratives challenge readers to follow in the footsteps of these extraordinary individuals and obey the Holy Spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Pentecostal and Charismatic Leaders Every Christian Should Know Author: Dean Merrill Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, inspiring leaders have stepped out in faith, stirring many to renewed strength and purpose. With sparkling writing and fascinating detail, Dean Merrill captures the bold, often surprising stories of notable Pentecostal, charismatic, and Spirit-empowered leaders. As Dean trains his journalist's eye on the lives of Smith Wigglesworth, David du Plessis, William J. Seymour, Aimee Semple McPherson, and many more, these engaging narratives challenge readers to follow in the footsteps of these extraordinary individuals and obey the Holy Spirit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reignite: Fresh Focus for an Enduring Faith Author: Jack Graham Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Even pastors struggle to keep going sometimes. When Dr. Jack Graham had a major surgery ten years ago, he knew it would take a physical toll, but to his surprise, he also found himself wiped out emotionally and spiritually. He wrestled with depression and a lack of spiritual energy, and he struggled to find joy and growth in his walk with Christ. Maybe you've been through a crisis of your own. Or maybe the busyness of life has overwhelmed you, or your faith has grown stale over the years and you've just been going through the motions. So how do you get back to being spiritually energized? In Reignite, Dr. Graham shares the powerful lessons he learned during his own dark night of the soul. He shares biblical insights on how to keep your relationship with God from growing cold, how to focus on what truly matters, and how to make the most of your years on earth, creating a legacy that advances the kingdom of God. For those who follow Jesus, God has promised a triumphant life and an eternity of joyous celebration. But we also need to embrace this joy and victory right here and right now. Let Reignite help you recapture what you've been missing. Jack Graham Tue, 23 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465633 thebookvoice.com 9:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reignite: Fresh Focus for an Enduring Faith Author: Jack Graham Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Even pastors struggle to keep going sometimes. When Dr. Jack Graham had a major surgery ten years ago, he knew it would take a physical toll, but to his surprise, he also found himself wiped out emotionally and spiritually. He wrestled with depression and a lack of spiritual energy, and he struggled to find joy and growth in his walk with Christ. Maybe you've been through a crisis of your own. Or maybe the busyness of life has overwhelmed you, or your faith has grown stale over the years and you've just been going through the motions. So how do you get back to being spiritually energized? In Reignite, Dr. Graham shares the powerful lessons he learned during his own dark night of the soul. He shares biblical insights on how to keep your relationship with God from growing cold, how to focus on what truly matters, and how to make the most of your years on earth, creating a legacy that advances the kingdom of God. For those who follow Jesus, God has promised a triumphant life and an eternity of joyous celebration. But we also need to embrace this joy and victory right here and right now. Let Reignite help you recapture what you've been missing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reignite: Fresh Focus for an Enduring Faith Author: Jack Graham Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Even pastors struggle to keep going sometimes. When Dr. Jack Graham had a major surgery ten years ago, he knew it would take a physical toll, but to his surprise, he also found himself wiped out emotionally and spiritually. He wrestled with depression and a lack of spiritual energy, and he struggled to find joy and growth in his walk with Christ. Maybe you've been through a crisis of your own. Or maybe the busyness of life has overwhelmed you, or your faith has grown stale over the years and you've just been going through the motions. So how do you get back to being spiritually energized? In Reignite, Dr. Graham shares the powerful lessons he learned during his own dark night of the soul. He shares biblical insights on how to keep your relationship with God from growing cold, how to focus on what truly matters, and how to make the most of your years on earth, creating a legacy that advances the kingdom of God. For those who follow Jesus, God has promised a triumphant life and an eternity of joyous celebration. But we also need to embrace this joy and victory right here and right now. Let Reignite help you recapture what you've been missing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Matter: How Your Quest for Meaning Is Meaningless without God Author: Michael Sherrard Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What makes life meaningful? More to the point, what makes our life meaningful? Without a good answer to that question, we can expend much energy and experience much anxiety as we attempt to live lives of significance, only to find that in the end we missed the point entirely and along the way were deeply dissatisfied. But there is hope. In Why You Matter, Michael Sherrard shows that life is only meaningful if God exists. He then shows how that fundamental fact provides clarity for some of the most important questions of our lives, including: Who am I?; How should I treat others?; What should I do with my life?; and How do I make sense of suffering? If you have struggled with a sense of self-worth and direction in your life, or if you have a friend, colleague, or family member who is searching for meaning in a world of suffering, chaos, and uncertainty, Why You Matter will give you confidence that your life matters—but maybe not for the reasons you think. Michael Sherrard Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465634 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Matter: How Your Quest for Meaning Is Meaningless without God Author: Michael Sherrard Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What makes life meaningful? More to the point, what makes our life meaningful? Without a good answer to that question, we can expend much energy and experience much anxiety as we attempt to live lives of significance, only to find that in the end we missed the point entirely and along the way were deeply dissatisfied. But there is hope. In Why You Matter, Michael Sherrard shows that life is only meaningful if God exists. He then shows how that fundamental fact provides clarity for some of the most important questions of our lives, including: Who am I?; How should I treat others?; What should I do with my life?; and How do I make sense of suffering? If you have struggled with a sense of self-worth and direction in your life, or if you have a friend, colleague, or family member who is searching for meaning in a world of suffering, chaos, and uncertainty, Why You Matter will give you confidence that your life matters—but maybe not for the reasons you think. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Matter: How Your Quest for Meaning Is Meaningless without God Author: Michael Sherrard Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What makes life meaningful? More to the point, what makes our life meaningful? Without a good answer to that question, we can expend much energy and experience much anxiety as we attempt to live lives of significance, only to find that in the end we missed the point entirely and along the way were deeply dissatisfied. But there is hope. In Why You Matter, Michael Sherrard shows that life is only meaningful if God exists. He then shows how that fundamental fact provides clarity for some of the most important questions of our lives, including: Who am I?; How should I treat others?; What should I do with my life?; and How do I make sense of suffering? If you have struggled with a sense of self-worth and direction in your life, or if you have a friend, colleague, or family member who is searching for meaning in a world of suffering, chaos, and uncertainty, Why You Matter will give you confidence that your life matters—but maybe not for the reasons you think. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25 Lies Twentysomethings Need to Stop Believing: How to Get Unstuck and Own Your Defining Decade Author: Paul Angone Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Your twenties are your defining decade, the time in which you are setting the course for the rest of your life. You don't want to look back later and realize you ended up somewhere you never intended to go in the first place. How do you block out all the lies, half-truths, and 'supposed-to's' constantly assaulting you from articles, social media posts, and well-meaning friends and family? How do you find something real, something true, something infused with purpose and meaning? Funny, vulnerable, and to the point, this book exposes the false beliefs that can derail your current happiness and future impact, like having big dreams is naïve; success just happens; everyone else is experiencing the success you were supposed to; when you fail you're a failure; and many more. This story-driven book shows you that you're not alone in your insecurities and second-guessing, then shows you how to replace the lies with the truth—that you can live a life of purpose, earn a good paycheck, leave a legacy, and have fun doing it. Paul Angone Tue, 02 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465632 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25 Lies Twentysomethings Need to Stop Believing: How to Get Unstuck and Own Your Defining Decade Author: Paul Angone Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Your twenties are your defining decade, the time in which you are setting the course for the rest of your life. You don't want to look back later and realize you ended up somewhere you never intended to go in the first place. How do you block out all the lies, half-truths, and 'supposed-to's' constantly assaulting you from articles, social media posts, and well-meaning friends and family? How do you find something real, something true, something infused with purpose and meaning? Funny, vulnerable, and to the point, this book exposes the false beliefs that can derail your current happiness and future impact, like having big dreams is naïve; success just happens; everyone else is experiencing the success you were supposed to; when you fail you're a failure; and many more. This story-driven book shows you that you're not alone in your insecurities and second-guessing, then shows you how to replace the lies with the truth—that you can live a life of purpose, earn a good paycheck, leave a legacy, and have fun doing it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25 Lies Twentysomethings Need to Stop Believing: How to Get Unstuck and Own Your Defining Decade Author: Paul Angone Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Your twenties are your defining decade, the time in which you are setting the course for the rest of your life. You don't want to look back later and realize you ended up somewhere you never intended to go in the first place. How do you block out all the lies, half-truths, and 'supposed-to's' constantly assaulting you from articles, social media posts, and well-meaning friends and family? How do you find something real, something true, something infused with purpose and meaning? Funny, vulnerable, and to the point, this book exposes the false beliefs that can derail your current happiness and future impact, like having big dreams is naïve; success just happens; everyone else is experiencing the success you were supposed to; when you fail you're a failure; and many more. This story-driven book shows you that you're not alone in your insecurities and second-guessing, then shows you how to replace the lies with the truth—that you can live a life of purpose, earn a good paycheck, leave a legacy, and have fun doing it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rule of St. Benedict Author: Saint Benedict Of Nursia Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Written as a practical guide for monastic living, The Rule of St. Benedict covers topics such as charity, integrity, humility, family spirituality, and simplistic living.  This timeless work has become a guide for religious communities throughout history, and St. Benedict himself is now widely recognized as the father of Western monasticism.  In discussing religion and instructing readers on how to live a simple and holy life, this text reaches contemporary and widespread issues.  The Rule of St. Benedict serves as a guide not only for religious societies but also for achieving peace and unity in families as it brings the reader to understanding spirituality, both individually and as a community, as well as the importance and the challenges of physical labor and responsibility. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Joe Geoffrey brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Saint Benedict Of Nursia Fri, 16 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465549 thebookvoice.com 2:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rule of St. Benedict Author: Saint Benedict Of Nursia Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Written as a practical guide for monastic living, The Rule of St. Benedict covers topics such as charity, integrity, humility, family spirituality, and simplistic living.  This timeless work has become a guide for religious communities throughout history, and St. Benedict himself is now widely recognized as the father of Western monasticism.  In discussing religion and instructing readers on how to live a simple and holy life, this text reaches contemporary and widespread issues.  The Rule of St. Benedict serves as a guide not only for religious societies but also for achieving peace and unity in families as it brings the reader to understanding spirituality, both individually and as a community, as well as the importance and the challenges of physical labor and responsibility. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Joe Geoffrey brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rule of St. Benedict Author: Saint Benedict Of Nursia Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 16, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Written as a practical guide for monastic living, The Rule of St. Benedict covers topics such as charity, integrity, humility, family spirituality, and simplistic living.  This timeless work has become a guide for religious communities throughout history, and St. Benedict himself is now widely recognized as the father of Western monasticism.  In discussing religion and instructing readers on how to live a simple and holy life, this text reaches contemporary and widespread issues.  The Rule of St. Benedict serves as a guide not only for religious societies but also for achieving peace and unity in families as it brings the reader to understanding spirituality, both individually and as a community, as well as the importance and the challenges of physical labor and responsibility. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Joe Geoffrey brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0: Moving Communities into Unity, Wholeness and Justice Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can see the injustice and inequality in our lives and in the world. We are ready to rise up. But how, exactly, do we do this? How does one reconcile? What we need is a clear sense of direction. Based on her extensive consulting experience with churches, colleges and organizations, Rev. Dr. Brenda Salter McNeil has created a roadmap to show us the way. She guides us through the common topics of discussion and past the bumpy social terrain and political boundaries that will arise. In this revised and expanded edition, McNeil has updated her signature roadmap to incorporate insights from her more recent work. Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0 includes a new preface and a new chapter on restoration, which address the high costs for people of color who work in reconciliation and their need for continual renewal. With reflection questions and exercises at the end of each chapter, this book is ideal to read together with your church or organization. If you are ready to take the next step into unity, wholeness and justice, then this is the book for you. Brenda Salter Mcneil Thu, 15 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465548 thebookvoice.com 5:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0: Moving Communities into Unity, Wholeness and Justice Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can see the injustice and inequality in our lives and in the world. We are ready to rise up. But how, exactly, do we do this? How does one reconcile? What we need is a clear sense of direction. Based on her extensive consulting experience with churches, colleges and organizations, Rev. Dr. Brenda Salter McNeil has created a roadmap to show us the way. She guides us through the common topics of discussion and past the bumpy social terrain and political boundaries that will arise. In this revised and expanded edition, McNeil has updated her signature roadmap to incorporate insights from her more recent work. Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0 includes a new preface and a new chapter on restoration, which address the high costs for people of color who work in reconciliation and their need for continual renewal. With reflection questions and exercises at the end of each chapter, this book is ideal to read together with your church or organization. If you are ready to take the next step into unity, wholeness and justice, then this is the book for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0: Moving Communities into Unity, Wholeness and Justice Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can see the injustice and inequality in our lives and in the world. We are ready to rise up. But how, exactly, do we do this? How does one reconcile? What we need is a clear sense of direction. Based on her extensive consulting experience with churches, colleges and organizations, Rev. Dr. Brenda Salter McNeil has created a roadmap to show us the way. She guides us through the common topics of discussion and past the bumpy social terrain and political boundaries that will arise. In this revised and expanded edition, McNeil has updated her signature roadmap to incorporate insights from her more recent work. Roadmap to Reconciliation 2.0 includes a new preface and a new chapter on restoration, which address the high costs for people of color who work in reconciliation and their need for continual renewal. With reflection questions and exercises at the end of each chapter, this book is ideal to read together with your church or organization. If you are ready to take the next step into unity, wholeness and justice, then this is the book for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of the Rosary Author: St. Louis Grignion De Montfort Narrator: Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Secret of the Rosary from Catholic Book Publishing is a new, enlightening translation of the classic book by St. Louis Grignion de Montfort, the great Marian writer who nurtured Pope John Paul II's devotion to Mary, the Blessed Mother of Jesus. At 288 pages and with a beautifully illustrated, flexible cover, this new translation of The Secret of the Rosary is printed in large, easy-to-read type. This inspiring book will enhance personal devotion or make a wonderful gift for anyone seeking to become closer to Our Lady. St. Louis Grignion De Montfort Wed, 14 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465547 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of the Rosary Author: St. Louis Grignion De Montfort Narrator: Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Secret of the Rosary from Catholic Book Publishing is a new, enlightening translation of the classic book by St. Louis Grignion de Montfort, the great Marian writer who nurtured Pope John Paul II's devotion to Mary, the Blessed Mother of Jesus. At 288 pages and with a beautifully illustrated, flexible cover, this new translation of The Secret of the Rosary is printed in large, easy-to-read type. This inspiring book will enhance personal devotion or make a wonderful gift for anyone seeking to become closer to Our Lady. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of the Rosary Author: St. Louis Grignion De Montfort Narrator: Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 14, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Secret of the Rosary from Catholic Book Publishing is a new, enlightening translation of the classic book by St. Louis Grignion de Montfort, the great Marian writer who nurtured Pope John Paul II's devotion to Mary, the Blessed Mother of Jesus. At 288 pages and with a beautifully illustrated, flexible cover, this new translation of The Secret of the Rosary is printed in large, easy-to-read type. This inspiring book will enhance personal devotion or make a wonderful gift for anyone seeking to become closer to Our Lady. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465546 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak Up with Confidence: A Step-by-Step Guide for Speakers and Leaders Author: Carol Kent Narrator: Carol Kent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Whether speaking to a crowd or small group, you want your audience to really understand your message. Speak Up with Confidence is a step-by-step guide that will walk you through preparing and delivering any kind of presentation, whether you are sharing your testimony, preparing a devotional, or leading a meeting or workshop. A sought-after speaker, Carol Kent is a reassuring guide through the often intimidating world of public presentation―from deciding on your topic and speaking points to engaging with your audience and delivering your talk well. Rich in stories and packed with helpful tips and insights, this book will transform the way you communicate, opening up a new world of ministry for you. If you want to be a leader in your church or simply want to be more comfortable talking in front of others, this book will give you the organizational skills and tips you need to make your presentation a success. Carol Kent Thu, 15 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465546 thebookvoice.com 7:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak Up with Confidence: A Step-by-Step Guide for Speakers and Leaders Author: Carol Kent Narrator: Carol Kent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Whether speaking to a crowd or small group, you want your audience to really understand your message. Speak Up with Confidence is a step-by-step guide that will walk you through preparing and delivering any kind of presentation, whether you are sharing your testimony, preparing a devotional, or leading a meeting or workshop. A sought-after speaker, Carol Kent is a reassuring guide through the often intimidating world of public presentation―from deciding on your topic and speaking points to engaging with your audience and delivering your talk well. Rich in stories and packed with helpful tips and insights, this book will transform the way you communicate, opening up a new world of ministry for you. If you want to be a leader in your church or simply want to be more comfortable talking in front of others, this book will give you the organizational skills and tips you need to make your presentation a success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak Up with Confidence: A Step-by-Step Guide for Speakers and Leaders Author: Carol Kent Narrator: Carol Kent Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Whether speaking to a crowd or small group, you want your audience to really understand your message. Speak Up with Confidence is a step-by-step guide that will walk you through preparing and delivering any kind of presentation, whether you are sharing your testimony, preparing a devotional, or leading a meeting or workshop. A sought-after speaker, Carol Kent is a reassuring guide through the often intimidating world of public presentation―from deciding on your topic and speaking points to engaging with your audience and delivering your talk well. Rich in stories and packed with helpful tips and insights, this book will transform the way you communicate, opening up a new world of ministry for you. If you want to be a leader in your church or simply want to be more comfortable talking in front of others, this book will give you the organizational skills and tips you need to make your presentation a success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 447 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 124 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Overthinking isn't a personality trait. It's the sneakiest form of fear.It steals time, creativity, and goals. It's the most expensive, least productive thing companies invest in without even knowing it. And it's an epidemic. In Soundtracks, New York Times bestselling author Jon Acuff offers a proven plan to change overthinking from a super problem into a superpower. If you want to tap into the surprising power of overthinking and give your dreams more time and creativity, learn how to DJ the soundtracks that define you.If you can worry, you can wonder. If you can doubt, you can dominate. If you can spin, you can soar. Jon Acuff Tue, 06 Apr 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 447 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 124 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Overthinking isn't a personality trait. It's the sneakiest form of fear.It steals time, creativity, and goals. It's the most expensive, least productive thing companies invest in without even knowing it. And it's an epidemic. In Soundtracks, New York Times bestselling author Jon Acuff offers a proven plan to change overthinking from a super problem into a superpower. If you want to tap into the surprising power of overthinking and give your dreams more time and creativity, learn how to DJ the soundtracks that define you.If you can worry, you can wonder. If you can doubt, you can dominate. If you can spin, you can soar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 447 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 124 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Overthinking isn't a personality trait. It's the sneakiest form of fear.It steals time, creativity, and goals. It's the most expensive, least productive thing companies invest in without even knowing it. And it's an epidemic. In Soundtracks, New York Times bestselling author Jon Acuff offers a proven plan to change overthinking from a super problem into a superpower. If you want to tap into the surprising power of overthinking and give your dreams more time and creativity, learn how to DJ the soundtracks that define you.If you can worry, you can wonder. If you can doubt, you can dominate. If you can spin, you can soar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Further Up and Further In: Understanding Narnia Author: Joseph Pearce Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved by generations of readers, the Chronicles of Narnia are thought, erroneously, by some to be 'mere children's stories.' In this volume, Joseph Pearce thoroughly debunks the error as he skillfully explains why there is nothing 'mere' about such stories. Rather, the Narnia books contain profound insights concerning the human condition. Pearce, however, goes beyond even that and illuminates the deeper riches and profound truths found therein: the highest truths, in fact, those concerning God. Join Pearce as he explores the 'grown-up' themes that are so important for a proper understanding of Lewis's magnificent creation, including the deep and profound Christian symbolism, extensive literary allusions, and the constant theme of temptation, sin, and redemption. The author of numerous literary works and an authority on the writings of Lewis, Chesterton, and Tolkien, Pearce is uniquely qualified to examine the deeper theological, philosophical, and historical dimensions of the Chronicles. With Pearce as your guide, 'return to Narnia' and come to understand in new and profound ways that place which has so marked the imaginative landscape of so many. Rediscover your love for Narnia, because 'wardrobes are for grown-ups too.' Joseph Pearce Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464767 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Further Up and Further In: Understanding Narnia Author: Joseph Pearce Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved by generations of readers, the Chronicles of Narnia are thought, erroneously, by some to be 'mere children's stories.' In this volume, Joseph Pearce thoroughly debunks the error as he skillfully explains why there is nothing 'mere' about such stories. Rather, the Narnia books contain profound insights concerning the human condition. Pearce, however, goes beyond even that and illuminates the deeper riches and profound truths found therein: the highest truths, in fact, those concerning God. Join Pearce as he explores the 'grown-up' themes that are so important for a proper understanding of Lewis's magnificent creation, including the deep and profound Christian symbolism, extensive literary allusions, and the constant theme of temptation, sin, and redemption. The author of numerous literary works and an authority on the writings of Lewis, Chesterton, and Tolkien, Pearce is uniquely qualified to examine the deeper theological, philosophical, and historical dimensions of the Chronicles. With Pearce as your guide, 'return to Narnia' and come to understand in new and profound ways that place which has so marked the imaginative landscape of so many. Rediscover your love for Narnia, because 'wardrobes are for grown-ups too.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Further Up and Further In: Understanding Narnia Author: Joseph Pearce Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved by generations of readers, the Chronicles of Narnia are thought, erroneously, by some to be 'mere children's stories.' In this volume, Joseph Pearce thoroughly debunks the error as he skillfully explains why there is nothing 'mere' about such stories. Rather, the Narnia books contain profound insights concerning the human condition. Pearce, however, goes beyond even that and illuminates the deeper riches and profound truths found therein: the highest truths, in fact, those concerning God. Join Pearce as he explores the 'grown-up' themes that are so important for a proper understanding of Lewis's magnificent creation, including the deep and profound Christian symbolism, extensive literary allusions, and the constant theme of temptation, sin, and redemption. The author of numerous literary works and an authority on the writings of Lewis, Chesterton, and Tolkien, Pearce is uniquely qualified to examine the deeper theological, philosophical, and historical dimensions of the Chronicles. With Pearce as your guide, 'return to Narnia' and come to understand in new and profound ways that place which has so marked the imaginative landscape of so many. Rediscover your love for Narnia, because 'wardrobes are for grown-ups too.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Intelligence: The Art of Thinking Like God Author: Kris Vallotton Narrator: Kris Vallotton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two quotients analyze our minds and emotions: I.Q. and E.Q. But Kris Vallotton believes we are ignoring a deeper dimension—spiritual intelligence. Because believers have the mind of Christ through the Holy Spirit, we have the capacity for brilliance. God invites us to embark on a journey of discovery as he reveals mysteries and helps us bring our perspective in line with his—transforming our understanding and endowing us with spiritual intelligence. In this eye-opening new release, pastor and bestselling author Kris Vallotton says that God invites us to think like him. He answers questions such as ● What are the five dimensions of spiritual intelligence? ● How can I build new neural pathways to supernatural thinking? ● How do I recognize my sphere of influence and the borders of my divine assignment? ● And much more! As you listen to the Holy Spirit and realize what it means to have the mind of Christ, you have the capacity for life-transforming spiritual intelligence unavailable in any other way. Kris Vallotton Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464766 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Intelligence: The Art of Thinking Like God Author: Kris Vallotton Narrator: Kris Vallotton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two quotients analyze our minds and emotions: I.Q. and E.Q. But Kris Vallotton believes we are ignoring a deeper dimension—spiritual intelligence. Because believers have the mind of Christ through the Holy Spirit, we have the capacity for brilliance. God invites us to embark on a journey of discovery as he reveals mysteries and helps us bring our perspective in line with his—transforming our understanding and endowing us with spiritual intelligence. In this eye-opening new release, pastor and bestselling author Kris Vallotton says that God invites us to think like him. He answers questions such as ● What are the five dimensions of spiritual intelligence? ● How can I build new neural pathways to supernatural thinking? ● How do I recognize my sphere of influence and the borders of my divine assignment? ● And much more! As you listen to the Holy Spirit and realize what it means to have the mind of Christ, you have the capacity for life-transforming spiritual intelligence unavailable in any other way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Intelligence: The Art of Thinking Like God Author: Kris Vallotton Narrator: Kris Vallotton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two quotients analyze our minds and emotions: I.Q. and E.Q. But Kris Vallotton believes we are ignoring a deeper dimension—spiritual intelligence. Because believers have the mind of Christ through the Holy Spirit, we have the capacity for brilliance. God invites us to embark on a journey of discovery as he reveals mysteries and helps us bring our perspective in line with his—transforming our understanding and endowing us with spiritual intelligence. In this eye-opening new release, pastor and bestselling author Kris Vallotton says that God invites us to think like him. He answers questions such as ● What are the five dimensions of spiritual intelligence? ● How can I build new neural pathways to supernatural thinking? ● How do I recognize my sphere of influence and the borders of my divine assignment? ● And much more! As you listen to the Holy Spirit and realize what it means to have the mind of Christ, you have the capacity for life-transforming spiritual intelligence unavailable in any other way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464765 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fueled by Fire: Becoming a Woman of Courage, Faith and Influence Author: Staci Wallace Narrator: Staci Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Women today are expected to multitask—to serve, lead, influence, manage their busy schedules, nurture their families, and at the same time harness their emotions. Meanwhile, Satan, the longtime enemy of women, tells them they are not good enough, not successful enough, and certainly not capable of making a difference. An author who knows how to access the power and gifts of the Holy Spirit in everyday life, Staci Wallace helps women resist the forces of darkness and rise up empowered to take on and win whatever battle they face. In Fueled by Fire, she takes listeners on a journey through the lives of women in the Bible as well as through her own story of conquering deadly diseases, climbing corporate ladders, and raising world-changers. She inspires women to believe that, with God, anything is possible. Staci Wallace Tue, 12 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464765 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fueled by Fire: Becoming a Woman of Courage, Faith and Influence Author: Staci Wallace Narrator: Staci Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Women today are expected to multitask—to serve, lead, influence, manage their busy schedules, nurture their families, and at the same time harness their emotions. Meanwhile, Satan, the longtime enemy of women, tells them they are not good enough, not successful enough, and certainly not capable of making a difference. An author who knows how to access the power and gifts of the Holy Spirit in everyday life, Staci Wallace helps women resist the forces of darkness and rise up empowered to take on and win whatever battle they face. In Fueled by Fire, she takes listeners on a journey through the lives of women in the Bible as well as through her own story of conquering deadly diseases, climbing corporate ladders, and raising world-changers. She inspires women to believe that, with God, anything is possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fueled by Fire: Becoming a Woman of Courage, Faith and Influence Author: Staci Wallace Narrator: Staci Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Women today are expected to multitask—to serve, lead, influence, manage their busy schedules, nurture their families, and at the same time harness their emotions. Meanwhile, Satan, the longtime enemy of women, tells them they are not good enough, not successful enough, and certainly not capable of making a difference. An author who knows how to access the power and gifts of the Holy Spirit in everyday life, Staci Wallace helps women resist the forces of darkness and rise up empowered to take on and win whatever battle they face. In Fueled by Fire, she takes listeners on a journey through the lives of women in the Bible as well as through her own story of conquering deadly diseases, climbing corporate ladders, and raising world-changers. She inspires women to believe that, with God, anything is possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Two Author: Hunter Mobley Narrator: Hunter Russell Mobley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Two? Pastor, lawyer, and Enneagram speaker Hunter Mobley reflects on this question with a mix of self-compassion and hunger for personal growth. Using the metaphor of a welcoming Southern porch, he describes Twos this way: 'We have well-curated our reputations as people who can be counted on. We're the people of 'yes!' But beyond our front porches and living rooms is a diversity of unexpressed and unmet feelings and needs. Tiredness, loneliness, grief, disappointment, and longing live beside joy, gratitude, and hope in the kitchens, dens, and bedrooms of our houses.' These forty daily readings are an opportunity to explore both the shadow and the light that radiates from the front porches of our personality and deeper into the soul that lays within. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, reflection questions, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a two, you will grow from learning about twos and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. Hunter Mobley Tue, 09 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464764 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Two Author: Hunter Mobley Narrator: Hunter Russell Mobley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Two? Pastor, lawyer, and Enneagram speaker Hunter Mobley reflects on this question with a mix of self-compassion and hunger for personal growth. Using the metaphor of a welcoming Southern porch, he describes Twos this way: 'We have well-curated our reputations as people who can be counted on. We're the people of 'yes!' But beyond our front porches and living rooms is a diversity of unexpressed and unmet feelings and needs. Tiredness, loneliness, grief, disappointment, and longing live beside joy, gratitude, and hope in the kitchens, dens, and bedrooms of our houses.' These forty daily readings are an opportunity to explore both the shadow and the light that radiates from the front porches of our personality and deeper into the soul that lays within. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, reflection questions, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a two, you will grow from learning about twos and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Two Author: Hunter Mobley Narrator: Hunter Russell Mobley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Two? Pastor, lawyer, and Enneagram speaker Hunter Mobley reflects on this question with a mix of self-compassion and hunger for personal growth. Using the metaphor of a welcoming Southern porch, he describes Twos this way: 'We have well-curated our reputations as people who can be counted on. We're the people of 'yes!' But beyond our front porches and living rooms is a diversity of unexpressed and unmet feelings and needs. Tiredness, loneliness, grief, disappointment, and longing live beside joy, gratitude, and hope in the kitchens, dens, and bedrooms of our houses.' These forty daily readings are an opportunity to explore both the shadow and the light that radiates from the front porches of our personality and deeper into the soul that lays within. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, reflection questions, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a two, you will grow from learning about twos and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464759 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About You: Fully Human, Fully Alive Author: Dick Staub Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In About You, Dick Staub again addresses a general audience of Christians (lapsed and active), seekers, and younger readers and speaks about the personal rewards and benefits of following Jesus. This book illuminates the path back to humanness. It shows that Jesus came to address our universal longing for a fully human life, not to establish a narrow us versus them religion. Salvation is not about going to heaven when we die, it is about a full and abundant life now. It will connect contemporary longing with an ancient and largely lost truth, that 'Jesus didn't come to make us Christian, he came to make us fully human.' In practical, down to earth, easy-to understand language, it will deal with the subject theologically (the incarnation), sociologically (our deepest human needs) and practically (how we can attain and maintain such a life). Dick Staub Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464759 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About You: Fully Human, Fully Alive Author: Dick Staub Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In About You, Dick Staub again addresses a general audience of Christians (lapsed and active), seekers, and younger readers and speaks about the personal rewards and benefits of following Jesus. This book illuminates the path back to humanness. It shows that Jesus came to address our universal longing for a fully human life, not to establish a narrow us versus them religion. Salvation is not about going to heaven when we die, it is about a full and abundant life now. It will connect contemporary longing with an ancient and largely lost truth, that 'Jesus didn't come to make us Christian, he came to make us fully human.' In practical, down to earth, easy-to understand language, it will deal with the subject theologically (the incarnation), sociologically (our deepest human needs) and practically (how we can attain and maintain such a life). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464759]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: About You: Fully Human, Fully Alive Author: Dick Staub Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In About You, Dick Staub again addresses a general audience of Christians (lapsed and active), seekers, and younger readers and speaks about the personal rewards and benefits of following Jesus. This book illuminates the path back to humanness. It shows that Jesus came to address our universal longing for a fully human life, not to establish a narrow us versus them religion. Salvation is not about going to heaven when we die, it is about a full and abundant life now. It will connect contemporary longing with an ancient and largely lost truth, that 'Jesus didn't come to make us Christian, he came to make us fully human.' In practical, down to earth, easy-to understand language, it will deal with the subject theologically (the incarnation), sociologically (our deepest human needs) and practically (how we can attain and maintain such a life). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464758 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money Enough: Everyday Practices for Living Faithfully in the Global Economy Series: #22 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Douglas A. Hicks Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this new volume for the Practices of Faith Series, Douglas Hicks looks at how Christian faith applies to economic life--spending, saving, giving, etc., especially as an alternative to a life of unbridled consumerism. This book offers reflections for people of faith and other curious readers who want to connect their Monday through Saturday lives with their faith and live a more integrated Christian life. It offers choices beyond adopting the so-called 'prosperity gospel' of some popular evangelical preachers on the one hand or going for a determined 'opting out' on the other--or just ignoring the implications of how our economic lives have spiritual consequences. In this especially perilous economic time, Hicks' level-headed, thoughtful reflections on Christian practices of getting and spending will be particularly welcome to readers of all ages and Christian denominations. Douglas A. Hicks Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464758 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money Enough: Everyday Practices for Living Faithfully in the Global Economy Series: #22 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Douglas A. Hicks Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this new volume for the Practices of Faith Series, Douglas Hicks looks at how Christian faith applies to economic life--spending, saving, giving, etc., especially as an alternative to a life of unbridled consumerism. This book offers reflections for people of faith and other curious readers who want to connect their Monday through Saturday lives with their faith and live a more integrated Christian life. It offers choices beyond adopting the so-called 'prosperity gospel' of some popular evangelical preachers on the one hand or going for a determined 'opting out' on the other--or just ignoring the implications of how our economic lives have spiritual consequences. In this especially perilous economic time, Hicks' level-headed, thoughtful reflections on Christian practices of getting and spending will be particularly welcome to readers of all ages and Christian denominations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money Enough: Everyday Practices for Living Faithfully in the Global Economy Series: #22 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Douglas A. Hicks Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this new volume for the Practices of Faith Series, Douglas Hicks looks at how Christian faith applies to economic life--spending, saving, giving, etc., especially as an alternative to a life of unbridled consumerism. This book offers reflections for people of faith and other curious readers who want to connect their Monday through Saturday lives with their faith and live a more integrated Christian life. It offers choices beyond adopting the so-called 'prosperity gospel' of some popular evangelical preachers on the one hand or going for a determined 'opting out' on the other--or just ignoring the implications of how our economic lives have spiritual consequences. In this especially perilous economic time, Hicks' level-headed, thoughtful reflections on Christian practices of getting and spending will be particularly welcome to readers of all ages and Christian denominations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464756 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Church: The Fusion of Intimacy and Impact Series: #51 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Dave Browning Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hybrid Church is a practical guide for clergy and leaders who want to have the best of both church worlds: the intimacy of small house church groups and the impact of very large mega-churches. Given that the trend is toward very large and very small, with few churches in the middle, this book will be a welcome resource for both large and small churches. Dave Browning Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464756 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Church: The Fusion of Intimacy and Impact Series: #51 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Dave Browning Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hybrid Church is a practical guide for clergy and leaders who want to have the best of both church worlds: the intimacy of small house church groups and the impact of very large mega-churches. Given that the trend is toward very large and very small, with few churches in the middle, this book will be a welcome resource for both large and small churches. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464756]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hybrid Church: The Fusion of Intimacy and Impact Series: #51 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Dave Browning Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hybrid Church is a practical guide for clergy and leaders who want to have the best of both church worlds: the intimacy of small house church groups and the impact of very large mega-churches. Given that the trend is toward very large and very small, with few churches in the middle, this book will be a welcome resource for both large and small churches. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464757 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Our Faith: A Way of Life for a Searching People Series: #24 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Dorothy C. Bass Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dorothy Bass' Practicing Our Faith book grew out of the Lilly Endowment funded Valparaiso Project on the Education and Formation of People of Faith's work in exploring what it means not just to believe but to act upon one's faith. Over the past 11 years, it basically established an entirely new way of thinking about everyday practices such as hospitality, forgiveness, and keeping Sabbath that has been highly influential across a wide range of Christian laypeople, leaders, denominations, and study groups. In this second edition, Dorothy incorporates a reader/study guide into the back of the book, revises the concluding chapter, and adds an afterword on her meditations on the practices discussed in the book and how they relate to and intersect with other basic Christian practices (prayer, worship, and Bible study). Dorothy C. Bass Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464757 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Our Faith: A Way of Life for a Searching People Series: #24 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Dorothy C. Bass Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dorothy Bass' Practicing Our Faith book grew out of the Lilly Endowment funded Valparaiso Project on the Education and Formation of People of Faith's work in exploring what it means not just to believe but to act upon one's faith. Over the past 11 years, it basically established an entirely new way of thinking about everyday practices such as hospitality, forgiveness, and keeping Sabbath that has been highly influential across a wide range of Christian laypeople, leaders, denominations, and study groups. In this second edition, Dorothy incorporates a reader/study guide into the back of the book, revises the concluding chapter, and adds an afterword on her meditations on the practices discussed in the book and how they relate to and intersect with other basic Christian practices (prayer, worship, and Bible study). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Our Faith: A Way of Life for a Searching People Series: #24 of The Practices of Faith Series Author: Dorothy C. Bass Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dorothy Bass' Practicing Our Faith book grew out of the Lilly Endowment funded Valparaiso Project on the Education and Formation of People of Faith's work in exploring what it means not just to believe but to act upon one's faith. Over the past 11 years, it basically established an entirely new way of thinking about everyday practices such as hospitality, forgiveness, and keeping Sabbath that has been highly influential across a wide range of Christian laypeople, leaders, denominations, and study groups. In this second edition, Dorothy incorporates a reader/study guide into the back of the book, revises the concluding chapter, and adds an afterword on her meditations on the practices discussed in the book and how they relate to and intersect with other basic Christian practices (prayer, worship, and Bible study). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Missional Map-Making: Skills for Leading in Times of Transition Series: #43 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Alan Roxburgh Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Missional church simply means a way of doing church that is less focused on programs for members and more on outreach to people who are not already in church. This is a fundamental shift in what a congregation is and does and thinks (from an internal to external focus) and thus in how leaders lead. In the Leadership Network Series, the cluster of missional books have been among our most successful: McNeal, The Present Future (over 85,000 LTD); Cole, Organic Church (30,000 LTD); Minatrea, Shaped by God's Heart (20,000 LTD). Roxburgh's first book with us has sold over 14,000 copies. The market response to LN's books on this subject demonstrates strong demand for more thoughtful resources, and Roxburgh's new book is intended to help meet that need. Alan Roxburgh Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464752 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Missional Map-Making: Skills for Leading in Times of Transition Series: #43 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Alan Roxburgh Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Missional church simply means a way of doing church that is less focused on programs for members and more on outreach to people who are not already in church. This is a fundamental shift in what a congregation is and does and thinks (from an internal to external focus) and thus in how leaders lead. In the Leadership Network Series, the cluster of missional books have been among our most successful: McNeal, The Present Future (over 85,000 LTD); Cole, Organic Church (30,000 LTD); Minatrea, Shaped by God's Heart (20,000 LTD). Roxburgh's first book with us has sold over 14,000 copies. The market response to LN's books on this subject demonstrates strong demand for more thoughtful resources, and Roxburgh's new book is intended to help meet that need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Missional Map-Making: Skills for Leading in Times of Transition Series: #43 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Alan Roxburgh Narrator: Nicholas Tecosky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Missional church simply means a way of doing church that is less focused on programs for members and more on outreach to people who are not already in church. This is a fundamental shift in what a congregation is and does and thinks (from an internal to external focus) and thus in how leaders lead. In the Leadership Network Series, the cluster of missional books have been among our most successful: McNeal, The Present Future (over 85,000 LTD); Cole, Organic Church (30,000 LTD); Minatrea, Shaped by God's Heart (20,000 LTD). Roxburgh's first book with us has sold over 14,000 copies. The market response to LN's books on this subject demonstrates strong demand for more thoughtful resources, and Roxburgh's new book is intended to help meet that need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community Series: #44 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Rick Rusaw, Eric Swanson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community will help readers understand the ten changes necessary to becoming externally focused. The changes are not about changes in degree but changes in kind that affect the very idea of what it means to be church. This book is not about getting all churches to have an annual day of community service as a tactic but changing the core of who they are and how they see themselves. This is not about 40 days of purpose but more like 40 years of re-purposing. It is a highly practical approach that shows readers the major shifts that are needed to become externally focused. Rick Rusaw, Eric Swanson Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464750 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community Series: #44 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Rick Rusaw, Eric Swanson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community will help readers understand the ten changes necessary to becoming externally focused. The changes are not about changes in degree but changes in kind that affect the very idea of what it means to be church. This book is not about getting all churches to have an annual day of community service as a tactic but changing the core of who they are and how they see themselves. This is not about 40 days of purpose but more like 40 years of re-purposing. It is a highly practical approach that shows readers the major shifts that are needed to become externally focused. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community Series: #44 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Rick Rusaw, Eric Swanson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Externally Focused Quest: Becoming the Best Church for the Community will help readers understand the ten changes necessary to becoming externally focused. The changes are not about changes in degree but changes in kind that affect the very idea of what it means to be church. This book is not about getting all churches to have an annual day of community service as a tactic but changing the core of who they are and how they see themselves. This is not about 40 days of purpose but more like 40 years of re-purposing. It is a highly practical approach that shows readers the major shifts that are needed to become externally focused. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Church 3.0: Upgrades for the Future of the Church Series: #49 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Neil Cole Narrator: Brad Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since its publication in fall 2005, Neil Cole's Organic Church has become a national and international best-seller. Neil is an active speaker and presenter, traveling all over the world and continuing to be the main voice of the organic church movement, which is one of the fastest growing segments of contemporary Christianity. His organization, Church Multiplication Associates, is planting an estimated two churches per day and offers a training seminar every week (reaching over 3000 people per year). Though these churches are small, there are thousands of them, and all of them have questions about how to actually do an organic church and how to deal with theological and organizational issues that come up--questions about things like finances, children, heresy, leader training, and rituals and ordinances. Without the top-down structure of a denomination, even people who are proponents of this small, house-church model worry that they are not doing it right. Church 3.0 answers these questions, based on Cole's extensive experience in starting, nurturing, and mentoring in the organic church movement. Neil Cole Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464749 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Church 3.0: Upgrades for the Future of the Church Series: #49 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Neil Cole Narrator: Brad Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since its publication in fall 2005, Neil Cole's Organic Church has become a national and international best-seller. Neil is an active speaker and presenter, traveling all over the world and continuing to be the main voice of the organic church movement, which is one of the fastest growing segments of contemporary Christianity. His organization, Church Multiplication Associates, is planting an estimated two churches per day and offers a training seminar every week (reaching over 3000 people per year). Though these churches are small, there are thousands of them, and all of them have questions about how to actually do an organic church and how to deal with theological and organizational issues that come up--questions about things like finances, children, heresy, leader training, and rituals and ordinances. Without the top-down structure of a denomination, even people who are proponents of this small, house-church model worry that they are not doing it right. Church 3.0 answers these questions, based on Cole's extensive experience in starting, nurturing, and mentoring in the organic church movement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Church 3.0: Upgrades for the Future of the Church Series: #49 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Neil Cole Narrator: Brad Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since its publication in fall 2005, Neil Cole's Organic Church has become a national and international best-seller. Neil is an active speaker and presenter, traveling all over the world and continuing to be the main voice of the organic church movement, which is one of the fastest growing segments of contemporary Christianity. His organization, Church Multiplication Associates, is planting an estimated two churches per day and offers a training seminar every week (reaching over 3000 people per year). Though these churches are small, there are thousands of them, and all of them have questions about how to actually do an organic church and how to deal with theological and organizational issues that come up--questions about things like finances, children, heresy, leader training, and rituals and ordinances. Without the top-down structure of a denomination, even people who are proponents of this small, house-church model worry that they are not doing it right. Church 3.0 answers these questions, based on Cole's extensive experience in starting, nurturing, and mentoring in the organic church movement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464748 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Baby Boomers and Beyond: Tapping the Ministry Talents and Passions of Adults over 50 Series: #45 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Amy Hanson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This book seeks to alert the reader to the explosion of older adults that is fast hitting our world and the opportunities as well as challenges that this presents for the Christian community. The reader will be challenged to let go of many old stereotypes regarding aging and embrace a new paradigm that sees older adults as active, healthy and capable of making significant contributions.   This book will:  Debunk the myths of aging that keep us from fully embracing the potential of people in lifes second half,   Explain who the aging Boomer is so that people can effectively minister with them, and Suggest how to re-invent ministry with older adults with a focus on unleashing them to serve and make an impact on churches and congregations. Amy Hanson Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464748 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Baby Boomers and Beyond: Tapping the Ministry Talents and Passions of Adults over 50 Series: #45 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Amy Hanson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This book seeks to alert the reader to the explosion of older adults that is fast hitting our world and the opportunities as well as challenges that this presents for the Christian community. The reader will be challenged to let go of many old stereotypes regarding aging and embrace a new paradigm that sees older adults as active, healthy and capable of making significant contributions.   This book will:  Debunk the myths of aging that keep us from fully embracing the potential of people in lifes second half,   Explain who the aging Boomer is so that people can effectively minister with them, and Suggest how to re-invent ministry with older adults with a focus on unleashing them to serve and make an impact on churches and congregations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464748]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Baby Boomers and Beyond: Tapping the Ministry Talents and Passions of Adults over 50 Series: #45 of Jossey-Bass Leadership Network Series Author: Amy Hanson Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This book seeks to alert the reader to the explosion of older adults that is fast hitting our world and the opportunities as well as challenges that this presents for the Christian community. The reader will be challenged to let go of many old stereotypes regarding aging and embrace a new paradigm that sees older adults as active, healthy and capable of making significant contributions.   This book will:  Debunk the myths of aging that keep us from fully embracing the potential of people in lifes second half,   Explain who the aging Boomer is so that people can effectively minister with them, and Suggest how to re-invent ministry with older adults with a focus on unleashing them to serve and make an impact on churches and congregations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464348 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tested and Approved: 21 Lessons for Life and Ministry Author: Tom Lane Narrator: Tom Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastors and Christian leaders will benefit from the wisdom and experiences of Pastor Tom Lane. Ministry can be a long road with many rewards and challenges, but you don’t have to walk it alone. In this book he shares 21 lessons he has learned in over 30 years of ministry. Topics include: - Effective ministry - Healthy spiritual life - Relationships and communication - Truth, honor, and integrity - Understanding God's place in everything - Responsibility, accountability, and excellence - Finishing strong in work and in life Tom Lane Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464348 thebookvoice.com 5:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tested and Approved: 21 Lessons for Life and Ministry Author: Tom Lane Narrator: Tom Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastors and Christian leaders will benefit from the wisdom and experiences of Pastor Tom Lane. Ministry can be a long road with many rewards and challenges, but you don’t have to walk it alone. In this book he shares 21 lessons he has learned in over 30 years of ministry. Topics include: - Effective ministry - Healthy spiritual life - Relationships and communication - Truth, honor, and integrity - Understanding God's place in everything - Responsibility, accountability, and excellence - Finishing strong in work and in life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tested and Approved: 21 Lessons for Life and Ministry Author: Tom Lane Narrator: Tom Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pastors and Christian leaders will benefit from the wisdom and experiences of Pastor Tom Lane. Ministry can be a long road with many rewards and challenges, but you don’t have to walk it alone. In this book he shares 21 lessons he has learned in over 30 years of ministry. Topics include: - Effective ministry - Healthy spiritual life - Relationships and communication - Truth, honor, and integrity - Understanding God's place in everything - Responsibility, accountability, and excellence - Finishing strong in work and in life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 2 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Two the topics are: Love, The Five “R’s” Redemption-Regeneration-Reconciliation-Repentance-Restoration, The Fall of Mankind, The Holy Scriptures and Truth. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Dr. Elden Daniel Fri, 21 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463997 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 2 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Two the topics are: Love, The Five “R’s” Redemption-Regeneration-Reconciliation-Repentance-Restoration, The Fall of Mankind, The Holy Scriptures and Truth. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adventures in Biblical Thinking-Think About Series-Volume 2 Author: Dr. Elden Daniel Narrator: Dr. Elden Daniel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Adventures in Biblical Thinking Think about Series is an invitation to think. Each Volume is focuses on separate topics. In Volume Two the topics are: Love, The Five “R’s” Redemption-Regeneration-Reconciliation-Repentance-Restoration, The Fall of Mankind, The Holy Scriptures and Truth. The adventures are designed to stimulate thinking, to generate wonder, to increase understanding and to inspire. Each adventure includes a set of exercises that can be used to reflect on the content in the adventure or could be used for discussion starters if the adventures are being used in a small group Bible study. When reading in print it is easy to stop and think about something you have just read or even to go back and read it again. This can be a challenge in an audio book. I suggest that you might want to stop the recording and think about some parts of the adventure or even backup and hear them again. You may want to listen to an adventure more than once. They are short. Print versions of the adventures can be found at this website: https://adventuresinbiblicalthinking.home.blog/ Thinking involves pondering, reflecting, analyzing, exploring, examining, meditating and maybe more. In the Word of God, we are told what to do, who to be and what to think about. Think about this verse: Finally, brothers and sisters, whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable—if anything is excellent or praiseworthy—think about such things (Philippians 4:8). Unless otherwise indicate the verses quoted are from the New International Version translation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463978 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Connection in Daily Life Author: Lynn G. Underwood, Ph.D. Narrator: Lynn G. Underwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awe Joy Giving and receiving love Spiritual connection Deep inner peace Feeling thankful for blessings— These are ordinary or everyday spiritual experiences. This audiobook introduces you to sixteen of them. It uses the sixteen questions from the Daily Spiritual Experience Scale (DSES), developed by Dr. Underwood, to help people with many different kinds of spiritual beliefs cultivate richer, deeper, and more satisfying lives. The DSES has been used for research and counseling by people around the world in many faith traditions. Over 400 scientific studies have used the scale. These experiences predicts things like better resiliency, better relationships, and less burnout, stress, PTSD and addictive behaviors. The accompanying workbook gives you a journal where you can write about your experiences, and a bibliography of the supporting research. Lynn G. Underwood, Ph.D. Thu, 17 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463978 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Connection in Daily Life Author: Lynn G. Underwood, Ph.D. Narrator: Lynn G. Underwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awe Joy Giving and receiving love Spiritual connection Deep inner peace Feeling thankful for blessings— These are ordinary or everyday spiritual experiences. This audiobook introduces you to sixteen of them. It uses the sixteen questions from the Daily Spiritual Experience Scale (DSES), developed by Dr. Underwood, to help people with many different kinds of spiritual beliefs cultivate richer, deeper, and more satisfying lives. The DSES has been used for research and counseling by people around the world in many faith traditions. Over 400 scientific studies have used the scale. These experiences predicts things like better resiliency, better relationships, and less burnout, stress, PTSD and addictive behaviors. The accompanying workbook gives you a journal where you can write about your experiences, and a bibliography of the supporting research. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spiritual Connection in Daily Life Author: Lynn G. Underwood, Ph.D. Narrator: Lynn G. Underwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awe Joy Giving and receiving love Spiritual connection Deep inner peace Feeling thankful for blessings— These are ordinary or everyday spiritual experiences. This audiobook introduces you to sixteen of them. It uses the sixteen questions from the Daily Spiritual Experience Scale (DSES), developed by Dr. Underwood, to help people with many different kinds of spiritual beliefs cultivate richer, deeper, and more satisfying lives. The DSES has been used for research and counseling by people around the world in many faith traditions. Over 400 scientific studies have used the scale. These experiences predicts things like better resiliency, better relationships, and less burnout, stress, PTSD and addictive behaviors. The accompanying workbook gives you a journal where you can write about your experiences, and a bibliography of the supporting research. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hide This in Your Heart: Memorizing Scripture for Kingdom Impact Author: Graham Joseph Hill, Michael Frost Narrator: Ross Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Memorizing Scripture has been proven to be an essential, life-giving practice for spiritual growth. Those who memorize passages from the Bible can point to how it’s given them greater assurance of God’s love and a deeper understanding of how to follow Jesus. In this new resource by two leaders of the worldwide missional church movement, Scripture memorization is put to new use, helping believers in Jesus to become active partners in proclaiming and demonstrating that the Kingdom of God is living and active and good for the world. Join Michael Frost and Graham Hill on this journey into the Bible, learn how your brain can be formed and transformed by the Scriptures, and find yourself better equipped to live and declare the good news of Jesus Christ. Graham Joseph Hill, Michael Frost Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463597 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hide This in Your Heart: Memorizing Scripture for Kingdom Impact Author: Graham Joseph Hill, Michael Frost Narrator: Ross Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Memorizing Scripture has been proven to be an essential, life-giving practice for spiritual growth. Those who memorize passages from the Bible can point to how it’s given them greater assurance of God’s love and a deeper understanding of how to follow Jesus. In this new resource by two leaders of the worldwide missional church movement, Scripture memorization is put to new use, helping believers in Jesus to become active partners in proclaiming and demonstrating that the Kingdom of God is living and active and good for the world. Join Michael Frost and Graham Hill on this journey into the Bible, learn how your brain can be formed and transformed by the Scriptures, and find yourself better equipped to live and declare the good news of Jesus Christ. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hide This in Your Heart: Memorizing Scripture for Kingdom Impact Author: Graham Joseph Hill, Michael Frost Narrator: Ross Kennedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Memorizing Scripture has been proven to be an essential, life-giving practice for spiritual growth. Those who memorize passages from the Bible can point to how it’s given them greater assurance of God’s love and a deeper understanding of how to follow Jesus. In this new resource by two leaders of the worldwide missional church movement, Scripture memorization is put to new use, helping believers in Jesus to become active partners in proclaiming and demonstrating that the Kingdom of God is living and active and good for the world. Join Michael Frost and Graham Hill on this journey into the Bible, learn how your brain can be formed and transformed by the Scriptures, and find yourself better equipped to live and declare the good news of Jesus Christ. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology: Faith Seeking Understanding Author: Eric T. Yang, Stephen T. Davis Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An accessible introduction to Christian philosophical theology Philosophical or analytic theology seeks to employ philosophical tools while studying topics in Christian theology and examining the logical consistency or intelligibility of some of the key doctrines of the Christian faith. In this accessible primer, An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology, authors Stephen T. Davis and Eric T. Yang first explain the scope, relevance, and value of philosophical theology and then applies its conceptual tools to examine each of the core Christian doctrines: - Revelation and Scripture - The Trinity - The Incarnation - Redemption and the atonement, - Resurrection and life after death The final chapter briefly addresses some additional theological issues including petitionary prayer, eschatology, and original sin. Designed for beginning students and non-specialists, this guide provides the ideal entry point for not only understanding what philosophical theology is but also for how it can provide valuable insights for how we think about the core doctrines of the Christian faith. Further reading suggestions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Eric T. Yang, Stephen T. Davis Tue, 17 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463007 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology: Faith Seeking Understanding Author: Eric T. Yang, Stephen T. Davis Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An accessible introduction to Christian philosophical theology Philosophical or analytic theology seeks to employ philosophical tools while studying topics in Christian theology and examining the logical consistency or intelligibility of some of the key doctrines of the Christian faith. In this accessible primer, An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology, authors Stephen T. Davis and Eric T. Yang first explain the scope, relevance, and value of philosophical theology and then applies its conceptual tools to examine each of the core Christian doctrines: - Revelation and Scripture - The Trinity - The Incarnation - Redemption and the atonement, - Resurrection and life after death The final chapter briefly addresses some additional theological issues including petitionary prayer, eschatology, and original sin. Designed for beginning students and non-specialists, this guide provides the ideal entry point for not only understanding what philosophical theology is but also for how it can provide valuable insights for how we think about the core doctrines of the Christian faith. Further reading suggestions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology: Faith Seeking Understanding Author: Eric T. Yang, Stephen T. Davis Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An accessible introduction to Christian philosophical theology Philosophical or analytic theology seeks to employ philosophical tools while studying topics in Christian theology and examining the logical consistency or intelligibility of some of the key doctrines of the Christian faith. In this accessible primer, An Introduction to Christian Philosophical Theology, authors Stephen T. Davis and Eric T. Yang first explain the scope, relevance, and value of philosophical theology and then applies its conceptual tools to examine each of the core Christian doctrines: - Revelation and Scripture - The Trinity - The Incarnation - Redemption and the atonement, - Resurrection and life after death The final chapter briefly addresses some additional theological issues including petitionary prayer, eschatology, and original sin. Designed for beginning students and non-specialists, this guide provides the ideal entry point for not only understanding what philosophical theology is but also for how it can provide valuable insights for how we think about the core doctrines of the Christian faith. Further reading suggestions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462939 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bamboozled By Jesus: How God Tricked Me into the Life of My Dreams Author: Yvonne Orji Narrator: Yvonne Orji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Thriving stand-up comic and actress Yvonne Orji—best known as Issa Rae's BFF on the HBO series, Insecure—shares the secrets to living the life of your dreams. Yvonne Orji has never shied away from being unapologetically herself, and that includes being outspoken about her faith. Known for interpreting Biblical stories and metaphors to fit current times, her humorous and accessible approach to faith leaves even non-believers inspired and wanting more. The way Yvonne sees it, God is a Sovereign Prankster, punking folks long before Ashton Kutcher made it cool. When she meditates on her own life—complete with unforeseen blessings and unanticipated roadblocks—she realizes it’s one big testimony to how God tricked her into living out her wildest dreams. And she wants us to join in on getting bamboozled. This is not a Self-Help book—it’s a Get Yours book! In Bamboozled by Jesus, a frank and fresh advice book, Orji takes readers on a journey through twenty-five life lessons, gleaned from her own experiences and her favorite source of inspiration: the Bible. But this ain’t your mama’s Bible study. Yvonne infuses wit and heart in sharing pointers like why the way up is sometimes down, and how fear is synonymous to food poisoning. Her joyful, confident approach to God will inspire everyone to catapult themselves out of the mundane and into the magnificent. With bold authenticity and practical relatability, Orji is exactly the kind of cultural leader we need in these chaotic times. And her journey through being Bamboozled by Jesus paints a powerful picture of what it means to say “yes” to a life you never could’ve imagined—if it wasn’t your own. Yvonne Orji Tue, 25 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462939 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bamboozled By Jesus: How God Tricked Me into the Life of My Dreams Author: Yvonne Orji Narrator: Yvonne Orji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Thriving stand-up comic and actress Yvonne Orji—best known as Issa Rae's BFF on the HBO series, Insecure—shares the secrets to living the life of your dreams. Yvonne Orji has never shied away from being unapologetically herself, and that includes being outspoken about her faith. Known for interpreting Biblical stories and metaphors to fit current times, her humorous and accessible approach to faith leaves even non-believers inspired and wanting more. The way Yvonne sees it, God is a Sovereign Prankster, punking folks long before Ashton Kutcher made it cool. When she meditates on her own life—complete with unforeseen blessings and unanticipated roadblocks—she realizes it’s one big testimony to how God tricked her into living out her wildest dreams. And she wants us to join in on getting bamboozled. This is not a Self-Help book—it’s a Get Yours book! In Bamboozled by Jesus, a frank and fresh advice book, Orji takes readers on a journey through twenty-five life lessons, gleaned from her own experiences and her favorite source of inspiration: the Bible. But this ain’t your mama’s Bible study. Yvonne infuses wit and heart in sharing pointers like why the way up is sometimes down, and how fear is synonymous to food poisoning. Her joyful, confident approach to God will inspire everyone to catapult themselves out of the mundane and into the magnificent. With bold authenticity and practical relatability, Orji is exactly the kind of cultural leader we need in these chaotic times. And her journey through being Bamboozled by Jesus paints a powerful picture of what it means to say “yes” to a life you never could’ve imagined—if it wasn’t your own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bamboozled By Jesus: How God Tricked Me into the Life of My Dreams Author: Yvonne Orji Narrator: Yvonne Orji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 61 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 14 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Thriving stand-up comic and actress Yvonne Orji—best known as Issa Rae's BFF on the HBO series, Insecure—shares the secrets to living the life of your dreams. Yvonne Orji has never shied away from being unapologetically herself, and that includes being outspoken about her faith. Known for interpreting Biblical stories and metaphors to fit current times, her humorous and accessible approach to faith leaves even non-believers inspired and wanting more. The way Yvonne sees it, God is a Sovereign Prankster, punking folks long before Ashton Kutcher made it cool. When she meditates on her own life—complete with unforeseen blessings and unanticipated roadblocks—she realizes it’s one big testimony to how God tricked her into living out her wildest dreams. And she wants us to join in on getting bamboozled. This is not a Self-Help book—it’s a Get Yours book! In Bamboozled by Jesus, a frank and fresh advice book, Orji takes readers on a journey through twenty-five life lessons, gleaned from her own experiences and her favorite source of inspiration: the Bible. But this ain’t your mama’s Bible study. Yvonne infuses wit and heart in sharing pointers like why the way up is sometimes down, and how fear is synonymous to food poisoning. Her joyful, confident approach to God will inspire everyone to catapult themselves out of the mundane and into the magnificent. With bold authenticity and practical relatability, Orji is exactly the kind of cultural leader we need in these chaotic times. And her journey through being Bamboozled by Jesus paints a powerful picture of what it means to say “yes” to a life you never could’ve imagined—if it wasn’t your own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Will Thrive: Find Your Fight to Claim True Freedom Author: Nicole Crank Narrator: Nicole Crank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awaken the dormant dreams in your heart and start paving a path with this faith-based guide for freedom and healing. ​ Sometimes life smacks us upside the head while we are looking the other way. We get knocked down and struggle to get back up. But your past struggles do not determine your future. Using the pain of her past, Nicole Crank walks you through the hurdles meant to keep you down, which will, in turn, bring you closer to God. I Will Thrive gives you the courage to look at your past and be able to declare freedom from fear--allowing a daring spirit to rise up in those who have forgotten how to be brave. This freedom awakens the fight that's inside of you to stand up to the enemy and dream again. Regardless of what happened to you or even because of you, God's plan for you always has a hope and a future, and it never changes. You'll learn to find healing and happiness in every day. Nicole Crank Tue, 01 Jun 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462937 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Will Thrive: Find Your Fight to Claim True Freedom Author: Nicole Crank Narrator: Nicole Crank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awaken the dormant dreams in your heart and start paving a path with this faith-based guide for freedom and healing. ​ Sometimes life smacks us upside the head while we are looking the other way. We get knocked down and struggle to get back up. But your past struggles do not determine your future. Using the pain of her past, Nicole Crank walks you through the hurdles meant to keep you down, which will, in turn, bring you closer to God. I Will Thrive gives you the courage to look at your past and be able to declare freedom from fear--allowing a daring spirit to rise up in those who have forgotten how to be brave. This freedom awakens the fight that's inside of you to stand up to the enemy and dream again. Regardless of what happened to you or even because of you, God's plan for you always has a hope and a future, and it never changes. You'll learn to find healing and happiness in every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Will Thrive: Find Your Fight to Claim True Freedom Author: Nicole Crank Narrator: Nicole Crank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Awaken the dormant dreams in your heart and start paving a path with this faith-based guide for freedom and healing. ​ Sometimes life smacks us upside the head while we are looking the other way. We get knocked down and struggle to get back up. But your past struggles do not determine your future. Using the pain of her past, Nicole Crank walks you through the hurdles meant to keep you down, which will, in turn, bring you closer to God. I Will Thrive gives you the courage to look at your past and be able to declare freedom from fear--allowing a daring spirit to rise up in those who have forgotten how to be brave. This freedom awakens the fight that's inside of you to stand up to the enemy and dream again. Regardless of what happened to you or even because of you, God's plan for you always has a hope and a future, and it never changes. You'll learn to find healing and happiness in every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exclusion and Embrace, Revised and Updated: A Theological Exploration of Identity, Otherness, and Reconciliation Author: Miroslav Volf Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Life in the twenty-first century presents a disturbing reality. Otherness, the simple fact of being different in some way, has come to be defined as in and of itself evil. Miroslav Volf contends that if the healing word of the gospel is to be heard today, Christian theology must find ways of speaking that address the hatred of the other. Is there any hope of embracing our enemies? Of opening the door to reconciliation? Reaching back to the New Testament metaphor of salvation as reconciliation, Volf proposes the idea of embrace as a theological response to the problem of exclusion. Increasingly we see that exclusion has become the primary sin, skewing our perceptions of reality and causing us to react out of fear and anger to all those who are not within our (ever-narrowing) circle. In light of this, Christians must learn that salvation comes, not only as we are reconciled to God, and not only as we 'learn to live with one another,' but as we take the dangerous and costly step of opening ourselves to the other, of enfolding him or her in the same embrace with which we have been enfolded by God. Since September 11, 2001, and the subsequent epidemic of terror and massive refugee suffering throughout the world, Volf revised Exclusion and Embrace to account for the evolving dynamics of inter-ethnic and international strife. Miroslav Volf Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462658 thebookvoice.com 17:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exclusion and Embrace, Revised and Updated: A Theological Exploration of Identity, Otherness, and Reconciliation Author: Miroslav Volf Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Life in the twenty-first century presents a disturbing reality. Otherness, the simple fact of being different in some way, has come to be defined as in and of itself evil. Miroslav Volf contends that if the healing word of the gospel is to be heard today, Christian theology must find ways of speaking that address the hatred of the other. Is there any hope of embracing our enemies? Of opening the door to reconciliation? Reaching back to the New Testament metaphor of salvation as reconciliation, Volf proposes the idea of embrace as a theological response to the problem of exclusion. Increasingly we see that exclusion has become the primary sin, skewing our perceptions of reality and causing us to react out of fear and anger to all those who are not within our (ever-narrowing) circle. In light of this, Christians must learn that salvation comes, not only as we are reconciled to God, and not only as we 'learn to live with one another,' but as we take the dangerous and costly step of opening ourselves to the other, of enfolding him or her in the same embrace with which we have been enfolded by God. Since September 11, 2001, and the subsequent epidemic of terror and massive refugee suffering throughout the world, Volf revised Exclusion and Embrace to account for the evolving dynamics of inter-ethnic and international strife. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exclusion and Embrace, Revised and Updated: A Theological Exploration of Identity, Otherness, and Reconciliation Author: Miroslav Volf Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Life in the twenty-first century presents a disturbing reality. Otherness, the simple fact of being different in some way, has come to be defined as in and of itself evil. Miroslav Volf contends that if the healing word of the gospel is to be heard today, Christian theology must find ways of speaking that address the hatred of the other. Is there any hope of embracing our enemies? Of opening the door to reconciliation? Reaching back to the New Testament metaphor of salvation as reconciliation, Volf proposes the idea of embrace as a theological response to the problem of exclusion. Increasingly we see that exclusion has become the primary sin, skewing our perceptions of reality and causing us to react out of fear and anger to all those who are not within our (ever-narrowing) circle. In light of this, Christians must learn that salvation comes, not only as we are reconciled to God, and not only as we 'learn to live with one another,' but as we take the dangerous and costly step of opening ourselves to the other, of enfolding him or her in the same embrace with which we have been enfolded by God. Since September 11, 2001, and the subsequent epidemic of terror and massive refugee suffering throughout the world, Volf revised Exclusion and Embrace to account for the evolving dynamics of inter-ethnic and international strife. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institutional Intelligence: How to Build an Effective Organization Author: Gordon T. Smith Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Institutions matter. They give us an opportunity to have an influence for the common good that far outlasts us. But we often assume that institutions are at cross-purposes with dynamic communities, with personal vocational calling, and with core human values. We view them somewhat cynically as, perhaps, a necessary evil. Institutions, far from that, remain essential to human flourishing. They are the very means by which communities thrive, individual vocations are fulfilled, and society is changed for the good. As a result, we all need to learn how to work effectively within institutions. That is just what Gordon Smith provides. He unpacks the core of institutional intelligence—the wisdom of working effectively within an organization. At the same time, he shows how team leaders, directors, executives, board members, key stakeholders, and employees can avoid what is often their greatest source of stress on the job—working with the institutional character of their organizations. Gordon T. Smith Tue, 08 Dec 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461749 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institutional Intelligence: How to Build an Effective Organization Author: Gordon T. Smith Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Institutions matter. They give us an opportunity to have an influence for the common good that far outlasts us. But we often assume that institutions are at cross-purposes with dynamic communities, with personal vocational calling, and with core human values. We view them somewhat cynically as, perhaps, a necessary evil. Institutions, far from that, remain essential to human flourishing. They are the very means by which communities thrive, individual vocations are fulfilled, and society is changed for the good. As a result, we all need to learn how to work effectively within institutions. That is just what Gordon Smith provides. He unpacks the core of institutional intelligence—the wisdom of working effectively within an organization. At the same time, he shows how team leaders, directors, executives, board members, key stakeholders, and employees can avoid what is often their greatest source of stress on the job—working with the institutional character of their organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Institutional Intelligence: How to Build an Effective Organization Author: Gordon T. Smith Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Institutions matter. They give us an opportunity to have an influence for the common good that far outlasts us. But we often assume that institutions are at cross-purposes with dynamic communities, with personal vocational calling, and with core human values. We view them somewhat cynically as, perhaps, a necessary evil. Institutions, far from that, remain essential to human flourishing. They are the very means by which communities thrive, individual vocations are fulfilled, and society is changed for the good. As a result, we all need to learn how to work effectively within institutions. That is just what Gordon Smith provides. He unpacks the core of institutional intelligence—the wisdom of working effectively within an organization. At the same time, he shows how team leaders, directors, executives, board members, key stakeholders, and employees can avoid what is often their greatest source of stress on the job—working with the institutional character of their organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church in the African American Experience Author: Lawrence H. Mamiya, C. Eric Lincoln Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Black churches in America have long been recognized as the most independent, stable, and dominant institutions in black communities. The Black Church in the African American Experience, based on a ten-year study, is the largest nongovernmental study of urban and rural churches ever undertaken and the first major field study on the subject since the 1930s. Drawing on interviews with more than 1,800 black clergy in both urban and rural settings, combined with a comprehensive historical overview of seven mainline black denominations, C. Eric Lincoln and Lawrence H. Mamiya present an analysis of the Black Church as it relates to the history of African Americans and to contemporary black culture. In examining both the internal structure of the Church and the reactions of the Church to external, societal changes, the authors provide important insights into the Church's relationship to politics, economics, women, youth, and music. Among other topics, Lincoln and Mamiya discuss the attitude of the clergy toward women pastors, the reaction of the Church to the civil rights movement, the attempts of the Church to involve young people, the impact of the black consciousness movement and Black Liberation Theology and clergy, and trends that will define the Black Church well into the next century. Lawrence H. Mamiya, C. Eric Lincoln Tue, 23 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461741 thebookvoice.com 18:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church in the African American Experience Author: Lawrence H. Mamiya, C. Eric Lincoln Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Black churches in America have long been recognized as the most independent, stable, and dominant institutions in black communities. The Black Church in the African American Experience, based on a ten-year study, is the largest nongovernmental study of urban and rural churches ever undertaken and the first major field study on the subject since the 1930s. Drawing on interviews with more than 1,800 black clergy in both urban and rural settings, combined with a comprehensive historical overview of seven mainline black denominations, C. Eric Lincoln and Lawrence H. Mamiya present an analysis of the Black Church as it relates to the history of African Americans and to contemporary black culture. In examining both the internal structure of the Church and the reactions of the Church to external, societal changes, the authors provide important insights into the Church's relationship to politics, economics, women, youth, and music. Among other topics, Lincoln and Mamiya discuss the attitude of the clergy toward women pastors, the reaction of the Church to the civil rights movement, the attempts of the Church to involve young people, the impact of the black consciousness movement and Black Liberation Theology and clergy, and trends that will define the Black Church well into the next century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church in the African American Experience Author: Lawrence H. Mamiya, C. Eric Lincoln Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Black churches in America have long been recognized as the most independent, stable, and dominant institutions in black communities. The Black Church in the African American Experience, based on a ten-year study, is the largest nongovernmental study of urban and rural churches ever undertaken and the first major field study on the subject since the 1930s. Drawing on interviews with more than 1,800 black clergy in both urban and rural settings, combined with a comprehensive historical overview of seven mainline black denominations, C. Eric Lincoln and Lawrence H. Mamiya present an analysis of the Black Church as it relates to the history of African Americans and to contemporary black culture. In examining both the internal structure of the Church and the reactions of the Church to external, societal changes, the authors provide important insights into the Church's relationship to politics, economics, women, youth, and music. Among other topics, Lincoln and Mamiya discuss the attitude of the clergy toward women pastors, the reaction of the Church to the civil rights movement, the attempts of the Church to involve young people, the impact of the black consciousness movement and Black Liberation Theology and clergy, and trends that will define the Black Church well into the next century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renovated: God, Dallas Willard, and the Church That Transforms Author: Jim Wilder Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christianity has tended to focus on right beliefs and right choices as the keys for personal growth. But biblical evidence and modern brain science show that our character is shaped more by whom we love than what we believe. Through conversations he had with Dallas Willard at the Heart and Soul Conference shortly before Dallas's death, Jim Wilder shows how we can train our brains to relate to God based on joyful, mutual attachment—which leads to emotional and spiritual maturity as our identity and character are formed by our relationship with God. Jim Wilder Tue, 22 Dec 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461732 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renovated: God, Dallas Willard, and the Church That Transforms Author: Jim Wilder Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christianity has tended to focus on right beliefs and right choices as the keys for personal growth. But biblical evidence and modern brain science show that our character is shaped more by whom we love than what we believe. Through conversations he had with Dallas Willard at the Heart and Soul Conference shortly before Dallas's death, Jim Wilder shows how we can train our brains to relate to God based on joyful, mutual attachment—which leads to emotional and spiritual maturity as our identity and character are formed by our relationship with God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renovated: God, Dallas Willard, and the Church That Transforms Author: Jim Wilder Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christianity has tended to focus on right beliefs and right choices as the keys for personal growth. But biblical evidence and modern brain science show that our character is shaped more by whom we love than what we believe. Through conversations he had with Dallas Willard at the Heart and Soul Conference shortly before Dallas's death, Jim Wilder shows how we can train our brains to relate to God based on joyful, mutual attachment—which leads to emotional and spiritual maturity as our identity and character are formed by our relationship with God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Generation Z: Raising the Bar for Youth Ministry Author: Timothy Mcnight Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A holistic approach to reaching Generation Z in your local church To disciple the youth in our student ministries today, we have to understand the unique characteristics of Generation Z, and apply lessons learned from recent decades of youth ministry. Pastor and professor Timothy McKnight brings a wealth of new insights, resources, and guidance for reaching today's adolescents. Following an overview of the beliefs, attitudes, and practices of Generation Z, McKnight provides youth pastors and volunteers with a complete plan for discipling adolescents through the local church. This includes practical advice on topics such as: engaging parents in youth ministry; holistically guiding students in their beliefs, behavior, and affections; equipping adult leaders who can serve as role models; working with pastors, staff, and church leaders; helping parents develop rites of passage for their children as they move into adulthood; and raising expectations for adolescents to encourage them to grow toward maturity. Based on years of personal experience and practice, Engaging Generation Z provides everything youth ministers need to equip, grow, and encourage today's generation of young people to follow Christ, and to take their student ministry to the next level. Timothy Mcnight Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461643 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Generation Z: Raising the Bar for Youth Ministry Author: Timothy Mcnight Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A holistic approach to reaching Generation Z in your local church To disciple the youth in our student ministries today, we have to understand the unique characteristics of Generation Z, and apply lessons learned from recent decades of youth ministry. Pastor and professor Timothy McKnight brings a wealth of new insights, resources, and guidance for reaching today's adolescents. Following an overview of the beliefs, attitudes, and practices of Generation Z, McKnight provides youth pastors and volunteers with a complete plan for discipling adolescents through the local church. This includes practical advice on topics such as: engaging parents in youth ministry; holistically guiding students in their beliefs, behavior, and affections; equipping adult leaders who can serve as role models; working with pastors, staff, and church leaders; helping parents develop rites of passage for their children as they move into adulthood; and raising expectations for adolescents to encourage them to grow toward maturity. Based on years of personal experience and practice, Engaging Generation Z provides everything youth ministers need to equip, grow, and encourage today's generation of young people to follow Christ, and to take their student ministry to the next level. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Generation Z: Raising the Bar for Youth Ministry Author: Timothy Mcnight Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A holistic approach to reaching Generation Z in your local church To disciple the youth in our student ministries today, we have to understand the unique characteristics of Generation Z, and apply lessons learned from recent decades of youth ministry. Pastor and professor Timothy McKnight brings a wealth of new insights, resources, and guidance for reaching today's adolescents. Following an overview of the beliefs, attitudes, and practices of Generation Z, McKnight provides youth pastors and volunteers with a complete plan for discipling adolescents through the local church. This includes practical advice on topics such as: engaging parents in youth ministry; holistically guiding students in their beliefs, behavior, and affections; equipping adult leaders who can serve as role models; working with pastors, staff, and church leaders; helping parents develop rites of passage for their children as they move into adulthood; and raising expectations for adolescents to encourage them to grow toward maturity. Based on years of personal experience and practice, Engaging Generation Z provides everything youth ministers need to equip, grow, and encourage today's generation of young people to follow Christ, and to take their student ministry to the next level. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What They Taught Me: Recognizing the Mentors Who Will Take You from Dream to Done Author: Kelsey Chapman Narrator: Kelsey Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you feel stretched thin and burned out? Do you wonder how everyone else always seems to be five steps ahead? As an entrepreneur, Kelsey Chapman understands the doubts that hold us back—the moments we wonder, Am I capable? Am I qualified? Am I enough? She also knows what it's like when God brings the right people to guide us through difficult seasons. In What They Taught Me, Kelsey weaves the stories of nine regular women who stepped into her life at the exact right moment. Each woman gave Kelsey a model and example that informed and inspired her during the most critical times of her life personally and professionally. Combining personal stories with practical advice, Kelsey gives you the tools to grow your mindset and core beliefs about yourself by linking arms with other women who've been there, done that; live out your purpose when you let go of comparison and competition and embrace a community of encouragement where women support women; and pass on the wisdom you've gained from your own experiences as you take the time to pour your insight into the people God places in your life. Join Kelsey in reinventing the concept of mentorship and learn to cultivate meaningful relationships by investing in the lives of other women. Kelsey Chapman Tue, 23 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461642 thebookvoice.com 3:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What They Taught Me: Recognizing the Mentors Who Will Take You from Dream to Done Author: Kelsey Chapman Narrator: Kelsey Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you feel stretched thin and burned out? Do you wonder how everyone else always seems to be five steps ahead? As an entrepreneur, Kelsey Chapman understands the doubts that hold us back—the moments we wonder, Am I capable? Am I qualified? Am I enough? She also knows what it's like when God brings the right people to guide us through difficult seasons. In What They Taught Me, Kelsey weaves the stories of nine regular women who stepped into her life at the exact right moment. Each woman gave Kelsey a model and example that informed and inspired her during the most critical times of her life personally and professionally. Combining personal stories with practical advice, Kelsey gives you the tools to grow your mindset and core beliefs about yourself by linking arms with other women who've been there, done that; live out your purpose when you let go of comparison and competition and embrace a community of encouragement where women support women; and pass on the wisdom you've gained from your own experiences as you take the time to pour your insight into the people God places in your life. Join Kelsey in reinventing the concept of mentorship and learn to cultivate meaningful relationships by investing in the lives of other women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What They Taught Me: Recognizing the Mentors Who Will Take You from Dream to Done Author: Kelsey Chapman Narrator: Kelsey Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you feel stretched thin and burned out? Do you wonder how everyone else always seems to be five steps ahead? As an entrepreneur, Kelsey Chapman understands the doubts that hold us back—the moments we wonder, Am I capable? Am I qualified? Am I enough? She also knows what it's like when God brings the right people to guide us through difficult seasons. In What They Taught Me, Kelsey weaves the stories of nine regular women who stepped into her life at the exact right moment. Each woman gave Kelsey a model and example that informed and inspired her during the most critical times of her life personally and professionally. Combining personal stories with practical advice, Kelsey gives you the tools to grow your mindset and core beliefs about yourself by linking arms with other women who've been there, done that; live out your purpose when you let go of comparison and competition and embrace a community of encouragement where women support women; and pass on the wisdom you've gained from your own experiences as you take the time to pour your insight into the people God places in your life. Join Kelsey in reinventing the concept of mentorship and learn to cultivate meaningful relationships by investing in the lives of other women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461639 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Nine: (Enneagram Daily Reflections) Author: Marlena Graves Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Nine? Writer and speaker Marlena Graves reflects on this question in a spirit of honest self-assessment and with a desire for personal and spiritual growth. She draws wisdom from the deep wells of both counseling and spirituality using illustrations from both Scripture and life. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a Nine, you will grow from learning about Nines and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. Marlena Graves Tue, 23 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461639 thebookvoice.com 3:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Nine: (Enneagram Daily Reflections) Author: Marlena Graves Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Nine? Writer and speaker Marlena Graves reflects on this question in a spirit of honest self-assessment and with a desire for personal and spiritual growth. She draws wisdom from the deep wells of both counseling and spirituality using illustrations from both Scripture and life. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a Nine, you will grow from learning about Nines and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forty Days on Being a Nine: (Enneagram Daily Reflections) Author: Marlena Graves Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What is it like to be an Enneagram Nine? Writer and speaker Marlena Graves reflects on this question in a spirit of honest self-assessment and with a desire for personal and spiritual growth. She draws wisdom from the deep wells of both counseling and spirituality using illustrations from both Scripture and life. Each reading concludes with an opportunity for further engagement such as a journaling prompt, a prayer, or a spiritual practice. Any of us can find aspects of ourselves in any of the numbers. The Enneagram is a profound tool for empathy, so whether or not you are a Nine, you will grow from learning about Nines and enhance your relationships across the Enneagram spectrum. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Slows Down: How to Keep Anger and Anxiety from Ruining Life's Relationships Author: Joël Malm Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anger. Anxiety. Frustration. Worry. We've all felt the power of these emotions, and lived to regret the speed with which we spoke from, or even acted on them. We know we need to slow down and calm down before that torrent of emotion sweeps us away—but how? What if you could understand those feelings better? Not ignore them or stuff them down, but actually harness their power to improve your relationships? That's the journey Joël Malm will take you on in Love Slows Down. Whether you're feeling the constant weight of worry, flashes of fury, or the exhaustion of always being on edge, there is a way to understand what triggers your emotions and put the brakes on. You can slow down and respond with love. Joël Malm Thu, 17 Dec 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461640 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Slows Down: How to Keep Anger and Anxiety from Ruining Life's Relationships Author: Joël Malm Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anger. Anxiety. Frustration. Worry. We've all felt the power of these emotions, and lived to regret the speed with which we spoke from, or even acted on them. We know we need to slow down and calm down before that torrent of emotion sweeps us away—but how? What if you could understand those feelings better? Not ignore them or stuff them down, but actually harness their power to improve your relationships? That's the journey Joël Malm will take you on in Love Slows Down. Whether you're feeling the constant weight of worry, flashes of fury, or the exhaustion of always being on edge, there is a way to understand what triggers your emotions and put the brakes on. You can slow down and respond with love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love Slows Down: How to Keep Anger and Anxiety from Ruining Life's Relationships Author: Joël Malm Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Anger. Anxiety. Frustration. Worry. We've all felt the power of these emotions, and lived to regret the speed with which we spoke from, or even acted on them. We know we need to slow down and calm down before that torrent of emotion sweeps us away—but how? What if you could understand those feelings better? Not ignore them or stuff them down, but actually harness their power to improve your relationships? That's the journey Joël Malm will take you on in Love Slows Down. Whether you're feeling the constant weight of worry, flashes of fury, or the exhaustion of always being on edge, there is a way to understand what triggers your emotions and put the brakes on. You can slow down and respond with love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461638 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Companions: A Book for Everyone About the Relationships That See Us Through Author: Kelly Flanagan Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When we quit sabotaging intimacy in our relationships by demanding unconditional love, we discover something much greater—the deeply satisfying, transformational love that is companionship. In this book psychologist Kelly Flannagan shows how each of us has within ourselves, exactly the way we are, the gifts that are needed to cultivate the life-long relationship we are longing for, whether it is within marriage or friendship. He shows us how self-knowledge leads the way to growing in love for both God and others. He shows us how understanding our own loneliness can help us relieve the pressure on our companions. And he shows us how understanding our own psychological and emotional defenses can help us to make the choice to love more vulnerably. More than a marriage book, this is a companionship book. Anyone—from single young adults to elderly married couples, from the divorced to the widowed, from siblings to friends—can benefit from the wisdom it uncovers about what it means to be human and to be true companions. Kelly Flanagan Tue, 09 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461638 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Companions: A Book for Everyone About the Relationships That See Us Through Author: Kelly Flanagan Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When we quit sabotaging intimacy in our relationships by demanding unconditional love, we discover something much greater—the deeply satisfying, transformational love that is companionship. In this book psychologist Kelly Flannagan shows how each of us has within ourselves, exactly the way we are, the gifts that are needed to cultivate the life-long relationship we are longing for, whether it is within marriage or friendship. He shows us how self-knowledge leads the way to growing in love for both God and others. He shows us how understanding our own loneliness can help us relieve the pressure on our companions. And he shows us how understanding our own psychological and emotional defenses can help us to make the choice to love more vulnerably. More than a marriage book, this is a companionship book. Anyone—from single young adults to elderly married couples, from the divorced to the widowed, from siblings to friends—can benefit from the wisdom it uncovers about what it means to be human and to be true companions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461638]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Companions: A Book for Everyone About the Relationships That See Us Through Author: Kelly Flanagan Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When we quit sabotaging intimacy in our relationships by demanding unconditional love, we discover something much greater—the deeply satisfying, transformational love that is companionship. In this book psychologist Kelly Flannagan shows how each of us has within ourselves, exactly the way we are, the gifts that are needed to cultivate the life-long relationship we are longing for, whether it is within marriage or friendship. He shows us how self-knowledge leads the way to growing in love for both God and others. He shows us how understanding our own loneliness can help us relieve the pressure on our companions. And he shows us how understanding our own psychological and emotional defenses can help us to make the choice to love more vulnerably. More than a marriage book, this is a companionship book. Anyone—from single young adults to elderly married couples, from the divorced to the widowed, from siblings to friends—can benefit from the wisdom it uncovers about what it means to be human and to be true companions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mortification of Sin Author: John Owen Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: One of the most prominent historical Puritan writers, John Owen, dives into the theology of salvation and the timeless question of how sin and temptation affect the lives of Christians.  In The Mortification of Sin, Owen states not only that sin remains an active and negative force on the lives of Christians, but also that there is a highly effective way to combat that evil force and temptation along with it.  Largely addressing Romans 8, this work extracts understanding and brings clarity to the reader on these widely discussed topics.  Despite such a potentially disheartening revelation of the impact and influence of sin, Owen reminds the reader of the triumph of Christ.  He explains how this battle for life and death can be won with the power of the Holy Spirit through the gospel of Jesus Christ.  With this work, Owen describes how followers of Christ can join the fight with Jesus to weaken and eventually eliminate sin. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Tim Dixon brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. John Owen Thu, 01 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461634 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mortification of Sin Author: John Owen Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: One of the most prominent historical Puritan writers, John Owen, dives into the theology of salvation and the timeless question of how sin and temptation affect the lives of Christians.  In The Mortification of Sin, Owen states not only that sin remains an active and negative force on the lives of Christians, but also that there is a highly effective way to combat that evil force and temptation along with it.  Largely addressing Romans 8, this work extracts understanding and brings clarity to the reader on these widely discussed topics.  Despite such a potentially disheartening revelation of the impact and influence of sin, Owen reminds the reader of the triumph of Christ.  He explains how this battle for life and death can be won with the power of the Holy Spirit through the gospel of Jesus Christ.  With this work, Owen describes how followers of Christ can join the fight with Jesus to weaken and eventually eliminate sin. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Tim Dixon brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mortification of Sin Author: John Owen Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: One of the most prominent historical Puritan writers, John Owen, dives into the theology of salvation and the timeless question of how sin and temptation affect the lives of Christians.  In The Mortification of Sin, Owen states not only that sin remains an active and negative force on the lives of Christians, but also that there is a highly effective way to combat that evil force and temptation along with it.  Largely addressing Romans 8, this work extracts understanding and brings clarity to the reader on these widely discussed topics.  Despite such a potentially disheartening revelation of the impact and influence of sin, Owen reminds the reader of the triumph of Christ.  He explains how this battle for life and death can be won with the power of the Holy Spirit through the gospel of Jesus Christ.  With this work, Owen describes how followers of Christ can join the fight with Jesus to weaken and eventually eliminate sin. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Tim Dixon brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quieting the Shout of Should: How a Life of Less Can Lead to More Author: Crystal Stine Narrator: Crystal Stine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Trade comparison for contentment. Self-criticism for confidence. Insecurity for peace. You feel the pressures from society, social media, and even yourself weighing heavy upon you: do more, be better, try harder. No matter how well you can fake it, this hustle to act like the model woman, wife, mother, and friend leaves you feeling exhausted and unworthy. Crystal Stine spent years striving to meet those same impossible standards, only to realize this struggle was diminishing the woman God made her to be. In Quieting the Shout of Should, she shares how her heavenly Father transformed her priorities when she traded guilt and burnout for obedience and worship. Incorporating personal stories, reflective devotions, and thoughtful discussion questions, Crystal will help prepare you to…  - relinquish the burdens of perfectionism, comparison, and jealousy - choose small daily steps to refocus your gaze on God - find freedom by embracing all God made you to be You don’t have to keep fighting to live up to the world’s ideals. Quieting the Shout of Should will help you redefine your self-worth and move into the abundant life God has for you. Crystal Stine Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461633 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quieting the Shout of Should: How a Life of Less Can Lead to More Author: Crystal Stine Narrator: Crystal Stine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Trade comparison for contentment. Self-criticism for confidence. Insecurity for peace. You feel the pressures from society, social media, and even yourself weighing heavy upon you: do more, be better, try harder. No matter how well you can fake it, this hustle to act like the model woman, wife, mother, and friend leaves you feeling exhausted and unworthy. Crystal Stine spent years striving to meet those same impossible standards, only to realize this struggle was diminishing the woman God made her to be. In Quieting the Shout of Should, she shares how her heavenly Father transformed her priorities when she traded guilt and burnout for obedience and worship. Incorporating personal stories, reflective devotions, and thoughtful discussion questions, Crystal will help prepare you to…  - relinquish the burdens of perfectionism, comparison, and jealousy - choose small daily steps to refocus your gaze on God - find freedom by embracing all God made you to be You don’t have to keep fighting to live up to the world’s ideals. Quieting the Shout of Should will help you redefine your self-worth and move into the abundant life God has for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quieting the Shout of Should: How a Life of Less Can Lead to More Author: Crystal Stine Narrator: Crystal Stine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Trade comparison for contentment. Self-criticism for confidence. Insecurity for peace. You feel the pressures from society, social media, and even yourself weighing heavy upon you: do more, be better, try harder. No matter how well you can fake it, this hustle to act like the model woman, wife, mother, and friend leaves you feeling exhausted and unworthy. Crystal Stine spent years striving to meet those same impossible standards, only to realize this struggle was diminishing the woman God made her to be. In Quieting the Shout of Should, she shares how her heavenly Father transformed her priorities when she traded guilt and burnout for obedience and worship. Incorporating personal stories, reflective devotions, and thoughtful discussion questions, Crystal will help prepare you to…  - relinquish the burdens of perfectionism, comparison, and jealousy - choose small daily steps to refocus your gaze on God - find freedom by embracing all God made you to be You don’t have to keep fighting to live up to the world’s ideals. Quieting the Shout of Should will help you redefine your self-worth and move into the abundant life God has for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As the believer’s understanding of spiritual truth deepens and he develops godly affections, the attraction fo the former, sinful life fades. The Christian life is a war for holiness. Our calling to be set apart lands us in the crosshairs of a culture that opposes God’s truth. Even as the world around us is changing, our battle remains the same. To withstand the temptation to compromise in sin or retreat from suffering, Christians must hold fast to God’s Word. Only then can we live well for the Lord. In Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture, Dr. John MacArthur drafts biblical battle plans for maintaining a life of Christian faithfulness. God has revealed what kind of people we are to be in a hostile world, and by His Word and Spirit, He supplies us with everything we need to persevere in holiness, humility, and love. John F. Macarthur Thu, 01 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461632 thebookvoice.com 4:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As the believer’s understanding of spiritual truth deepens and he develops godly affections, the attraction fo the former, sinful life fades. The Christian life is a war for holiness. Our calling to be set apart lands us in the crosshairs of a culture that opposes God’s truth. Even as the world around us is changing, our battle remains the same. To withstand the temptation to compromise in sin or retreat from suffering, Christians must hold fast to God’s Word. Only then can we live well for the Lord. In Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture, Dr. John MacArthur drafts biblical battle plans for maintaining a life of Christian faithfulness. God has revealed what kind of people we are to be in a hostile world, and by His Word and Spirit, He supplies us with everything we need to persevere in holiness, humility, and love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As the believer’s understanding of spiritual truth deepens and he develops godly affections, the attraction fo the former, sinful life fades. The Christian life is a war for holiness. Our calling to be set apart lands us in the crosshairs of a culture that opposes God’s truth. Even as the world around us is changing, our battle remains the same. To withstand the temptation to compromise in sin or retreat from suffering, Christians must hold fast to God’s Word. Only then can we live well for the Lord. In Stand Firm: Living in a Post-Christian Culture, Dr. John MacArthur drafts biblical battle plans for maintaining a life of Christian faithfulness. God has revealed what kind of people we are to be in a hostile world, and by His Word and Spirit, He supplies us with everything we need to persevere in holiness, humility, and love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real-Life Discipleship: Building Churches That Make Disciples Author: Jim Putman Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Real-Life Discipleship explains what should happen in the life of every Christian and in every small group so that the church becomes an army of believers dedicated to seeing the world saved. With the overriding goal to train disciples who know how to make more disciples, this book offers proven tools and strategies from Real Life Ministries, one of America’s fastest-growing churches. Discover what the Bible says about true and effective discipleship with these strategies and practices. Jim Putman Wed, 30 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461631 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real-Life Discipleship: Building Churches That Make Disciples Author: Jim Putman Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Real-Life Discipleship explains what should happen in the life of every Christian and in every small group so that the church becomes an army of believers dedicated to seeing the world saved. With the overriding goal to train disciples who know how to make more disciples, this book offers proven tools and strategies from Real Life Ministries, one of America’s fastest-growing churches. Discover what the Bible says about true and effective discipleship with these strategies and practices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real-Life Discipleship: Building Churches That Make Disciples Author: Jim Putman Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Real-Life Discipleship explains what should happen in the life of every Christian and in every small group so that the church becomes an army of believers dedicated to seeing the world saved. With the overriding goal to train disciples who know how to make more disciples, this book offers proven tools and strategies from Real Life Ministries, one of America’s fastest-growing churches. Discover what the Bible says about true and effective discipleship with these strategies and practices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Will Not Be Silenced: Responding Courageously to Our Culture's Assault on Christianity Author: Erwin W. Lutzer Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Be strong and courageous. Do not be frightened, and do not be dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go' (Joshua 1:9). Each day, you watch America turn further from Christian values and the core principles of liberty. It's frustrating to feel you can't assert biblical truth without facing condemnation, and fearful to witness outrage and victimhood replace respect and reason. Amidst this dissent, how can you not only stay rooted in your own faith, but continue publicly testifying for Jesus? In We Will Not Be Silenced, Dr. Erwin W. Lutzer prepares you to live out your convictions against a growing tide of hostility. Gain a better understanding of nonbelievers' legitimate hurts and concerns regarding issues like racism, sexism, and poverty—and identify the toxic responses secular culture disguises as solutions. In the process, you'll see how you can show compassion and gentleness to those outside of the faith without affirming their beliefs. We Will Not Be Silenced will ready you to move beyond fear and boldly accept the challenge of representing Christ to a watching world that needs Him now more than ever before. Erwin W. Lutzer Tue, 19 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461630 thebookvoice.com 7:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Will Not Be Silenced: Responding Courageously to Our Culture's Assault on Christianity Author: Erwin W. Lutzer Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Be strong and courageous. Do not be frightened, and do not be dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go' (Joshua 1:9). Each day, you watch America turn further from Christian values and the core principles of liberty. It's frustrating to feel you can't assert biblical truth without facing condemnation, and fearful to witness outrage and victimhood replace respect and reason. Amidst this dissent, how can you not only stay rooted in your own faith, but continue publicly testifying for Jesus? In We Will Not Be Silenced, Dr. Erwin W. Lutzer prepares you to live out your convictions against a growing tide of hostility. Gain a better understanding of nonbelievers' legitimate hurts and concerns regarding issues like racism, sexism, and poverty—and identify the toxic responses secular culture disguises as solutions. In the process, you'll see how you can show compassion and gentleness to those outside of the faith without affirming their beliefs. We Will Not Be Silenced will ready you to move beyond fear and boldly accept the challenge of representing Christ to a watching world that needs Him now more than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Will Not Be Silenced: Responding Courageously to Our Culture's Assault on Christianity Author: Erwin W. Lutzer Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Be strong and courageous. Do not be frightened, and do not be dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go' (Joshua 1:9). Each day, you watch America turn further from Christian values and the core principles of liberty. It's frustrating to feel you can't assert biblical truth without facing condemnation, and fearful to witness outrage and victimhood replace respect and reason. Amidst this dissent, how can you not only stay rooted in your own faith, but continue publicly testifying for Jesus? In We Will Not Be Silenced, Dr. Erwin W. Lutzer prepares you to live out your convictions against a growing tide of hostility. Gain a better understanding of nonbelievers' legitimate hurts and concerns regarding issues like racism, sexism, and poverty—and identify the toxic responses secular culture disguises as solutions. In the process, you'll see how you can show compassion and gentleness to those outside of the faith without affirming their beliefs. We Will Not Be Silenced will ready you to move beyond fear and boldly accept the challenge of representing Christ to a watching world that needs Him now more than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461626 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Is Jesus? Audio Bible Studies Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible Study Source series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook's direct narration of a book's text, Who Is Jesus? includes high-quality, live audio sessions from the author that cover this important Bible-based topic. These sessions will reflect the ambiance of the unique recording locations, immersing the listener into the teaching. Pastor Louie Giglio invites us to meet God in both our intellect and our hearts by uncovering what history and Scripture have to say about Jesus. Throughout the study, we’ll witness how Jesus appeared and shaped the landscape of history, just as he shapes the landscape of our lives for eternity. Louie Giglio Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461626 thebookvoice.com 2:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Is Jesus? Audio Bible Studies Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible Study Source series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook's direct narration of a book's text, Who Is Jesus? includes high-quality, live audio sessions from the author that cover this important Bible-based topic. These sessions will reflect the ambiance of the unique recording locations, immersing the listener into the teaching. Pastor Louie Giglio invites us to meet God in both our intellect and our hearts by uncovering what history and Scripture have to say about Jesus. Throughout the study, we’ll witness how Jesus appeared and shaped the landscape of history, just as he shapes the landscape of our lives for eternity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461626]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Is Jesus? Audio Bible Studies Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Bible Study Source series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook's direct narration of a book's text, Who Is Jesus? includes high-quality, live audio sessions from the author that cover this important Bible-based topic. These sessions will reflect the ambiance of the unique recording locations, immersing the listener into the teaching. Pastor Louie Giglio invites us to meet God in both our intellect and our hearts by uncovering what history and Scripture have to say about Jesus. Throughout the study, we’ll witness how Jesus appeared and shaped the landscape of history, just as he shapes the landscape of our lives for eternity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Bible Studies: Maximizing Your Influence by Turning Down the Noise Author: Clay Scroggins Narrator: Clay Scroggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we’re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In this six-session Bible study, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in this study, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Clay Scroggins Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461496 thebookvoice.com 1:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Bible Studies: Maximizing Your Influence by Turning Down the Noise Author: Clay Scroggins Narrator: Clay Scroggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we’re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In this six-session Bible study, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in this study, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Bible Studies: Maximizing Your Influence by Turning Down the Noise Author: Clay Scroggins Narrator: Clay Scroggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 29 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we’re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In this six-session Bible study, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in this study, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relatable: Audio Bible Studies: Making Relationships Work Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A look at relationships the way God intended them to be. No one is better at relationships than God. His very being—as one God in three persons—is relationship. And he created us so that we could be in relationship with him and with each other. From the time we are born, relationships are constantly shaping who we are and how we engage with the world around us. Beginning with how we see ourselves, we develop a view of God and others that impacts the way we relate to our parents, navigate friendships, dating relationships and marriage. Relat(able) looks at relationships the way God intended them to be. Because He has gone to extraordinary lengths to relate to us, we have the potential to build incredible relationships with one another. Embracing God's love and receiving His grace changes the way we relate to him, our family, our friends, and ourselves. In this six-session audio Bible study, Louie Giglio explores the fundamental question of what makes us relatable to others. He shows how God can change our perspective on relationships, give us greater purpose in dating and marriage, bring us peace in the midst of conflict, and help us restore relationships that seem broken beyond repair. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Louie Giglio Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461495 thebookvoice.com 2:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relatable: Audio Bible Studies: Making Relationships Work Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A look at relationships the way God intended them to be. No one is better at relationships than God. His very being—as one God in three persons—is relationship. And he created us so that we could be in relationship with him and with each other. From the time we are born, relationships are constantly shaping who we are and how we engage with the world around us. Beginning with how we see ourselves, we develop a view of God and others that impacts the way we relate to our parents, navigate friendships, dating relationships and marriage. Relat(able) looks at relationships the way God intended them to be. Because He has gone to extraordinary lengths to relate to us, we have the potential to build incredible relationships with one another. Embracing God's love and receiving His grace changes the way we relate to him, our family, our friends, and ourselves. In this six-session audio Bible study, Louie Giglio explores the fundamental question of what makes us relatable to others. He shows how God can change our perspective on relationships, give us greater purpose in dating and marriage, bring us peace in the midst of conflict, and help us restore relationships that seem broken beyond repair. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relatable: Audio Bible Studies: Making Relationships Work Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A look at relationships the way God intended them to be. No one is better at relationships than God. His very being—as one God in three persons—is relationship. And he created us so that we could be in relationship with him and with each other. From the time we are born, relationships are constantly shaping who we are and how we engage with the world around us. Beginning with how we see ourselves, we develop a view of God and others that impacts the way we relate to our parents, navigate friendships, dating relationships and marriage. Relat(able) looks at relationships the way God intended them to be. Because He has gone to extraordinary lengths to relate to us, we have the potential to build incredible relationships with one another. Embracing God's love and receiving His grace changes the way we relate to him, our family, our friends, and ourselves. In this six-session audio Bible study, Louie Giglio explores the fundamental question of what makes us relatable to others. He shows how God can change our perspective on relationships, give us greater purpose in dating and marriage, bring us peace in the midst of conflict, and help us restore relationships that seem broken beyond repair. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Your Gut: How You Can Succeed by Harnessing the Power of Your Values, Feelings, and Intuition Author: Dr. John Townsend Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Leading from Your Gut will help emerging and experienced leaders alike to hone their intuition and become the leader they were meant to be.  As a leader, your decisions are critical. They have a significant effect on you and everyone around you. But the effective leader needs to have more than just logic, facts, and financials to help make the best choices. Leaders also must access their own intuition, that gut feeling inside.  In Leading from Your Gut, you'll learn how leaders excel not just through external competencies and skills but by drawing on their internal world and personal experience. You'll explore how to harness the power of your values, thoughts, emotions, and relationships to better meet the complex demands of leadership.   As you apply Townsend's principles, you will see great results in your leadership. But more importantly, you'll experience the kind of personal transformation that will enable you to lead as a whole person.   This book is the revised edition of Leadership Beyond Reason. Dr. John Townsend Tue, 30 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461465 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Your Gut: How You Can Succeed by Harnessing the Power of Your Values, Feelings, and Intuition Author: Dr. John Townsend Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Leading from Your Gut will help emerging and experienced leaders alike to hone their intuition and become the leader they were meant to be.  As a leader, your decisions are critical. They have a significant effect on you and everyone around you. But the effective leader needs to have more than just logic, facts, and financials to help make the best choices. Leaders also must access their own intuition, that gut feeling inside.  In Leading from Your Gut, you'll learn how leaders excel not just through external competencies and skills but by drawing on their internal world and personal experience. You'll explore how to harness the power of your values, thoughts, emotions, and relationships to better meet the complex demands of leadership.   As you apply Townsend's principles, you will see great results in your leadership. But more importantly, you'll experience the kind of personal transformation that will enable you to lead as a whole person.   This book is the revised edition of Leadership Beyond Reason. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading from Your Gut: How You Can Succeed by Harnessing the Power of Your Values, Feelings, and Intuition Author: Dr. John Townsend Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Leading from Your Gut will help emerging and experienced leaders alike to hone their intuition and become the leader they were meant to be.  As a leader, your decisions are critical. They have a significant effect on you and everyone around you. But the effective leader needs to have more than just logic, facts, and financials to help make the best choices. Leaders also must access their own intuition, that gut feeling inside.  In Leading from Your Gut, you'll learn how leaders excel not just through external competencies and skills but by drawing on their internal world and personal experience. You'll explore how to harness the power of your values, thoughts, emotions, and relationships to better meet the complex demands of leadership.   As you apply Townsend's principles, you will see great results in your leadership. But more importantly, you'll experience the kind of personal transformation that will enable you to lead as a whole person.   This book is the revised edition of Leadership Beyond Reason. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461464 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461464]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Spirit: Activating God's Power in Your Life Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Exactly who is the Holy Spirit, and what does He do? In this classic volume, Billy Graham offers a timeless, sensitive, and comprehensive portrait of this much discussed, but often misunderstood, member of the Trinity. Exciting, revolutionary power is available exclusively to you as a Christian. It's the supernatural power to transform human nature, to enable you to be the salt and light to your world, to help you face any crisis, and to bring about a dramatic but peaceful revolution in those around you. You cannot buy this extraordinary power, nor can you find it by searching the earth for it. As a Christian it resides in you already, an awesome gift from God that you have only to claim and use once you know and accept its Source. With prayerful reverence and focused wisdom, Dr. Graham puts an understandable face on this mysterious third Person of the Trinity. This classic book contains chapters on: - Who is the Holy Spirit? - Baptism with the Spirit - How to be filled with the Holy Spirit - Sins against the Holy Spirit - Gifts of the Spirit - And more! In this inspiring and insightful book, Billy Graham reminds us that Christians are powerful people because we have the mighty power of God available to us through the Holy Spirit. Open your eyes anew to see how the Spirit can transform your life and give you the power to be truly good and live victoriously. Billy Graham Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461464 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461464]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Spirit: Activating God's Power in Your Life Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Exactly who is the Holy Spirit, and what does He do? In this classic volume, Billy Graham offers a timeless, sensitive, and comprehensive portrait of this much discussed, but often misunderstood, member of the Trinity. Exciting, revolutionary power is available exclusively to you as a Christian. It's the supernatural power to transform human nature, to enable you to be the salt and light to your world, to help you face any crisis, and to bring about a dramatic but peaceful revolution in those around you. You cannot buy this extraordinary power, nor can you find it by searching the earth for it. As a Christian it resides in you already, an awesome gift from God that you have only to claim and use once you know and accept its Source. With prayerful reverence and focused wisdom, Dr. Graham puts an understandable face on this mysterious third Person of the Trinity. This classic book contains chapters on: - Who is the Holy Spirit? - Baptism with the Spirit - How to be filled with the Holy Spirit - Sins against the Holy Spirit - Gifts of the Spirit - And more! In this inspiring and insightful book, Billy Graham reminds us that Christians are powerful people because we have the mighty power of God available to us through the Holy Spirit. Open your eyes anew to see how the Spirit can transform your life and give you the power to be truly good and live victoriously. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461464]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Spirit: Activating God's Power in Your Life Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Exactly who is the Holy Spirit, and what does He do? In this classic volume, Billy Graham offers a timeless, sensitive, and comprehensive portrait of this much discussed, but often misunderstood, member of the Trinity. Exciting, revolutionary power is available exclusively to you as a Christian. It's the supernatural power to transform human nature, to enable you to be the salt and light to your world, to help you face any crisis, and to bring about a dramatic but peaceful revolution in those around you. You cannot buy this extraordinary power, nor can you find it by searching the earth for it. As a Christian it resides in you already, an awesome gift from God that you have only to claim and use once you know and accept its Source. With prayerful reverence and focused wisdom, Dr. Graham puts an understandable face on this mysterious third Person of the Trinity. This classic book contains chapters on: - Who is the Holy Spirit? - Baptism with the Spirit - How to be filled with the Holy Spirit - Sins against the Holy Spirit - Gifts of the Spirit - And more! In this inspiring and insightful book, Billy Graham reminds us that Christians are powerful people because we have the mighty power of God available to us through the Holy Spirit. Open your eyes anew to see how the Spirit can transform your life and give you the power to be truly good and live victoriously. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Settle: Choices, Chain Reactions, and the Way Out of Lukewarminess Author: Greg Holder Narrator: Greg Holder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Don’t settle for a lukewarm Christian life. No one chooses a “less than” life, but sometimes it happens. Sometimes without being aware of the change, our faith becomes apathetic and bland. Fortunately, there is a way to be free from a lukewarm life. Compelling and transformative, Never Settle challenges every Christian to move past the boundaries of complacency and live courageously, one faithful act at a time. It is a tangible and encouraging reminder that your everyday decisions, habits, and relationships have incredible potential for world-changing, redemptive impact. Author Greg Holder offers a fresh vision for the Church: to boldly follow Jesus into the world, dripping with Christian compassion and driven to reach people with radical love. Offering a practical plan for stepping forward in faith and resting in the power of the Holy Spirit, Never Settle will transform your spiritual life and send you forward with new motivation. Because you—yes, you—are called to be a part of what God is doing in the world. “This is the best of both an all-out challenge to live differently as followers of Christ and a beautiful reminder of who we are in Him.” —Sadie Robertson Huff, speaker and New York Times bestselling author “A practical road map that will lead you out of a lukewarm, bland faith into a vibrant Kingdom life.” —Edgar Sandoval Sr., president of World Vision US “This puts culture, loving people, and being a world changer into their proper perspective—enveloped within God’s Word. I cannot say Amen any louder!” —John Cooper, leader singer and founder of Skillet Greg Holder Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461438 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Settle: Choices, Chain Reactions, and the Way Out of Lukewarminess Author: Greg Holder Narrator: Greg Holder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Don’t settle for a lukewarm Christian life. No one chooses a “less than” life, but sometimes it happens. Sometimes without being aware of the change, our faith becomes apathetic and bland. Fortunately, there is a way to be free from a lukewarm life. Compelling and transformative, Never Settle challenges every Christian to move past the boundaries of complacency and live courageously, one faithful act at a time. It is a tangible and encouraging reminder that your everyday decisions, habits, and relationships have incredible potential for world-changing, redemptive impact. Author Greg Holder offers a fresh vision for the Church: to boldly follow Jesus into the world, dripping with Christian compassion and driven to reach people with radical love. Offering a practical plan for stepping forward in faith and resting in the power of the Holy Spirit, Never Settle will transform your spiritual life and send you forward with new motivation. Because you—yes, you—are called to be a part of what God is doing in the world. “This is the best of both an all-out challenge to live differently as followers of Christ and a beautiful reminder of who we are in Him.” —Sadie Robertson Huff, speaker and New York Times bestselling author “A practical road map that will lead you out of a lukewarm, bland faith into a vibrant Kingdom life.” —Edgar Sandoval Sr., president of World Vision US “This puts culture, loving people, and being a world changer into their proper perspective—enveloped within God’s Word. I cannot say Amen any louder!” —John Cooper, leader singer and founder of Skillet Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Settle: Choices, Chain Reactions, and the Way Out of Lukewarminess Author: Greg Holder Narrator: Greg Holder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Don’t settle for a lukewarm Christian life. No one chooses a “less than” life, but sometimes it happens. Sometimes without being aware of the change, our faith becomes apathetic and bland. Fortunately, there is a way to be free from a lukewarm life. Compelling and transformative, Never Settle challenges every Christian to move past the boundaries of complacency and live courageously, one faithful act at a time. It is a tangible and encouraging reminder that your everyday decisions, habits, and relationships have incredible potential for world-changing, redemptive impact. Author Greg Holder offers a fresh vision for the Church: to boldly follow Jesus into the world, dripping with Christian compassion and driven to reach people with radical love. Offering a practical plan for stepping forward in faith and resting in the power of the Holy Spirit, Never Settle will transform your spiritual life and send you forward with new motivation. Because you—yes, you—are called to be a part of what God is doing in the world. “This is the best of both an all-out challenge to live differently as followers of Christ and a beautiful reminder of who we are in Him.” —Sadie Robertson Huff, speaker and New York Times bestselling author “A practical road map that will lead you out of a lukewarm, bland faith into a vibrant Kingdom life.” —Edgar Sandoval Sr., president of World Vision US “This puts culture, loving people, and being a world changer into their proper perspective—enveloped within God’s Word. I cannot say Amen any louder!” —John Cooper, leader singer and founder of Skillet https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something's Not Right: Decoding the Hidden Tactics of Abuse--and Freeing Yourself from Its Power Author: Wade Mullen Narrator: Wade Mullen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “A beacon of truth and wisdom for the abused and a help in their healing.” —Scot McKnight and Laura Barringer, authors of A Church Called Tov “Reading this book . . . will change you forever, for the better.” —Rachael Denhollander, speaker, victim advocate, and author of What Is a Girl Worth? “Sincerely thoughtful, incredibly practical, and truly compassionate book on abusive systems and the consequences of cover-ups.” —Christina Edmondson, PhD, cohost of Truth’s Table podcast “Am I the only one who sees this—am I just imagining things? Is something wrong with me . . . or could this be abuse?” Maybe you don’t know for sure: all you know is something feels off when you think about a certain relationship or interaction with an institution or organization. You feel alone and confused—but calling it “abuse” feels extreme and unsettling, a label for what happens to other people but not you. Yet you can’t shake the feeling: something’s not right. In his debut book, researcher and advocate Wade Mullen introduces us to the groundbreaking world of impression management—the strategies that individuals and organizations utilize to gain power and cover up their wrongdoings. Mullen reveals a pattern that accompanies many types of abuse, almost as if abusers are somehow reading from the same playbook. If we can learn to decode these evil methods—if we can learn the language of abuse—we can help stop the cycle and make abusers less effective at accomplishing destruction in our lives. Something’s Not Right will help you to identify and describe tactics that were previously unidentifiable and indescribable, and give you the language you need to move toward freedom and create a safer future for yourself and others. Wade Mullen Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461437 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something's Not Right: Decoding the Hidden Tactics of Abuse--and Freeing Yourself from Its Power Author: Wade Mullen Narrator: Wade Mullen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “A beacon of truth and wisdom for the abused and a help in their healing.” —Scot McKnight and Laura Barringer, authors of A Church Called Tov “Reading this book . . . will change you forever, for the better.” —Rachael Denhollander, speaker, victim advocate, and author of What Is a Girl Worth? “Sincerely thoughtful, incredibly practical, and truly compassionate book on abusive systems and the consequences of cover-ups.” —Christina Edmondson, PhD, cohost of Truth’s Table podcast “Am I the only one who sees this—am I just imagining things? Is something wrong with me . . . or could this be abuse?” Maybe you don’t know for sure: all you know is something feels off when you think about a certain relationship or interaction with an institution or organization. You feel alone and confused—but calling it “abuse” feels extreme and unsettling, a label for what happens to other people but not you. Yet you can’t shake the feeling: something’s not right. In his debut book, researcher and advocate Wade Mullen introduces us to the groundbreaking world of impression management—the strategies that individuals and organizations utilize to gain power and cover up their wrongdoings. Mullen reveals a pattern that accompanies many types of abuse, almost as if abusers are somehow reading from the same playbook. If we can learn to decode these evil methods—if we can learn the language of abuse—we can help stop the cycle and make abusers less effective at accomplishing destruction in our lives. Something’s Not Right will help you to identify and describe tactics that were previously unidentifiable and indescribable, and give you the language you need to move toward freedom and create a safer future for yourself and others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something's Not Right: Decoding the Hidden Tactics of Abuse--and Freeing Yourself from Its Power Author: Wade Mullen Narrator: Wade Mullen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “A beacon of truth and wisdom for the abused and a help in their healing.” —Scot McKnight and Laura Barringer, authors of A Church Called Tov “Reading this book . . . will change you forever, for the better.” —Rachael Denhollander, speaker, victim advocate, and author of What Is a Girl Worth? “Sincerely thoughtful, incredibly practical, and truly compassionate book on abusive systems and the consequences of cover-ups.” —Christina Edmondson, PhD, cohost of Truth’s Table podcast “Am I the only one who sees this—am I just imagining things? Is something wrong with me . . . or could this be abuse?” Maybe you don’t know for sure: all you know is something feels off when you think about a certain relationship or interaction with an institution or organization. You feel alone and confused—but calling it “abuse” feels extreme and unsettling, a label for what happens to other people but not you. Yet you can’t shake the feeling: something’s not right. In his debut book, researcher and advocate Wade Mullen introduces us to the groundbreaking world of impression management—the strategies that individuals and organizations utilize to gain power and cover up their wrongdoings. Mullen reveals a pattern that accompanies many types of abuse, almost as if abusers are somehow reading from the same playbook. If we can learn to decode these evil methods—if we can learn the language of abuse—we can help stop the cycle and make abusers less effective at accomplishing destruction in our lives. Something’s Not Right will help you to identify and describe tactics that were previously unidentifiable and indescribable, and give you the language you need to move toward freedom and create a safer future for yourself and others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DNA of Relationships Author: Greg Smalley, Gary Smalley, Robert S. Paul, Michael Smalley Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “Life is relationships; the rest is just details.” We are designed for relationships, yet they often bring us pain. In this paradigm-shifting book, Gary Smalley unravels the DNA of relationships: we are made for three great relationships—with God, others, and ourselves—and all relationships involve choice. Gary exposes a destructive relationship dance that characterizes nearly every relationship conflict, and he offers five new dance steps that will revolutionize relationships. The DNA of Relationships, the cornerstone book in Gary Smalley's relationship campaign, will revolutionize your marriage, family, friendships, and work relationships. Greg Smalley, Gary Smalley, Robert S. Paul, Michael Smalley Fri, 10 Sep 2004 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461430 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DNA of Relationships Author: Greg Smalley, Gary Smalley, Robert S. Paul, Michael Smalley Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “Life is relationships; the rest is just details.” We are designed for relationships, yet they often bring us pain. In this paradigm-shifting book, Gary Smalley unravels the DNA of relationships: we are made for three great relationships—with God, others, and ourselves—and all relationships involve choice. Gary exposes a destructive relationship dance that characterizes nearly every relationship conflict, and he offers five new dance steps that will revolutionize relationships. The DNA of Relationships, the cornerstone book in Gary Smalley's relationship campaign, will revolutionize your marriage, family, friendships, and work relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The DNA of Relationships Author: Greg Smalley, Gary Smalley, Robert S. Paul, Michael Smalley Narrator: Chris Fabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 10, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “Life is relationships; the rest is just details.” We are designed for relationships, yet they often bring us pain. In this paradigm-shifting book, Gary Smalley unravels the DNA of relationships: we are made for three great relationships—with God, others, and ourselves—and all relationships involve choice. Gary exposes a destructive relationship dance that characterizes nearly every relationship conflict, and he offers five new dance steps that will revolutionize relationships. The DNA of Relationships, the cornerstone book in Gary Smalley's relationship campaign, will revolutionize your marriage, family, friendships, and work relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461180 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trinity: An Introduction Author: Scott R. Swain Narrator: Graham Geisler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Trinity is one of the most essential doctrines of the Christian faith. The eternal God existing as three distinct persons―Father, Son, and Spirit―can be difficult to comprehend. While Christians often struggle to find the right words to describe this union, the Bible gives clarity concerning the triune God’s being and activity in nature (creation), grace (redemption), and glory (reward). In this concise volume, theologian Scott Swain examines the doctrine of the Trinity, presenting its biblical foundations, systematic-theological structure, and practical relevance for the church today. Scott R. Swain Tue, 20 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461180 thebookvoice.com 4:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trinity: An Introduction Author: Scott R. Swain Narrator: Graham Geisler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Trinity is one of the most essential doctrines of the Christian faith. The eternal God existing as three distinct persons―Father, Son, and Spirit―can be difficult to comprehend. While Christians often struggle to find the right words to describe this union, the Bible gives clarity concerning the triune God’s being and activity in nature (creation), grace (redemption), and glory (reward). In this concise volume, theologian Scott Swain examines the doctrine of the Trinity, presenting its biblical foundations, systematic-theological structure, and practical relevance for the church today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trinity: An Introduction Author: Scott R. Swain Narrator: Graham Geisler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Trinity is one of the most essential doctrines of the Christian faith. The eternal God existing as three distinct persons―Father, Son, and Spirit―can be difficult to comprehend. While Christians often struggle to find the right words to describe this union, the Bible gives clarity concerning the triune God’s being and activity in nature (creation), grace (redemption), and glory (reward). In this concise volume, theologian Scott Swain examines the doctrine of the Trinity, presenting its biblical foundations, systematic-theological structure, and practical relevance for the church today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Church Called Tov: Forming a Goodness Culture That Resists Abuses of Power and Promotes Healing Author: Laura Barringer, Scot McKnight Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021 (print)!! What is the way forward for the church? Tragically, in recent years, Christians have gotten used to revelations of abuses of many kinds in our most respected churches―from Willow Creek to Harvest, from Southern Baptist pastors to Sovereign Grace churches. Respected author and theologian Scot McKnight and former Willow Creek member Laura Barringer wrote this book to paint a pathway forward for the church. We need a better way. The sad truth is that churches of all shapes and sizes are susceptible to abuses of power, sexual abuse, and spiritual abuse. Abuses occur most frequently when Christians neglect to create a culture that resists abuse and promotes healing, safety, and spiritual growth. How do we keep these devastating events from repeating themselves? We need a map to get us from where we are today to where we ought to be as the body of Christ. That map is in a mysterious and beautiful little Hebrew word in Scripture that we translate “good,” the word tov. In this book, McKnight and Barringer explore the concept of tov―unpacking its richness and how it can help Christians and churches rise up to fulfill their true calling as imitators of Jesus. Laura Barringer, Scot McKnight Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460841 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Church Called Tov: Forming a Goodness Culture That Resists Abuses of Power and Promotes Healing Author: Laura Barringer, Scot McKnight Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021 (print)!! What is the way forward for the church? Tragically, in recent years, Christians have gotten used to revelations of abuses of many kinds in our most respected churches―from Willow Creek to Harvest, from Southern Baptist pastors to Sovereign Grace churches. Respected author and theologian Scot McKnight and former Willow Creek member Laura Barringer wrote this book to paint a pathway forward for the church. We need a better way. The sad truth is that churches of all shapes and sizes are susceptible to abuses of power, sexual abuse, and spiritual abuse. Abuses occur most frequently when Christians neglect to create a culture that resists abuse and promotes healing, safety, and spiritual growth. How do we keep these devastating events from repeating themselves? We need a map to get us from where we are today to where we ought to be as the body of Christ. That map is in a mysterious and beautiful little Hebrew word in Scripture that we translate “good,” the word tov. In this book, McKnight and Barringer explore the concept of tov―unpacking its richness and how it can help Christians and churches rise up to fulfill their true calling as imitators of Jesus. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Church Called Tov: Forming a Goodness Culture That Resists Abuses of Power and Promotes Healing Author: Laura Barringer, Scot McKnight Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021 (print)!! What is the way forward for the church? Tragically, in recent years, Christians have gotten used to revelations of abuses of many kinds in our most respected churches―from Willow Creek to Harvest, from Southern Baptist pastors to Sovereign Grace churches. Respected author and theologian Scot McKnight and former Willow Creek member Laura Barringer wrote this book to paint a pathway forward for the church. We need a better way. The sad truth is that churches of all shapes and sizes are susceptible to abuses of power, sexual abuse, and spiritual abuse. Abuses occur most frequently when Christians neglect to create a culture that resists abuse and promotes healing, safety, and spiritual growth. How do we keep these devastating events from repeating themselves? We need a map to get us from where we are today to where we ought to be as the body of Christ. That map is in a mysterious and beautiful little Hebrew word in Scripture that we translate “good,” the word tov. In this book, McKnight and Barringer explore the concept of tov―unpacking its richness and how it can help Christians and churches rise up to fulfill their true calling as imitators of Jesus. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Portals: Awaken Your Connection to the Spirit Realm Author: Joshua Mills Narrator: Joshua Mills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Most Christians earnestly desire to connect with the Holy Spirit, but we all need to understand that the Holy Spirit earnestly desires to connect with us! He wants to unleash divine miracles and supernatural forces that can change the world around us. Power Portals explains how these connections work and reveals the benefits that come to the believer when they make the connection. Joshua Mills firmly believes that all Christians are intended to live, move, and operate in the realm of the supernatural. He explains how they can release the power of God in every area of their life—spiritual, emotional, and physical. Much more than just discerning or sensing what God is doing, we can participate in the supernatural on a daily basis through divine portals, or gates. Within a power portal, there can be a sudden realization of God’s presence, an abundance of healing, spontaneous joy, signs and wonders, angelic activity, an increase in spiritual dreams and visions, or extravagant provision. Some divine portals can be activated in own bodies—our eyes, ears, mouth, heart, hands, and feet. There are also direct heavenly portals, seasonal portals, and geographical portals, places that are home to great movements of God in which people are moved en masse. Places where people go in order to experience the move of God. As usual, Joshua’s writing is filled with amazing personal stories of the supernatural at work in his life and ministry. Get ready to awaken your connection to the Spirit realm. Get ready to encounter Power Portals. Joshua Mills Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460410 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Portals: Awaken Your Connection to the Spirit Realm Author: Joshua Mills Narrator: Joshua Mills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Most Christians earnestly desire to connect with the Holy Spirit, but we all need to understand that the Holy Spirit earnestly desires to connect with us! He wants to unleash divine miracles and supernatural forces that can change the world around us. Power Portals explains how these connections work and reveals the benefits that come to the believer when they make the connection. Joshua Mills firmly believes that all Christians are intended to live, move, and operate in the realm of the supernatural. He explains how they can release the power of God in every area of their life—spiritual, emotional, and physical. Much more than just discerning or sensing what God is doing, we can participate in the supernatural on a daily basis through divine portals, or gates. Within a power portal, there can be a sudden realization of God’s presence, an abundance of healing, spontaneous joy, signs and wonders, angelic activity, an increase in spiritual dreams and visions, or extravagant provision. Some divine portals can be activated in own bodies—our eyes, ears, mouth, heart, hands, and feet. There are also direct heavenly portals, seasonal portals, and geographical portals, places that are home to great movements of God in which people are moved en masse. Places where people go in order to experience the move of God. As usual, Joshua’s writing is filled with amazing personal stories of the supernatural at work in his life and ministry. Get ready to awaken your connection to the Spirit realm. Get ready to encounter Power Portals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Portals: Awaken Your Connection to the Spirit Realm Author: Joshua Mills Narrator: Joshua Mills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Most Christians earnestly desire to connect with the Holy Spirit, but we all need to understand that the Holy Spirit earnestly desires to connect with us! He wants to unleash divine miracles and supernatural forces that can change the world around us. Power Portals explains how these connections work and reveals the benefits that come to the believer when they make the connection. Joshua Mills firmly believes that all Christians are intended to live, move, and operate in the realm of the supernatural. He explains how they can release the power of God in every area of their life—spiritual, emotional, and physical. Much more than just discerning or sensing what God is doing, we can participate in the supernatural on a daily basis through divine portals, or gates. Within a power portal, there can be a sudden realization of God’s presence, an abundance of healing, spontaneous joy, signs and wonders, angelic activity, an increase in spiritual dreams and visions, or extravagant provision. Some divine portals can be activated in own bodies—our eyes, ears, mouth, heart, hands, and feet. There are also direct heavenly portals, seasonal portals, and geographical portals, places that are home to great movements of God in which people are moved en masse. Places where people go in order to experience the move of God. As usual, Joshua’s writing is filled with amazing personal stories of the supernatural at work in his life and ministry. Get ready to awaken your connection to the Spirit realm. Get ready to encounter Power Portals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460252 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken Author: Samuel R. Chand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The word tension comes from the Latin word tendere, which means “to stretch.” It’s not a bad thing to be stretched in our careers, our parenting, our ministries, or our leadership. Without tension, we become stagnant and stop growing. In fact, we might even say that tension is both inevitable and, in many cases, desirable in life and leadership. In Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken, international leadership consultant Sam Chand examines tension as it arises in and between the arenas of business, church, and family. The presence of tension isn’t a flaw in you or a threat from others. It’s not a problem to solve, but a strain to be used. When you develop this perspective and you encounter tension, you’ll be less confused and feel less guilty because you understand that tension isn’t the result of your error or flaw. You’ll experience less pressure to figure everything out and less compulsion to resolve it quickly and completely. When we accept tension as a reality of life, we gain confidence and mental clarity when we encounter it. Our focus isn’t on getting rid of tension, but using it to create something better than before. We don’t walk on eggshells, afraid to say the wrong thing. We learn when to speak up, when to ask questions, when to listen, and when to let things go. As we relax in the middle of tension, we see people and situations more clearly, and we invite our families and teams into the process of creatively using tension in life and leadership. Samuel R. Chand Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460252 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken Author: Samuel R. Chand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The word tension comes from the Latin word tendere, which means “to stretch.” It’s not a bad thing to be stretched in our careers, our parenting, our ministries, or our leadership. Without tension, we become stagnant and stop growing. In fact, we might even say that tension is both inevitable and, in many cases, desirable in life and leadership. In Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken, international leadership consultant Sam Chand examines tension as it arises in and between the arenas of business, church, and family. The presence of tension isn’t a flaw in you or a threat from others. It’s not a problem to solve, but a strain to be used. When you develop this perspective and you encounter tension, you’ll be less confused and feel less guilty because you understand that tension isn’t the result of your error or flaw. You’ll experience less pressure to figure everything out and less compulsion to resolve it quickly and completely. When we accept tension as a reality of life, we gain confidence and mental clarity when we encounter it. Our focus isn’t on getting rid of tension, but using it to create something better than before. We don’t walk on eggshells, afraid to say the wrong thing. We learn when to speak up, when to ask questions, when to listen, and when to let things go. As we relax in the middle of tension, we see people and situations more clearly, and we invite our families and teams into the process of creatively using tension in life and leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken Author: Samuel R. Chand Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The word tension comes from the Latin word tendere, which means “to stretch.” It’s not a bad thing to be stretched in our careers, our parenting, our ministries, or our leadership. Without tension, we become stagnant and stop growing. In fact, we might even say that tension is both inevitable and, in many cases, desirable in life and leadership. In Harnessing the Power of Tension: Stretched but Not Broken, international leadership consultant Sam Chand examines tension as it arises in and between the arenas of business, church, and family. The presence of tension isn’t a flaw in you or a threat from others. It’s not a problem to solve, but a strain to be used. When you develop this perspective and you encounter tension, you’ll be less confused and feel less guilty because you understand that tension isn’t the result of your error or flaw. You’ll experience less pressure to figure everything out and less compulsion to resolve it quickly and completely. When we accept tension as a reality of life, we gain confidence and mental clarity when we encounter it. Our focus isn’t on getting rid of tension, but using it to create something better than before. We don’t walk on eggshells, afraid to say the wrong thing. We learn when to speak up, when to ask questions, when to listen, and when to let things go. As we relax in the middle of tension, we see people and situations more clearly, and we invite our families and teams into the process of creatively using tension in life and leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Final Word: Why We Need the Bible Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2020 (print)!! The Bible is under attack on all sides. Unbelievers denounce it as backward, narrow-minded, and intolerant, and even some professing Christians deny its truth to gain approval from the culture. With each assault, we hear echoes of the serpent’s question in the garden of Eden: “Did God really say?” Unfortunately, many believers don’t know how to answer these challenges and find their confidence in God’s Word shaken. In Final Word: Why We Need the Bible, Dr. John MacArthur defends the trustworthiness of Scripture, with the goal of equipping the church to stand firm for the truth even when others abandon it. Only when God’s people recognize the Bible for what it is—God’s inerrant, authoritative Word—will they be able to fulfill their calling and carry the message of God’s salvation to the world. John F. Macarthur Thu, 24 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460251 thebookvoice.com 3:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Final Word: Why We Need the Bible Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2020 (print)!! The Bible is under attack on all sides. Unbelievers denounce it as backward, narrow-minded, and intolerant, and even some professing Christians deny its truth to gain approval from the culture. With each assault, we hear echoes of the serpent’s question in the garden of Eden: “Did God really say?” Unfortunately, many believers don’t know how to answer these challenges and find their confidence in God’s Word shaken. In Final Word: Why We Need the Bible, Dr. John MacArthur defends the trustworthiness of Scripture, with the goal of equipping the church to stand firm for the truth even when others abandon it. Only when God’s people recognize the Bible for what it is—God’s inerrant, authoritative Word—will they be able to fulfill their calling and carry the message of God’s salvation to the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Final Word: Why We Need the Bible Author: John F. Macarthur Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award - Finalist 2020 (print)!! The Bible is under attack on all sides. Unbelievers denounce it as backward, narrow-minded, and intolerant, and even some professing Christians deny its truth to gain approval from the culture. With each assault, we hear echoes of the serpent’s question in the garden of Eden: “Did God really say?” Unfortunately, many believers don’t know how to answer these challenges and find their confidence in God’s Word shaken. In Final Word: Why We Need the Bible, Dr. John MacArthur defends the trustworthiness of Scripture, with the goal of equipping the church to stand firm for the truth even when others abandon it. Only when God’s people recognize the Bible for what it is—God’s inerrant, authoritative Word—will they be able to fulfill their calling and carry the message of God’s salvation to the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460250 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding the Purpose and Power of Prayer: How to Call Heaven to Earth Author: Myles Munroe Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Learn to Pray—And Change the World //  "You're in Our Prayers" has become a cliche. Just a nice thing to say when we see someone struggling. But do we really understand the power of prayer? God, God Almighty, God the Creator of the heavens and the earth, God the Beginning and the End, God the Source of all that is, God the Creator of man—the same God, in all His power and all His majesty, stops and listens when you pray. God has given humanity the ability to bring heaven to earth.   Whether you know it or not, you have the authority to change the world through prayer. When God said, “Let mankind rule over all the earth,” He was arranging the dominion of the world so that the partnership of mankind was essential for the accomplishment of His purposes. Through his unique perspective on this often-misunderstood subject, best-selling author Dr. Myles Munroe takes the mystery out of prayer, providing practical answers for difficult questions about communicating with God.   All that God is—and all that God has—may be received through prayer. Everything you need to fulfill your purpose on earth is available to you through prayer. The biblically based, time-tested principles in this book will ignite and transform the way you pray. Be prepared to enter into a new dimension of faith, a deeper revelation of God’s love, and a renewed understanding that your prayers can truly move the hand of God. This expanded edition includes study questions for individual or small group use. Myles Munroe Thu, 24 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460250 thebookvoice.com 9:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding the Purpose and Power of Prayer: How to Call Heaven to Earth Author: Myles Munroe Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Learn to Pray—And Change the World //  "You're in Our Prayers" has become a cliche. Just a nice thing to say when we see someone struggling. But do we really understand the power of prayer? God, God Almighty, God the Creator of the heavens and the earth, God the Beginning and the End, God the Source of all that is, God the Creator of man—the same God, in all His power and all His majesty, stops and listens when you pray. God has given humanity the ability to bring heaven to earth.   Whether you know it or not, you have the authority to change the world through prayer. When God said, “Let mankind rule over all the earth,” He was arranging the dominion of the world so that the partnership of mankind was essential for the accomplishment of His purposes. Through his unique perspective on this often-misunderstood subject, best-selling author Dr. Myles Munroe takes the mystery out of prayer, providing practical answers for difficult questions about communicating with God.   All that God is—and all that God has—may be received through prayer. Everything you need to fulfill your purpose on earth is available to you through prayer. The biblically based, time-tested principles in this book will ignite and transform the way you pray. Be prepared to enter into a new dimension of faith, a deeper revelation of God’s love, and a renewed understanding that your prayers can truly move the hand of God. This expanded edition includes study questions for individual or small group use. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460250]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding the Purpose and Power of Prayer: How to Call Heaven to Earth Author: Myles Munroe Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Learn to Pray—And Change the World //  "You're in Our Prayers" has become a cliche. Just a nice thing to say when we see someone struggling. But do we really understand the power of prayer? God, God Almighty, God the Creator of the heavens and the earth, God the Beginning and the End, God the Source of all that is, God the Creator of man—the same God, in all His power and all His majesty, stops and listens when you pray. God has given humanity the ability to bring heaven to earth.   Whether you know it or not, you have the authority to change the world through prayer. When God said, “Let mankind rule over all the earth,” He was arranging the dominion of the world so that the partnership of mankind was essential for the accomplishment of His purposes. Through his unique perspective on this often-misunderstood subject, best-selling author Dr. Myles Munroe takes the mystery out of prayer, providing practical answers for difficult questions about communicating with God.   All that God is—and all that God has—may be received through prayer. Everything you need to fulfill your purpose on earth is available to you through prayer. The biblically based, time-tested principles in this book will ignite and transform the way you pray. Be prepared to enter into a new dimension of faith, a deeper revelation of God’s love, and a renewed understanding that your prayers can truly move the hand of God. This expanded edition includes study questions for individual or small group use. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shrinking the Integrity Gap: Between What Leaders Preach and Live Author: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Narrator: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Every leader values integrity, but far too few live it out. The founders of Living Wholehearted, Jeff and Terra Mattson, find that most high-capacity leaders have experienced childhood trauma and use leadership as a way to cope.   In Shrinking the Integrity Gap, the Mattsons remind readers that integrity is a way of being and not a one-time event. Providing long-term solutions rooted in grace, they explore the following:  - The symptoms and systemic impact of the integrity gap - How a leader’s unresolved story impacts their influence - Ways to overcome the loneliness and effects of leadership - Healthy leadership habits for wholehearted leadership Integrating biblical truth, clinical research, relational wisdom, and real stories, Shrinking the Integrity Gapequips readers to become the kind of leader anyone would want to follow. Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Thu, 01 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460054 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shrinking the Integrity Gap: Between What Leaders Preach and Live Author: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Narrator: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Every leader values integrity, but far too few live it out. The founders of Living Wholehearted, Jeff and Terra Mattson, find that most high-capacity leaders have experienced childhood trauma and use leadership as a way to cope.   In Shrinking the Integrity Gap, the Mattsons remind readers that integrity is a way of being and not a one-time event. Providing long-term solutions rooted in grace, they explore the following:  - The symptoms and systemic impact of the integrity gap - How a leader’s unresolved story impacts their influence - Ways to overcome the loneliness and effects of leadership - Healthy leadership habits for wholehearted leadership Integrating biblical truth, clinical research, relational wisdom, and real stories, Shrinking the Integrity Gapequips readers to become the kind of leader anyone would want to follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shrinking the Integrity Gap: Between What Leaders Preach and Live Author: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Narrator: Jeff Mattson, Terra A. Mattson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Every leader values integrity, but far too few live it out. The founders of Living Wholehearted, Jeff and Terra Mattson, find that most high-capacity leaders have experienced childhood trauma and use leadership as a way to cope.   In Shrinking the Integrity Gap, the Mattsons remind readers that integrity is a way of being and not a one-time event. Providing long-term solutions rooted in grace, they explore the following:  - The symptoms and systemic impact of the integrity gap - How a leader’s unresolved story impacts their influence - Ways to overcome the loneliness and effects of leadership - Healthy leadership habits for wholehearted leadership Integrating biblical truth, clinical research, relational wisdom, and real stories, Shrinking the Integrity Gapequips readers to become the kind of leader anyone would want to follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460053 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Gospel?: A Lifelong Christian Seeks Truth in Response to Progressive Christianity Author: Alisa Childers Narrator: Alisa Childers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A Movement Seeks to Redefine Christianity. Some Think that It Is a Much-Needed Progressive Reformation. Others Believe that It Is an Attack on Historic Christianity. Alisa Childers never thought she would question her Christian faith. She was raised in a Christian home, where she had seen her mom and dad feed the hungry, clothe the homeless, and love the outcast. She had witnessed God at work and then had dedicated her own life to leading worship, as part of the popular Christian band ZOEgirl. All that was deeply challenged when she met a progressive pastor, who called himself a hopeful agnostic. Another Gospel? describes the intellectual journey Alisa took over several years as she wrestled with a series of questions that struck at the core of the Christian faith. After everything she had ever believed about God, Jesus, and the Bible had been picked apart, she found herself at the brink of despair . . . until God rescued her, helping her to rebuild her faith, one solid brick at a time. In a culture of endless questions, you need solid answers. If you or someone you love has encountered the ideas of progressive Christianity and aren’t sure how to respond, Alisa’s journey will show you how to determine―and rest in―what’s unmistakably true. Alisa Childers Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460053 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Gospel?: A Lifelong Christian Seeks Truth in Response to Progressive Christianity Author: Alisa Childers Narrator: Alisa Childers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A Movement Seeks to Redefine Christianity. Some Think that It Is a Much-Needed Progressive Reformation. Others Believe that It Is an Attack on Historic Christianity. Alisa Childers never thought she would question her Christian faith. She was raised in a Christian home, where she had seen her mom and dad feed the hungry, clothe the homeless, and love the outcast. She had witnessed God at work and then had dedicated her own life to leading worship, as part of the popular Christian band ZOEgirl. All that was deeply challenged when she met a progressive pastor, who called himself a hopeful agnostic. Another Gospel? describes the intellectual journey Alisa took over several years as she wrestled with a series of questions that struck at the core of the Christian faith. After everything she had ever believed about God, Jesus, and the Bible had been picked apart, she found herself at the brink of despair . . . until God rescued her, helping her to rebuild her faith, one solid brick at a time. In a culture of endless questions, you need solid answers. If you or someone you love has encountered the ideas of progressive Christianity and aren’t sure how to respond, Alisa’s journey will show you how to determine―and rest in―what’s unmistakably true. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Another Gospel?: A Lifelong Christian Seeks Truth in Response to Progressive Christianity Author: Alisa Childers Narrator: Alisa Childers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A Movement Seeks to Redefine Christianity. Some Think that It Is a Much-Needed Progressive Reformation. Others Believe that It Is an Attack on Historic Christianity. Alisa Childers never thought she would question her Christian faith. She was raised in a Christian home, where she had seen her mom and dad feed the hungry, clothe the homeless, and love the outcast. She had witnessed God at work and then had dedicated her own life to leading worship, as part of the popular Christian band ZOEgirl. All that was deeply challenged when she met a progressive pastor, who called himself a hopeful agnostic. Another Gospel? describes the intellectual journey Alisa took over several years as she wrestled with a series of questions that struck at the core of the Christian faith. After everything she had ever believed about God, Jesus, and the Bible had been picked apart, she found herself at the brink of despair . . . until God rescued her, helping her to rebuild her faith, one solid brick at a time. In a culture of endless questions, you need solid answers. If you or someone you love has encountered the ideas of progressive Christianity and aren’t sure how to respond, Alisa’s journey will show you how to determine―and rest in―what’s unmistakably true. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evangelism in a Skeptical World: How to Make the Unbelievable News about Jesus More Believable Author: Sam Chan Narrator: Henry Haggard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Many of the old methods of evangelism no longer work effectively today. We need new methods to communicate the timeless message of the gospel in culturally relevant ways. In a post-Christian, post-churched, post-reached world, most Christians have been poorly equipped to tell their friends about Jesus. Dr. Chan combines the theological and biblical insights of classic evangelistic training with his own and hard-won insights from missiology on contextualization, cultural hermeneutics, and storytelling. Every chapter is illustrated with real-world examples drawn from over fifteen years of evangelistic ministry across the globe. These are methods that really work—with university students, urban workers, and professionals—getting past the defensive posture that people have toward Christianity so they can seriously consider the claims of Jesus Christ. Field-tested and filled with unique, fresh, and creative insights, this book will equip you to share the gospel in today's world and help as many people as possible hear the good news about Jesus. Sam Chan Tue, 24 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459067 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evangelism in a Skeptical World: How to Make the Unbelievable News about Jesus More Believable Author: Sam Chan Narrator: Henry Haggard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Many of the old methods of evangelism no longer work effectively today. We need new methods to communicate the timeless message of the gospel in culturally relevant ways. In a post-Christian, post-churched, post-reached world, most Christians have been poorly equipped to tell their friends about Jesus. Dr. Chan combines the theological and biblical insights of classic evangelistic training with his own and hard-won insights from missiology on contextualization, cultural hermeneutics, and storytelling. Every chapter is illustrated with real-world examples drawn from over fifteen years of evangelistic ministry across the globe. These are methods that really work—with university students, urban workers, and professionals—getting past the defensive posture that people have toward Christianity so they can seriously consider the claims of Jesus Christ. Field-tested and filled with unique, fresh, and creative insights, this book will equip you to share the gospel in today's world and help as many people as possible hear the good news about Jesus. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evangelism in a Skeptical World: How to Make the Unbelievable News about Jesus More Believable Author: Sam Chan Narrator: Henry Haggard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Many of the old methods of evangelism no longer work effectively today. We need new methods to communicate the timeless message of the gospel in culturally relevant ways. In a post-Christian, post-churched, post-reached world, most Christians have been poorly equipped to tell their friends about Jesus. Dr. Chan combines the theological and biblical insights of classic evangelistic training with his own and hard-won insights from missiology on contextualization, cultural hermeneutics, and storytelling. Every chapter is illustrated with real-world examples drawn from over fifteen years of evangelistic ministry across the globe. These are methods that really work—with university students, urban workers, and professionals—getting past the defensive posture that people have toward Christianity so they can seriously consider the claims of Jesus Christ. Field-tested and filled with unique, fresh, and creative insights, this book will equip you to share the gospel in today's world and help as many people as possible hear the good news about Jesus. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459066 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's In Charge of a World That Suffers?: Trusting God in Difficult Circumstances Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Why is suffering the common lot of all people everywhere--believers and non-believers alike--and why does it seem that the world is out of control when it comes to the problem of pain and suffering? Who’s in Charge of a World that Suffers? includes an informative and inspirational new introduction by Franklin Graham that speaks to today’s reader in the midst of painful circumstances. In this book, originally titled Till Armageddon, world-renowned evangelist Billy Graham uncovers the clues the scriptures offer in answer to that universal question--why do people suffer? Readers will discover what the Bible says about: - Why Christians are not exempt from suffering - Living above your circumstances - The place of prayer in suffering - God’s promises for those who suffer - And much more Christians are called to learn what it means to trust God in every circumstance, and to live for Him no matter what comes their way. It is essential to think more clearly about suffering, and to rearrange your priorities so that when your personal armageddons come, you will not be taken by surprise or be unprepared. Christian readers, pastors, Bible study leaders, and anyone questioning where God fits into suffering will find encouragement in this message of hope for a broken world. Billy Graham Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459066 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's In Charge of a World That Suffers?: Trusting God in Difficult Circumstances Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Why is suffering the common lot of all people everywhere--believers and non-believers alike--and why does it seem that the world is out of control when it comes to the problem of pain and suffering? Who’s in Charge of a World that Suffers? includes an informative and inspirational new introduction by Franklin Graham that speaks to today’s reader in the midst of painful circumstances. In this book, originally titled Till Armageddon, world-renowned evangelist Billy Graham uncovers the clues the scriptures offer in answer to that universal question--why do people suffer? Readers will discover what the Bible says about: - Why Christians are not exempt from suffering - Living above your circumstances - The place of prayer in suffering - God’s promises for those who suffer - And much more Christians are called to learn what it means to trust God in every circumstance, and to live for Him no matter what comes their way. It is essential to think more clearly about suffering, and to rearrange your priorities so that when your personal armageddons come, you will not be taken by surprise or be unprepared. Christian readers, pastors, Bible study leaders, and anyone questioning where God fits into suffering will find encouragement in this message of hope for a broken world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459066]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who's In Charge of a World That Suffers?: Trusting God in Difficult Circumstances Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Why is suffering the common lot of all people everywhere--believers and non-believers alike--and why does it seem that the world is out of control when it comes to the problem of pain and suffering? Who’s in Charge of a World that Suffers? includes an informative and inspirational new introduction by Franklin Graham that speaks to today’s reader in the midst of painful circumstances. In this book, originally titled Till Armageddon, world-renowned evangelist Billy Graham uncovers the clues the scriptures offer in answer to that universal question--why do people suffer? Readers will discover what the Bible says about: - Why Christians are not exempt from suffering - Living above your circumstances - The place of prayer in suffering - God’s promises for those who suffer - And much more Christians are called to learn what it means to trust God in every circumstance, and to live for Him no matter what comes their way. It is essential to think more clearly about suffering, and to rearrange your priorities so that when your personal armageddons come, you will not be taken by surprise or be unprepared. Christian readers, pastors, Bible study leaders, and anyone questioning where God fits into suffering will find encouragement in this message of hope for a broken world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Still Trust God?: What Happens When You Choose to Believe Author: Charles F. Stanley Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dr. Charles Stanley reveals three core beliefs that will help you know that you can trust God in every situation. Trusting God can be difficult when you face painful trials or seasons of heartbreak. How do you hold on to your trust in your Creator when everything is dark, when God seems silent and it feels like your prayers are not heard? In Can You Still Trust God? Dr. Charles Stanley focuses on three essential Christian beliefs that will help to ground your faith and secure your hope in Him: - God is perfect in His love. - God is infinite in wisdom. - God is absolutely sovereign.   This foundational book of Christian spiritual growth is perfect for anyone struggling to reconcile the suffering and turmoil in the world with a loving God. 'Whether you have picked up this book because of the turmoil in the world, the unwise actions of others, or because of profound personal trials, please be assured that you have come to the right place. You are not alone. Your life matters to God. He cares for you. And yes, you can still trust Him.' —Dr. Charles Stanley Charles F. Stanley Tue, 16 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459065 thebookvoice.com 11:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Still Trust God?: What Happens When You Choose to Believe Author: Charles F. Stanley Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dr. Charles Stanley reveals three core beliefs that will help you know that you can trust God in every situation. Trusting God can be difficult when you face painful trials or seasons of heartbreak. How do you hold on to your trust in your Creator when everything is dark, when God seems silent and it feels like your prayers are not heard? In Can You Still Trust God? Dr. Charles Stanley focuses on three essential Christian beliefs that will help to ground your faith and secure your hope in Him: - God is perfect in His love. - God is infinite in wisdom. - God is absolutely sovereign.   This foundational book of Christian spiritual growth is perfect for anyone struggling to reconcile the suffering and turmoil in the world with a loving God. 'Whether you have picked up this book because of the turmoil in the world, the unwise actions of others, or because of profound personal trials, please be assured that you have come to the right place. You are not alone. Your life matters to God. He cares for you. And yes, you can still trust Him.' —Dr. Charles Stanley Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Still Trust God?: What Happens When You Choose to Believe Author: Charles F. Stanley Narrator: Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dr. Charles Stanley reveals three core beliefs that will help you know that you can trust God in every situation. Trusting God can be difficult when you face painful trials or seasons of heartbreak. How do you hold on to your trust in your Creator when everything is dark, when God seems silent and it feels like your prayers are not heard? In Can You Still Trust God? Dr. Charles Stanley focuses on three essential Christian beliefs that will help to ground your faith and secure your hope in Him: - God is perfect in His love. - God is infinite in wisdom. - God is absolutely sovereign.   This foundational book of Christian spiritual growth is perfect for anyone struggling to reconcile the suffering and turmoil in the world with a loving God. 'Whether you have picked up this book because of the turmoil in the world, the unwise actions of others, or because of profound personal trials, please be assured that you have come to the right place. You are not alone. Your life matters to God. He cares for you. And yes, you can still trust Him.' —Dr. Charles Stanley https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 40-Day Social Media Fast: Exchange Your Online Distractions for Real-Life Devotion Author: Wendy Speake Narrator: Wendy Speake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are you addicted to your phone? Do you find yourself engaging online but unengaged at home with the people right in front of you? Do you spend hours scrolling through Facebook, Instagram, newsfeeds, and YouTube videos? Have your devices become divisive--dividing you from family and friends and, most importantly, God? What would happen if you took some time to fast from social media in order to get social with God and others once more?In the pattern of her popular 40-Day Sugar Fast, Wendy Speake offers you The 40-Day Social Media Fast. This 'screen sabbatical' is designed to help you become fully conscious of your dependence on social media so you can purposefully unplug from screens and plug into real life with the help of a very real God. Take a break from everyone and everything you follow online. Disconnect in order to reconnect with the only One who said 'follow me.' Wendy Speake Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458821 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 40-Day Social Media Fast: Exchange Your Online Distractions for Real-Life Devotion Author: Wendy Speake Narrator: Wendy Speake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are you addicted to your phone? Do you find yourself engaging online but unengaged at home with the people right in front of you? Do you spend hours scrolling through Facebook, Instagram, newsfeeds, and YouTube videos? Have your devices become divisive--dividing you from family and friends and, most importantly, God? What would happen if you took some time to fast from social media in order to get social with God and others once more?In the pattern of her popular 40-Day Sugar Fast, Wendy Speake offers you The 40-Day Social Media Fast. This 'screen sabbatical' is designed to help you become fully conscious of your dependence on social media so you can purposefully unplug from screens and plug into real life with the help of a very real God. Take a break from everyone and everything you follow online. Disconnect in order to reconnect with the only One who said 'follow me.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 40-Day Social Media Fast: Exchange Your Online Distractions for Real-Life Devotion Author: Wendy Speake Narrator: Wendy Speake Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Are you addicted to your phone? Do you find yourself engaging online but unengaged at home with the people right in front of you? Do you spend hours scrolling through Facebook, Instagram, newsfeeds, and YouTube videos? Have your devices become divisive--dividing you from family and friends and, most importantly, God? What would happen if you took some time to fast from social media in order to get social with God and others once more?In the pattern of her popular 40-Day Sugar Fast, Wendy Speake offers you The 40-Day Social Media Fast. This 'screen sabbatical' is designed to help you become fully conscious of your dependence on social media so you can purposefully unplug from screens and plug into real life with the help of a very real God. Take a break from everyone and everything you follow online. Disconnect in order to reconnect with the only One who said 'follow me.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World: Certain Hope In Uncertain Times Author: David Jeremiah Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of his classic book, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David Jeremiah offers biblically based, practical instruction for living a confident life in a world filled with chaos and crisis. Confidence can be hard to come by these days as millions of people experience immeasurable, unanticipated challenges. People are losing their jobs, their houses, and their life savings at an unprecedented rate. Violence, natural disasters, and moral depravity seem to be skyrocketing. In the midst of all this chaos, we need to know . . . what on earth should we do now? Bible teacher Dr. David Jeremiah brings a message of hope and confidence from the priceless counsel of the Word of God. If we rely on God's Word to advise us, calm us, and fill us with hope and trust in the One who understands what is happening, we can weather any storm. Dr. Jeremiah answers our most urgent questions, including: - How can we weather this storm with a calm heart? - What does it truly mean to “wait on the Lord”? - What is Jesus saying to our chaotic world today? - How on earth did we get into this mess? - Can we take a broken world and rebuild it into something fruitful? Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World shows us all that with the power and love of Almighty God, we can live with confidence in this age of turmoil. Interested in learning more? Check out other books by Dr. David Jeremiah: - The Great Disappearance  - Where Do We Go from Here - The World of the End - Is This The End? - The Book of Signs - After the Rapture David Jeremiah Tue, 30 Mar 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458618 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World: Certain Hope In Uncertain Times Author: David Jeremiah Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of his classic book, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David Jeremiah offers biblically based, practical instruction for living a confident life in a world filled with chaos and crisis. Confidence can be hard to come by these days as millions of people experience immeasurable, unanticipated challenges. People are losing their jobs, their houses, and their life savings at an unprecedented rate. Violence, natural disasters, and moral depravity seem to be skyrocketing. In the midst of all this chaos, we need to know . . . what on earth should we do now? Bible teacher Dr. David Jeremiah brings a message of hope and confidence from the priceless counsel of the Word of God. If we rely on God's Word to advise us, calm us, and fill us with hope and trust in the One who understands what is happening, we can weather any storm. Dr. Jeremiah answers our most urgent questions, including: - How can we weather this storm with a calm heart? - What does it truly mean to “wait on the Lord”? - What is Jesus saying to our chaotic world today? - How on earth did we get into this mess? - Can we take a broken world and rebuild it into something fruitful? Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World shows us all that with the power and love of Almighty God, we can live with confidence in this age of turmoil. Interested in learning more? Check out other books by Dr. David Jeremiah: - The Great Disappearance  - Where Do We Go from Here - The World of the End - Is This The End? - The Book of Signs - After the Rapture Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World: Certain Hope In Uncertain Times Author: David Jeremiah Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of his classic book, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David Jeremiah offers biblically based, practical instruction for living a confident life in a world filled with chaos and crisis. Confidence can be hard to come by these days as millions of people experience immeasurable, unanticipated challenges. People are losing their jobs, their houses, and their life savings at an unprecedented rate. Violence, natural disasters, and moral depravity seem to be skyrocketing. In the midst of all this chaos, we need to know . . . what on earth should we do now? Bible teacher Dr. David Jeremiah brings a message of hope and confidence from the priceless counsel of the Word of God. If we rely on God's Word to advise us, calm us, and fill us with hope and trust in the One who understands what is happening, we can weather any storm. Dr. Jeremiah answers our most urgent questions, including: - How can we weather this storm with a calm heart? - What does it truly mean to “wait on the Lord”? - What is Jesus saying to our chaotic world today? - How on earth did we get into this mess? - Can we take a broken world and rebuild it into something fruitful? Living with Confidence in a Chaotic World shows us all that with the power and love of Almighty God, we can live with confidence in this age of turmoil. Interested in learning more? Check out other books by Dr. David Jeremiah: - The Great Disappearance  - Where Do We Go from Here - The World of the End - Is This The End? - The Book of Signs - After the Rapture https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table: It's Time to Win the Battle of Your Mind... Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 186 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly bestseller This audiobook edition features exclusive content including a recording of Louie’s sermon that inspired this book; an interview with Jay and Katherine Wolf, the authors of Hope Heals and Suffer Strong; and off-script commentary from Louie that expands on his message.  Discover how to break free from the chains of negative thinking and experience true freedom from unhealthy thoughts and emotions.  The Enemy is constantly seeking to fill your mind with destructive and harmful thoughts—whether of fear, worry, insecurity, anxiety, temptation, envy. . . . It’s all too easy for Satan to manipulate his way into a seat at the table intended for only you and Jesus, and to try making himself at home in your mind. It’s an ongoing battle, but one you can win!  In Don’t Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table, bestselling author and pastor Louie Giglio shares practical ways to overcome the Enemy’s lies and instead find peace and security in any challenging circumstance or situation. By drawing from Psalm 23 as a framework, he offers biblical insight on how to . . . - Cancel the lies that will wreck your life. - Take empowering steps to live fully alive in Christ. - Stop the spiral of shame, temptation, and insecurity. - Restore peace and rest in your life. - Embrace the true purpose behind your journey through challenging circumstances. - Break free from the endless cycle of destructive thinking.   You can find freedom from the war inside your mind—if you allow Jesus, the Good Shepherd, to lead the battle. Learn how to find encouragement, hope, and strength no matter what valleys you face. It’s time to reject the lies and listen to the truth. Louie Giglio Tue, 11 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458616 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table: It's Time to Win the Battle of Your Mind... Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 186 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly bestseller This audiobook edition features exclusive content including a recording of Louie’s sermon that inspired this book; an interview with Jay and Katherine Wolf, the authors of Hope Heals and Suffer Strong; and off-script commentary from Louie that expands on his message.  Discover how to break free from the chains of negative thinking and experience true freedom from unhealthy thoughts and emotions.  The Enemy is constantly seeking to fill your mind with destructive and harmful thoughts—whether of fear, worry, insecurity, anxiety, temptation, envy. . . . It’s all too easy for Satan to manipulate his way into a seat at the table intended for only you and Jesus, and to try making himself at home in your mind. It’s an ongoing battle, but one you can win!  In Don’t Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table, bestselling author and pastor Louie Giglio shares practical ways to overcome the Enemy’s lies and instead find peace and security in any challenging circumstance or situation. By drawing from Psalm 23 as a framework, he offers biblical insight on how to . . . - Cancel the lies that will wreck your life. - Take empowering steps to live fully alive in Christ. - Stop the spiral of shame, temptation, and insecurity. - Restore peace and rest in your life. - Embrace the true purpose behind your journey through challenging circumstances. - Break free from the endless cycle of destructive thinking.   You can find freedom from the war inside your mind—if you allow Jesus, the Good Shepherd, to lead the battle. Learn how to find encouragement, hope, and strength no matter what valleys you face. It’s time to reject the lies and listen to the truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table: It's Time to Win the Battle of Your Mind... Author: Louie Giglio Narrator: Louie Giglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 186 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Publishers Weekly bestseller This audiobook edition features exclusive content including a recording of Louie’s sermon that inspired this book; an interview with Jay and Katherine Wolf, the authors of Hope Heals and Suffer Strong; and off-script commentary from Louie that expands on his message.  Discover how to break free from the chains of negative thinking and experience true freedom from unhealthy thoughts and emotions.  The Enemy is constantly seeking to fill your mind with destructive and harmful thoughts—whether of fear, worry, insecurity, anxiety, temptation, envy. . . . It’s all too easy for Satan to manipulate his way into a seat at the table intended for only you and Jesus, and to try making himself at home in your mind. It’s an ongoing battle, but one you can win!  In Don’t Give the Enemy a Seat at Your Table, bestselling author and pastor Louie Giglio shares practical ways to overcome the Enemy’s lies and instead find peace and security in any challenging circumstance or situation. By drawing from Psalm 23 as a framework, he offers biblical insight on how to . . . - Cancel the lies that will wreck your life. - Take empowering steps to live fully alive in Christ. - Stop the spiral of shame, temptation, and insecurity. - Restore peace and rest in your life. - Embrace the true purpose behind your journey through challenging circumstances. - Break free from the endless cycle of destructive thinking.   You can find freedom from the war inside your mind—if you allow Jesus, the Good Shepherd, to lead the battle. Learn how to find encouragement, hope, and strength no matter what valleys you face. It’s time to reject the lies and listen to the truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458374 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confessions Author: Saint Augustine Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 12, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Confessions, an autobiography by Saint Augustine of Hippo, has become one of the most important texts in Christian literature.   It is also considered to be one of the first Western autobiographies ever written.  It continues to influence modern society with its striking honesty and timeless Christian themes of faith, identity, and truth.  This perennial classic is a collection of 13 books detailing St. Augustine’s journey to self-knowledge and his life as a follower of Christ.  In addition to recounting the author’s own experiences, this fourth-century spiritual work also delves deep into Christian theology and spirituality, creating a lasting impact that continues to shape the way people think and act today. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Lance Smith brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Saint Augustine Sat, 12 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458374 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confessions Author: Saint Augustine Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 12, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Confessions, an autobiography by Saint Augustine of Hippo, has become one of the most important texts in Christian literature.   It is also considered to be one of the first Western autobiographies ever written.  It continues to influence modern society with its striking honesty and timeless Christian themes of faith, identity, and truth.  This perennial classic is a collection of 13 books detailing St. Augustine’s journey to self-knowledge and his life as a follower of Christ.  In addition to recounting the author’s own experiences, this fourth-century spiritual work also delves deep into Christian theology and spirituality, creating a lasting impact that continues to shape the way people think and act today. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Lance Smith brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confessions Author: Saint Augustine Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 12, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Confessions, an autobiography by Saint Augustine of Hippo, has become one of the most important texts in Christian literature.   It is also considered to be one of the first Western autobiographies ever written.  It continues to influence modern society with its striking honesty and timeless Christian themes of faith, identity, and truth.  This perennial classic is a collection of 13 books detailing St. Augustine’s journey to self-knowledge and his life as a follower of Christ.  In addition to recounting the author’s own experiences, this fourth-century spiritual work also delves deep into Christian theology and spirituality, creating a lasting impact that continues to shape the way people think and act today. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Lance Smith brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. Joann Condie Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radiant Church: Restoring the Credibility of Our Witness Author: Tara Beth Leach Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Something is not right. The witness of the church in North America is eroding. Many Christians are alarmed by the decline in church attendance and seek a culprit. Too often, we point the finger away from the church, make culture the enemy, and build walls between us and others. But our antagonism and enemy-making are toxins that further eat away at our witness. Is there a better way? Tara Beth Leach could easily be one of those millennials giving up on the church. Instead, she is a pastor who loves the church and is paradoxically hopeful for its future. In an era where the church has lost much of its credibility, Leach casts a radiant vision for Christians to rediscover a robust, attractive witness. We need to name the toxic soil we've grown in, repent for past wrongs, and lean into a better way to become the church that Jesus proclaimed we would be. Leach casts down idolatrous false images of God to recover a winsome picture of a kingdom of abundance and goodness. We can be sustained by practices that will tune our hearts to God's and form us into the radiant communities God intends for us and those around us. Tara Beth Leach Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457860 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radiant Church: Restoring the Credibility of Our Witness Author: Tara Beth Leach Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Something is not right. The witness of the church in North America is eroding. Many Christians are alarmed by the decline in church attendance and seek a culprit. Too often, we point the finger away from the church, make culture the enemy, and build walls between us and others. But our antagonism and enemy-making are toxins that further eat away at our witness. Is there a better way? Tara Beth Leach could easily be one of those millennials giving up on the church. Instead, she is a pastor who loves the church and is paradoxically hopeful for its future. In an era where the church has lost much of its credibility, Leach casts a radiant vision for Christians to rediscover a robust, attractive witness. We need to name the toxic soil we've grown in, repent for past wrongs, and lean into a better way to become the church that Jesus proclaimed we would be. Leach casts down idolatrous false images of God to recover a winsome picture of a kingdom of abundance and goodness. We can be sustained by practices that will tune our hearts to God's and form us into the radiant communities God intends for us and those around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radiant Church: Restoring the Credibility of Our Witness Author: Tara Beth Leach Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Something is not right. The witness of the church in North America is eroding. Many Christians are alarmed by the decline in church attendance and seek a culprit. Too often, we point the finger away from the church, make culture the enemy, and build walls between us and others. But our antagonism and enemy-making are toxins that further eat away at our witness. Is there a better way? Tara Beth Leach could easily be one of those millennials giving up on the church. Instead, she is a pastor who loves the church and is paradoxically hopeful for its future. In an era where the church has lost much of its credibility, Leach casts a radiant vision for Christians to rediscover a robust, attractive witness. We need to name the toxic soil we've grown in, repent for past wrongs, and lean into a better way to become the church that Jesus proclaimed we would be. Leach casts down idolatrous false images of God to recover a winsome picture of a kingdom of abundance and goodness. We can be sustained by practices that will tune our hearts to God's and form us into the radiant communities God intends for us and those around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457742 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saint Joseph Concise Bible History: A Clear and Readable Account of the History of Salvation Author: Catholic Book Publishing Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Concise Bible History from Catholic Book Publishing provides a clear, easy-to-read survey of the history of our salvation. This compact, illustrated Bible history offers an excellent introduction to the Bible for individuals, parish study groups, and elementary and high schools. This book is a valuable, informative resource for all who wish to participate in the study of Sacred Scripture that was encouraged by the Second Vatican Council. Catholic Book Publishing Fri, 11 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457742 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saint Joseph Concise Bible History: A Clear and Readable Account of the History of Salvation Author: Catholic Book Publishing Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Concise Bible History from Catholic Book Publishing provides a clear, easy-to-read survey of the history of our salvation. This compact, illustrated Bible history offers an excellent introduction to the Bible for individuals, parish study groups, and elementary and high schools. This book is a valuable, informative resource for all who wish to participate in the study of Sacred Scripture that was encouraged by the Second Vatican Council. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457742]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saint Joseph Concise Bible History: A Clear and Readable Account of the History of Salvation Author: Catholic Book Publishing Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Concise Bible History from Catholic Book Publishing provides a clear, easy-to-read survey of the history of our salvation. This compact, illustrated Bible history offers an excellent introduction to the Bible for individuals, parish study groups, and elementary and high schools. This book is a valuable, informative resource for all who wish to participate in the study of Sacred Scripture that was encouraged by the Second Vatican Council. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457720 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodied: Transgender Identities, the Church, and What the Bible Has to Say Author: Preston Sprinkle Narrator: Preston Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Compassionate, biblical, and thought-provoking, Embodied is an accessible guide for Christians who want help navigating issues related to transgenderism. Preston Sprinkle draws on Scripture as well as real-life stories of individuals struggling with gender dysphoria to help readers understand the complexities and emotions of this highly relevant topic. With careful research and an engaging style, Embodied explores:    - What it means to be transgender, nonbinary, and gender-queer, and how these identities relate to being male or female - Why most stereotypes about what it means to be a man and woman comes from the culture and not the Bible - What the Bible says about humans created in God’s image as male and female, and how this relates to transgender experiences - Moral questions surrounding medical interventions such as sex reassignment surgery - Which pronouns to use and how to navigate the bathroom debate - Why more and more teens are questioning their gender Written for Christian leaders, pastors, and parents, Embodied fills the great need for Christians to speak into the confusing and emotionally charged questions surrounding the transgender conversation. Preston Sprinkle Mon, 01 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457720 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodied: Transgender Identities, the Church, and What the Bible Has to Say Author: Preston Sprinkle Narrator: Preston Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Compassionate, biblical, and thought-provoking, Embodied is an accessible guide for Christians who want help navigating issues related to transgenderism. Preston Sprinkle draws on Scripture as well as real-life stories of individuals struggling with gender dysphoria to help readers understand the complexities and emotions of this highly relevant topic. With careful research and an engaging style, Embodied explores:    - What it means to be transgender, nonbinary, and gender-queer, and how these identities relate to being male or female - Why most stereotypes about what it means to be a man and woman comes from the culture and not the Bible - What the Bible says about humans created in God’s image as male and female, and how this relates to transgender experiences - Moral questions surrounding medical interventions such as sex reassignment surgery - Which pronouns to use and how to navigate the bathroom debate - Why more and more teens are questioning their gender Written for Christian leaders, pastors, and parents, Embodied fills the great need for Christians to speak into the confusing and emotionally charged questions surrounding the transgender conversation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodied: Transgender Identities, the Church, and What the Bible Has to Say Author: Preston Sprinkle Narrator: Preston Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Compassionate, biblical, and thought-provoking, Embodied is an accessible guide for Christians who want help navigating issues related to transgenderism. Preston Sprinkle draws on Scripture as well as real-life stories of individuals struggling with gender dysphoria to help readers understand the complexities and emotions of this highly relevant topic. With careful research and an engaging style, Embodied explores:    - What it means to be transgender, nonbinary, and gender-queer, and how these identities relate to being male or female - Why most stereotypes about what it means to be a man and woman comes from the culture and not the Bible - What the Bible says about humans created in God’s image as male and female, and how this relates to transgender experiences - Moral questions surrounding medical interventions such as sex reassignment surgery - Which pronouns to use and how to navigate the bathroom debate - Why more and more teens are questioning their gender Written for Christian leaders, pastors, and parents, Embodied fills the great need for Christians to speak into the confusing and emotionally charged questions surrounding the transgender conversation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Through Divorce Author: Jim Smoke Narrator: Nelson Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than 600,000 copies sold! Now with a brand-new cover, Jim Smoke's compassionate and supportive book will help many thousands more. Jim has counseled single-again people for more than 30 years. Drawing on this experience, he offers men and women the practical, step-by-step help they need to survive the turmoil of divorce and come out healthy and secure. Readers are encouraged to: - look at divorce recovery as a healing process - develop a solid support system - give themselves time and permission to experience the myriad emotions - provide support and understanding to their children - take care of themselves financially, physically, and emotionally Although devastating, divorce doesn't mean life is over. Joy and love will come again. Growing Through Divorce helps readers transform a difficult ending to a fresh beginning. Jim Smoke Wed, 09 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457718 thebookvoice.com 3:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Through Divorce Author: Jim Smoke Narrator: Nelson Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than 600,000 copies sold! Now with a brand-new cover, Jim Smoke's compassionate and supportive book will help many thousands more. Jim has counseled single-again people for more than 30 years. Drawing on this experience, he offers men and women the practical, step-by-step help they need to survive the turmoil of divorce and come out healthy and secure. Readers are encouraged to: - look at divorce recovery as a healing process - develop a solid support system - give themselves time and permission to experience the myriad emotions - provide support and understanding to their children - take care of themselves financially, physically, and emotionally Although devastating, divorce doesn't mean life is over. Joy and love will come again. Growing Through Divorce helps readers transform a difficult ending to a fresh beginning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Growing Through Divorce Author: Jim Smoke Narrator: Nelson Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 9, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than 600,000 copies sold! Now with a brand-new cover, Jim Smoke's compassionate and supportive book will help many thousands more. Jim has counseled single-again people for more than 30 years. Drawing on this experience, he offers men and women the practical, step-by-step help they need to survive the turmoil of divorce and come out healthy and secure. Readers are encouraged to: - look at divorce recovery as a healing process - develop a solid support system - give themselves time and permission to experience the myriad emotions - provide support and understanding to their children - take care of themselves financially, physically, and emotionally Although devastating, divorce doesn't mean life is over. Joy and love will come again. Growing Through Divorce helps readers transform a difficult ending to a fresh beginning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pastor's Kid: What it's Like and How to Help Author: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Narrator: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advice on how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Pastors’ kids are often burdened by others’ expectations, but there is a wonderful solution, both at home and in the church: grace. In this revised, refreshed version of Barnabas Piper’s best-known book, the author candidly shares his own experiences as son of pastor and bestselling author John Piper, offering a challenge to our churches and to the families at their very heart: how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Foreword by John Piper. Barnabas Piper, John Piper Sat, 01 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457719 thebookvoice.com 3:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pastor's Kid: What it's Like and How to Help Author: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Narrator: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advice on how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Pastors’ kids are often burdened by others’ expectations, but there is a wonderful solution, both at home and in the church: grace. In this revised, refreshed version of Barnabas Piper’s best-known book, the author candidly shares his own experiences as son of pastor and bestselling author John Piper, offering a challenge to our churches and to the families at their very heart: how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Foreword by John Piper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pastor's Kid: What it's Like and How to Help Author: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Narrator: Barnabas Piper, John Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advice on how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Pastors’ kids are often burdened by others’ expectations, but there is a wonderful solution, both at home and in the church: grace. In this revised, refreshed version of Barnabas Piper’s best-known book, the author candidly shares his own experiences as son of pastor and bestselling author John Piper, offering a challenge to our churches and to the families at their very heart: how to care for pastors’ kids and allow them to find their own faith and identity. Foreword by John Piper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457702 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition: The Sermon as Narrative Art Form Author: Eugene L. Lowry Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Now in reissue with a new foreword by Fred B. Craddock and afterword by the author, Eugene L. Lowry, The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition follows in the same solid tradition of its predecessor. Upon its release, The Homiletical Plot quickly became a pivotal work on the art of preaching. Instead of comments on a biblical passage, Lowry suggested that the sermon follow a narrative form that moves from beginning to end, as with the plot of a story. This expanded edition continues to be an excellent teaching resource and learning tool for all preachers, from introductory students to seasoned clergy. Eugene L. Lowry Tue, 24 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457702 thebookvoice.com 3:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition: The Sermon as Narrative Art Form Author: Eugene L. Lowry Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Now in reissue with a new foreword by Fred B. Craddock and afterword by the author, Eugene L. Lowry, The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition follows in the same solid tradition of its predecessor. Upon its release, The Homiletical Plot quickly became a pivotal work on the art of preaching. Instead of comments on a biblical passage, Lowry suggested that the sermon follow a narrative form that moves from beginning to end, as with the plot of a story. This expanded edition continues to be an excellent teaching resource and learning tool for all preachers, from introductory students to seasoned clergy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457702]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition: The Sermon as Narrative Art Form Author: Eugene L. Lowry Narrator: William Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Now in reissue with a new foreword by Fred B. Craddock and afterword by the author, Eugene L. Lowry, The Homiletical Plot, Expanded Edition follows in the same solid tradition of its predecessor. Upon its release, The Homiletical Plot quickly became a pivotal work on the art of preaching. Instead of comments on a biblical passage, Lowry suggested that the sermon follow a narrative form that moves from beginning to end, as with the plot of a story. This expanded edition continues to be an excellent teaching resource and learning tool for all preachers, from introductory students to seasoned clergy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457272 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Christmas Author: J.D. Greear Narrator: J.D. Greear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet the awesome God at the heart of the familiar Christmas story and discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Most of us are familiar with the events of the first Christmas—the manger scene, shepherds watching sheep, angels singing their songs, and wise men arriving—but what if there’s more to the story? What if the birth of Jesus is actually the most significant event in all of history and can transform our lives?  This evangelistic book goes beyond the birth of Jesus to look at what he did when he grew up and how he fulfilled the names given to him centuries beforehand by the prophet Isaiah.  In a compelling, insightful, winsome and personal way, J.D. Greear shows that if we get to know the God who lies behind the Christmas story and at the heart of the Christmas story, we’ll discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Readers will see that Jesus is the Wonderful Counsellor, who can guide them in all truth; the Mighty God, who made and owns everything; the Eternal Father, who they can trust to love them for ever; and the Prince of Peace, who died in their place so that they can be forgiven and accepted eternally. J.D. Greear Thu, 01 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457272 thebookvoice.com 1:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Christmas Author: J.D. Greear Narrator: J.D. Greear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet the awesome God at the heart of the familiar Christmas story and discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Most of us are familiar with the events of the first Christmas—the manger scene, shepherds watching sheep, angels singing their songs, and wise men arriving—but what if there’s more to the story? What if the birth of Jesus is actually the most significant event in all of history and can transform our lives?  This evangelistic book goes beyond the birth of Jesus to look at what he did when he grew up and how he fulfilled the names given to him centuries beforehand by the prophet Isaiah.  In a compelling, insightful, winsome and personal way, J.D. Greear shows that if we get to know the God who lies behind the Christmas story and at the heart of the Christmas story, we’ll discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Readers will see that Jesus is the Wonderful Counsellor, who can guide them in all truth; the Mighty God, who made and owns everything; the Eternal Father, who they can trust to love them for ever; and the Prince of Peace, who died in their place so that they can be forgiven and accepted eternally. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Christmas Author: J.D. Greear Narrator: J.D. Greear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet the awesome God at the heart of the familiar Christmas story and discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Most of us are familiar with the events of the first Christmas—the manger scene, shepherds watching sheep, angels singing their songs, and wise men arriving—but what if there’s more to the story? What if the birth of Jesus is actually the most significant event in all of history and can transform our lives?  This evangelistic book goes beyond the birth of Jesus to look at what he did when he grew up and how he fulfilled the names given to him centuries beforehand by the prophet Isaiah.  In a compelling, insightful, winsome and personal way, J.D. Greear shows that if we get to know the God who lies behind the Christmas story and at the heart of the Christmas story, we’ll discover the joy, hope, purpose, and belonging we’re all searching for.  Readers will see that Jesus is the Wonderful Counsellor, who can guide them in all truth; the Mighty God, who made and owns everything; the Eternal Father, who they can trust to love them for ever; and the Prince of Peace, who died in their place so that they can be forgiven and accepted eternally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457271 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together, Weaker Apart: Powerful Prayers to Unite Us in Love Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 7, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In This Supercharged Atmosphere…   Do you struggle to love those whose opinions differ from yours?   Whether it’s the coworker talking politics, the opinionated uncle at the other end of the holiday table, or the fellow believer sitting in your pew, it can be hard to grit your teeth and get along—much less show love! And you’re not the only one struggling. Our nation, our churches, and even our families are all experiencing disastrous separation and discord.    But here’s the good news: Division is never the last word for those who are in Christ Jesus. In this collection of soul-searching prayers and devotions, you’ll be empowered to take up the armor of God, ground your words in Scripture, and pray for the unity that comes through a shared kingdom vision.   Nothing gets better until we come together. Join bestselling author and teacher Dr.Tony Evans and discover how the Spirit moves when God’s people pray. Tony Evans Mon, 07 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457271 thebookvoice.com 2:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together, Weaker Apart: Powerful Prayers to Unite Us in Love Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 7, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In This Supercharged Atmosphere…   Do you struggle to love those whose opinions differ from yours?   Whether it’s the coworker talking politics, the opinionated uncle at the other end of the holiday table, or the fellow believer sitting in your pew, it can be hard to grit your teeth and get along—much less show love! And you’re not the only one struggling. Our nation, our churches, and even our families are all experiencing disastrous separation and discord.    But here’s the good news: Division is never the last word for those who are in Christ Jesus. In this collection of soul-searching prayers and devotions, you’ll be empowered to take up the armor of God, ground your words in Scripture, and pray for the unity that comes through a shared kingdom vision.   Nothing gets better until we come together. Join bestselling author and teacher Dr.Tony Evans and discover how the Spirit moves when God’s people pray. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457271]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Together, Weaker Apart: Powerful Prayers to Unite Us in Love Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 7, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In This Supercharged Atmosphere…   Do you struggle to love those whose opinions differ from yours?   Whether it’s the coworker talking politics, the opinionated uncle at the other end of the holiday table, or the fellow believer sitting in your pew, it can be hard to grit your teeth and get along—much less show love! And you’re not the only one struggling. Our nation, our churches, and even our families are all experiencing disastrous separation and discord.    But here’s the good news: Division is never the last word for those who are in Christ Jesus. In this collection of soul-searching prayers and devotions, you’ll be empowered to take up the armor of God, ground your words in Scripture, and pray for the unity that comes through a shared kingdom vision.   Nothing gets better until we come together. Join bestselling author and teacher Dr.Tony Evans and discover how the Spirit moves when God’s people pray. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Always God: He Hasn't Changed and You Are Not Forgotten Author: Jarrett Stephens Narrator: Jarrett Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Our unchanging God can change everything. Discover how with the influential teaching pastor of one of America’s largest and most diverse churches. There’s a rising sense of uncertainty and turmoil in the world and in our lives. Loss and disappointment seem endless—whether because of an unexpected diagnosis, a desperate search for a job, or our concern for the future of those we love.    During heart-crushing “Why is this happening?” moments, we can feel abandoned. Has God given up on us? Is he no longer responding? Has he just . . . left?   Pastor Jarrett Stephens understands. He’s battled his own doubt and frustration and has walked with others through their struggles and anxieties.   And he’s discovered some really good news. Even when we don’t understand what God is doing, he is always at work—pursuing the lost, restoring thebroken, calming the anxious, comforting thelonely, helping the angry, encouraging the fearful, and forgiving the guilty. The Always God invites us to quiet ourselves and listen to the God who does not change or forget us. Not ever. And that truth changes everything. Jarrett Stephens Tue, 01 Jun 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457115 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Always God: He Hasn't Changed and You Are Not Forgotten Author: Jarrett Stephens Narrator: Jarrett Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Our unchanging God can change everything. Discover how with the influential teaching pastor of one of America’s largest and most diverse churches. There’s a rising sense of uncertainty and turmoil in the world and in our lives. Loss and disappointment seem endless—whether because of an unexpected diagnosis, a desperate search for a job, or our concern for the future of those we love.    During heart-crushing “Why is this happening?” moments, we can feel abandoned. Has God given up on us? Is he no longer responding? Has he just . . . left?   Pastor Jarrett Stephens understands. He’s battled his own doubt and frustration and has walked with others through their struggles and anxieties.   And he’s discovered some really good news. Even when we don’t understand what God is doing, he is always at work—pursuing the lost, restoring thebroken, calming the anxious, comforting thelonely, helping the angry, encouraging the fearful, and forgiving the guilty. The Always God invites us to quiet ourselves and listen to the God who does not change or forget us. Not ever. And that truth changes everything. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Always God: He Hasn't Changed and You Are Not Forgotten Author: Jarrett Stephens Narrator: Jarrett Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Our unchanging God can change everything. Discover how with the influential teaching pastor of one of America’s largest and most diverse churches. There’s a rising sense of uncertainty and turmoil in the world and in our lives. Loss and disappointment seem endless—whether because of an unexpected diagnosis, a desperate search for a job, or our concern for the future of those we love.    During heart-crushing “Why is this happening?” moments, we can feel abandoned. Has God given up on us? Is he no longer responding? Has he just . . . left?   Pastor Jarrett Stephens understands. He’s battled his own doubt and frustration and has walked with others through their struggles and anxieties.   And he’s discovered some really good news. Even when we don’t understand what God is doing, he is always at work—pursuing the lost, restoring thebroken, calming the anxious, comforting thelonely, helping the angry, encouraging the fearful, and forgiving the guilty. The Always God invites us to quiet ourselves and listen to the God who does not change or forget us. Not ever. And that truth changes everything. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Noise: Finding Meaning above the Madness Author: Ryan Ries Narrator: Christina Boudreau, Ryan Ries, Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It doesn't matter who you are or what you've done—God wants a relationship with you.   Social media, television, video games, drugs, pornography – there is so much noise distracting us from what is important in life that it is nearly impossible to hear God’s truth that He will take you as you are. When we finally kill the noise of the world, we’ll discover in the silence a loving Savior who is waiting to forgive us and offer us a purpose for our lives.   Ryan Ries is living proof of this truth. Growing up in Los Angeles as the son of a mega-church pastor but surrounded by the music, skate, and snowboard industries, Ryan felt a tug-of-war between the church and the world. It was in the skate and music culture that he found his passion and his identity. As a result, he walked away from God and dove head first into the world, losing his way in alcohol, drugs, and sex, which led to anxiety, brokenness, and emptiness. Kill the Noise tells Ryan’s story about finding God in the messiness of life, and lets you know how you too can find peace, joy, and purpose in Jesus Christ. This book will be a tool to help you kill the noise of the world so you can hear God’s voice telling you that He loves you and that you belong to Him. Ryan Ries Tue, 11 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456841 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Noise: Finding Meaning above the Madness Author: Ryan Ries Narrator: Christina Boudreau, Ryan Ries, Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It doesn't matter who you are or what you've done—God wants a relationship with you.   Social media, television, video games, drugs, pornography – there is so much noise distracting us from what is important in life that it is nearly impossible to hear God’s truth that He will take you as you are. When we finally kill the noise of the world, we’ll discover in the silence a loving Savior who is waiting to forgive us and offer us a purpose for our lives.   Ryan Ries is living proof of this truth. Growing up in Los Angeles as the son of a mega-church pastor but surrounded by the music, skate, and snowboard industries, Ryan felt a tug-of-war between the church and the world. It was in the skate and music culture that he found his passion and his identity. As a result, he walked away from God and dove head first into the world, losing his way in alcohol, drugs, and sex, which led to anxiety, brokenness, and emptiness. Kill the Noise tells Ryan’s story about finding God in the messiness of life, and lets you know how you too can find peace, joy, and purpose in Jesus Christ. This book will be a tool to help you kill the noise of the world so you can hear God’s voice telling you that He loves you and that you belong to Him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kill the Noise: Finding Meaning above the Madness Author: Ryan Ries Narrator: Christina Boudreau, Ryan Ries, Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It doesn't matter who you are or what you've done—God wants a relationship with you.   Social media, television, video games, drugs, pornography – there is so much noise distracting us from what is important in life that it is nearly impossible to hear God’s truth that He will take you as you are. When we finally kill the noise of the world, we’ll discover in the silence a loving Savior who is waiting to forgive us and offer us a purpose for our lives.   Ryan Ries is living proof of this truth. Growing up in Los Angeles as the son of a mega-church pastor but surrounded by the music, skate, and snowboard industries, Ryan felt a tug-of-war between the church and the world. It was in the skate and music culture that he found his passion and his identity. As a result, he walked away from God and dove head first into the world, losing his way in alcohol, drugs, and sex, which led to anxiety, brokenness, and emptiness. Kill the Noise tells Ryan’s story about finding God in the messiness of life, and lets you know how you too can find peace, joy, and purpose in Jesus Christ. This book will be a tool to help you kill the noise of the world so you can hear God’s voice telling you that He loves you and that you belong to Him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456834 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope We Hold: Finding Peace in the Promises of God Author: Jeremy Vuolo, Jinger Vuolo Narrator: Jinger Vuolo, Jeremy Vuolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: TLC's Counting On breakout stars Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share their love story, a behind-the-scenes glimpse into their lives together, and the hope that drives them every day. Jinger Vuolo did not have what you'd call a typical childhood. The sixth child of Jim Bob and Michelle Duggar's nineteen, she grew up with the bright lights of television crews in her home, filming the hit TLC show 19 Kids and Counting. Jinger has always been a fan favorite, and now she and her husband Jeremy are the breakout stars of the show's sequel, Counting On. In The Hope We Hold, Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share the highs and lows of their love story. They open up about the early days of getting to know one another, their long-distance relationship, and the many sleepless nights of their time as new parents. But throughout all their stories, just below the surface, weaving together every triumph and trial of their lives, is the silver thread of hope. Though they don't pretend to have all the answers, they can promise that there is hope in Christ for every person in every walk of life. There is an inheritance of glory, a life richer than we can imagine, if we only walk with Him. Jeremy Vuolo, Jinger Vuolo Tue, 04 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456834 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope We Hold: Finding Peace in the Promises of God Author: Jeremy Vuolo, Jinger Vuolo Narrator: Jinger Vuolo, Jeremy Vuolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: TLC's Counting On breakout stars Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share their love story, a behind-the-scenes glimpse into their lives together, and the hope that drives them every day. Jinger Vuolo did not have what you'd call a typical childhood. The sixth child of Jim Bob and Michelle Duggar's nineteen, she grew up with the bright lights of television crews in her home, filming the hit TLC show 19 Kids and Counting. Jinger has always been a fan favorite, and now she and her husband Jeremy are the breakout stars of the show's sequel, Counting On. In The Hope We Hold, Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share the highs and lows of their love story. They open up about the early days of getting to know one another, their long-distance relationship, and the many sleepless nights of their time as new parents. But throughout all their stories, just below the surface, weaving together every triumph and trial of their lives, is the silver thread of hope. Though they don't pretend to have all the answers, they can promise that there is hope in Christ for every person in every walk of life. There is an inheritance of glory, a life richer than we can imagine, if we only walk with Him. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope We Hold: Finding Peace in the Promises of God Author: Jeremy Vuolo, Jinger Vuolo Narrator: Jinger Vuolo, Jeremy Vuolo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: TLC's Counting On breakout stars Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share their love story, a behind-the-scenes glimpse into their lives together, and the hope that drives them every day. Jinger Vuolo did not have what you'd call a typical childhood. The sixth child of Jim Bob and Michelle Duggar's nineteen, she grew up with the bright lights of television crews in her home, filming the hit TLC show 19 Kids and Counting. Jinger has always been a fan favorite, and now she and her husband Jeremy are the breakout stars of the show's sequel, Counting On. In The Hope We Hold, Jeremy and Jinger Vuolo share the highs and lows of their love story. They open up about the early days of getting to know one another, their long-distance relationship, and the many sleepless nights of their time as new parents. But throughout all their stories, just below the surface, weaving together every triumph and trial of their lives, is the silver thread of hope. Though they don't pretend to have all the answers, they can promise that there is hope in Christ for every person in every walk of life. There is an inheritance of glory, a life richer than we can imagine, if we only walk with Him. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing: Faith, Loss, and the Twilight of Christianity in the Land of the Prophets Author: Janine Di Giovanni Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Vanishing reveals the plight and possible extinction of Christian communities across Syria, Egypt, Iraq, and Palestine after 2,000 years in their historical homeland. Some of the countries that first nurtured and characterized Christianity - along the North African Coast, on the Euphrates and across the Middle East and Arabia - are the ones in which it is likely to first go extinct. Christians are already vanishing. We are past the tipping point, now tilted toward the end of Christianity in its historical homeland. Christians have fled the lands where their prophets wandered, where Jesus Christ preached, where the great Doctors and hierarchs of the early church established the doctrinal norms that would last millennia. From Syria to Egypt, the cities of northern Iraq to the Gaza Strip, ancient communities, the birthplaces of prophets and saints, are losing any living connection to the religion that once was such a characteristic feature of their social and cultural lives. In The Vanishing, Janine di Giovanni has combined astonishing journalistic work to discover the last traces of small, hardy communities that have become wisely fearful of outsiders and where ancient rituals are quietly preserved amid 360 degree threats. Di Giovanni's riveting personal stories and her conception of faith and hope are intertwined throughout the chapters. The book is a unique act of pre-archeology: the last chance to visit the living religion before all that will be left are the stones of the past. Janine Di Giovanni Tue, 05 Oct 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456825 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing: Faith, Loss, and the Twilight of Christianity in the Land of the Prophets Author: Janine Di Giovanni Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Vanishing reveals the plight and possible extinction of Christian communities across Syria, Egypt, Iraq, and Palestine after 2,000 years in their historical homeland. Some of the countries that first nurtured and characterized Christianity - along the North African Coast, on the Euphrates and across the Middle East and Arabia - are the ones in which it is likely to first go extinct. Christians are already vanishing. We are past the tipping point, now tilted toward the end of Christianity in its historical homeland. Christians have fled the lands where their prophets wandered, where Jesus Christ preached, where the great Doctors and hierarchs of the early church established the doctrinal norms that would last millennia. From Syria to Egypt, the cities of northern Iraq to the Gaza Strip, ancient communities, the birthplaces of prophets and saints, are losing any living connection to the religion that once was such a characteristic feature of their social and cultural lives. In The Vanishing, Janine di Giovanni has combined astonishing journalistic work to discover the last traces of small, hardy communities that have become wisely fearful of outsiders and where ancient rituals are quietly preserved amid 360 degree threats. Di Giovanni's riveting personal stories and her conception of faith and hope are intertwined throughout the chapters. The book is a unique act of pre-archeology: the last chance to visit the living religion before all that will be left are the stones of the past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vanishing: Faith, Loss, and the Twilight of Christianity in the Land of the Prophets Author: Janine Di Giovanni Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The Vanishing reveals the plight and possible extinction of Christian communities across Syria, Egypt, Iraq, and Palestine after 2,000 years in their historical homeland. Some of the countries that first nurtured and characterized Christianity - along the North African Coast, on the Euphrates and across the Middle East and Arabia - are the ones in which it is likely to first go extinct. Christians are already vanishing. We are past the tipping point, now tilted toward the end of Christianity in its historical homeland. Christians have fled the lands where their prophets wandered, where Jesus Christ preached, where the great Doctors and hierarchs of the early church established the doctrinal norms that would last millennia. From Syria to Egypt, the cities of northern Iraq to the Gaza Strip, ancient communities, the birthplaces of prophets and saints, are losing any living connection to the religion that once was such a characteristic feature of their social and cultural lives. In The Vanishing, Janine di Giovanni has combined astonishing journalistic work to discover the last traces of small, hardy communities that have become wisely fearful of outsiders and where ancient rituals are quietly preserved amid 360 degree threats. Di Giovanni's riveting personal stories and her conception of faith and hope are intertwined throughout the chapters. The book is a unique act of pre-archeology: the last chance to visit the living religion before all that will be left are the stones of the past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satisfied: Finding Hope, Joy, and Contentment Right Where You Are Author: Alyssa Joy Bethke Narrator: Alyssa Joy Bethke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Stop focusing on what you lack and start feeling grateful and satisfied with what you have! Touching on topics like fear, worry, dissatisfaction, anxiety, and body image, Alyssa Bethke walks you through issues that rob you of your joy and helps you recognize them for what they are: distractions. With all of its expectations and contradictions, this world can take a major toll on us. Be skinny, but not too skinny. Work and hustle but stay home and be a good mom. Be wild and free while tidy and pure. Love your husband but be independent. In Satisfied, Alyssa Bethke shares a compelling collection of relatable essays that will help you embrace and cultivate beauty in your life. Along with healthy recipes and cozy home images, Satisfied will provide you with the knowledge that you are not alone in your fight to be fulfilled. Alyssa shows you the ways in which you are enough—not only for those around you, but for yourself. Alyssa Joy Bethke Tue, 15 Jun 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456820 thebookvoice.com 4:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satisfied: Finding Hope, Joy, and Contentment Right Where You Are Author: Alyssa Joy Bethke Narrator: Alyssa Joy Bethke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Stop focusing on what you lack and start feeling grateful and satisfied with what you have! Touching on topics like fear, worry, dissatisfaction, anxiety, and body image, Alyssa Bethke walks you through issues that rob you of your joy and helps you recognize them for what they are: distractions. With all of its expectations and contradictions, this world can take a major toll on us. Be skinny, but not too skinny. Work and hustle but stay home and be a good mom. Be wild and free while tidy and pure. Love your husband but be independent. In Satisfied, Alyssa Bethke shares a compelling collection of relatable essays that will help you embrace and cultivate beauty in your life. Along with healthy recipes and cozy home images, Satisfied will provide you with the knowledge that you are not alone in your fight to be fulfilled. Alyssa shows you the ways in which you are enough—not only for those around you, but for yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Satisfied: Finding Hope, Joy, and Contentment Right Where You Are Author: Alyssa Joy Bethke Narrator: Alyssa Joy Bethke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Stop focusing on what you lack and start feeling grateful and satisfied with what you have! Touching on topics like fear, worry, dissatisfaction, anxiety, and body image, Alyssa Bethke walks you through issues that rob you of your joy and helps you recognize them for what they are: distractions. With all of its expectations and contradictions, this world can take a major toll on us. Be skinny, but not too skinny. Work and hustle but stay home and be a good mom. Be wild and free while tidy and pure. Love your husband but be independent. In Satisfied, Alyssa Bethke shares a compelling collection of relatable essays that will help you embrace and cultivate beauty in your life. Along with healthy recipes and cozy home images, Satisfied will provide you with the knowledge that you are not alone in your fight to be fulfilled. Alyssa shows you the ways in which you are enough—not only for those around you, but for yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Beautiful Disaster: How God Makes Miracles Out of Our Mistakes Author: Hope Carpenter Narrator: Hope Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hope Carpenter opens up about her personal struggles that nearly destroyed her family, her church, and her ministry, but then God did something miraculous—out of her brokenness, He made something beautiful. As co-pastor of one of the nation's largest megachurches, Hope Carpenter had perfected the roles of supportive wife, good mother, devoted worship leader, and dutiful homemaker. But inside, she was secretly ashamed, sad, and afraid. She didn't know who she was, and she didn't know how to ask for help without bringing down the whole façade. A series of bad choices led to multiple affairs; her husband kicked her out and announced from the pulpit of their church that their marriage was over. Hope was sure her life was done. But in her lowest moments, something beautiful happened. God met her there, and, with a lot of hard work, time, and mountains of therapy, she started to understand the pain that had caused her to act out. She and her family faced their brokenness together, and in powerful acts of forgiveness only God could have arranged, they all found real breakthrough and healing. Ron and Hope rebuilt their marriage and their family, and their ministry thrives today. In The Most Beautiful Disaster, Hope helps readers understand the lasting impact of childhood trauma and gives readers practical steps to uncovering the root of pain in their own lives. She shows how small decisions can lead to big changes, and helps readers find healing and wholeness in Scripture and prayer. Ultimately, readers will be led to hope, reconciliation, and true freedom. Hope Carpenter Tue, 04 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456821 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Beautiful Disaster: How God Makes Miracles Out of Our Mistakes Author: Hope Carpenter Narrator: Hope Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hope Carpenter opens up about her personal struggles that nearly destroyed her family, her church, and her ministry, but then God did something miraculous—out of her brokenness, He made something beautiful. As co-pastor of one of the nation's largest megachurches, Hope Carpenter had perfected the roles of supportive wife, good mother, devoted worship leader, and dutiful homemaker. But inside, she was secretly ashamed, sad, and afraid. She didn't know who she was, and she didn't know how to ask for help without bringing down the whole façade. A series of bad choices led to multiple affairs; her husband kicked her out and announced from the pulpit of their church that their marriage was over. Hope was sure her life was done. But in her lowest moments, something beautiful happened. God met her there, and, with a lot of hard work, time, and mountains of therapy, she started to understand the pain that had caused her to act out. She and her family faced their brokenness together, and in powerful acts of forgiveness only God could have arranged, they all found real breakthrough and healing. Ron and Hope rebuilt their marriage and their family, and their ministry thrives today. In The Most Beautiful Disaster, Hope helps readers understand the lasting impact of childhood trauma and gives readers practical steps to uncovering the root of pain in their own lives. She shows how small decisions can lead to big changes, and helps readers find healing and wholeness in Scripture and prayer. Ultimately, readers will be led to hope, reconciliation, and true freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Most Beautiful Disaster: How God Makes Miracles Out of Our Mistakes Author: Hope Carpenter Narrator: Hope Carpenter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Hope Carpenter opens up about her personal struggles that nearly destroyed her family, her church, and her ministry, but then God did something miraculous—out of her brokenness, He made something beautiful. As co-pastor of one of the nation's largest megachurches, Hope Carpenter had perfected the roles of supportive wife, good mother, devoted worship leader, and dutiful homemaker. But inside, she was secretly ashamed, sad, and afraid. She didn't know who she was, and she didn't know how to ask for help without bringing down the whole façade. A series of bad choices led to multiple affairs; her husband kicked her out and announced from the pulpit of their church that their marriage was over. Hope was sure her life was done. But in her lowest moments, something beautiful happened. God met her there, and, with a lot of hard work, time, and mountains of therapy, she started to understand the pain that had caused her to act out. She and her family faced their brokenness together, and in powerful acts of forgiveness only God could have arranged, they all found real breakthrough and healing. Ron and Hope rebuilt their marriage and their family, and their ministry thrives today. In The Most Beautiful Disaster, Hope helps readers understand the lasting impact of childhood trauma and gives readers practical steps to uncovering the root of pain in their own lives. She shows how small decisions can lead to big changes, and helps readers find healing and wholeness in Scripture and prayer. Ultimately, readers will be led to hope, reconciliation, and true freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. Nancy Guthrie Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Flame: Entering into the Life of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit Author: Andrew Arndt Narrator: Andrew Arndt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does God actually want for us? What is his dream for you, or for me? Is it that we would become just a little nicer? More “moral”? A little more religious? Could it be that there’s something else he’s after? Many books engage the life of the Trinity at an academic level, focusing simply on fine points of theological distinction. In All Flame, Andrew Arndt drills down, with mystical power and missional energy, to the dream of the God revealed in three Persons―Father, Son, and Holy Spirit―showing how the Triune God is not far but near, already in touch with your life, already present to you, already at work in and through your circumstances to make you the kind of person he desires you to be: ALL FLAME. Andrew Arndt Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456770 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Flame: Entering into the Life of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit Author: Andrew Arndt Narrator: Andrew Arndt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does God actually want for us? What is his dream for you, or for me? Is it that we would become just a little nicer? More “moral”? A little more religious? Could it be that there’s something else he’s after? Many books engage the life of the Trinity at an academic level, focusing simply on fine points of theological distinction. In All Flame, Andrew Arndt drills down, with mystical power and missional energy, to the dream of the God revealed in three Persons―Father, Son, and Holy Spirit―showing how the Triune God is not far but near, already in touch with your life, already present to you, already at work in and through your circumstances to make you the kind of person he desires you to be: ALL FLAME. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Flame: Entering into the Life of the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit Author: Andrew Arndt Narrator: Andrew Arndt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does God actually want for us? What is his dream for you, or for me? Is it that we would become just a little nicer? More “moral”? A little more religious? Could it be that there’s something else he’s after? Many books engage the life of the Trinity at an academic level, focusing simply on fine points of theological distinction. In All Flame, Andrew Arndt drills down, with mystical power and missional energy, to the dream of the God revealed in three Persons―Father, Son, and Holy Spirit―showing how the Triune God is not far but near, already in touch with your life, already present to you, already at work in and through your circumstances to make you the kind of person he desires you to be: ALL FLAME. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nasty Gets Us Nowhere: Women and Men Succeeding Together Author: Drenda Keesee Narrator: Drenda Keesee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In today’s culture war of feminism, sexual fluidity, and confused gender roles, Nasty Gets Us Nowhereoffers insight and answers that are rarely heard, especially in the media. Exposed to the feminist message while in high school, author Drenda Keesee became a strong supporter of the movement, abandoning the idea of marriage and children… until life became unbearable. “Fortunately, when I came to the end of me, God was there,” she says. In Nasty Gets Us Nowhere, Drenda provides statistics and solutions to confront the lies that she sees invading our culture at an accelerated pace and tells the true story that no one wants to talk about.  - What happened to the family? - Men and women—whose fault is it? - The true science behind our differences - What men really want from women and vice versa - The cheat sheet everyone needs to resolve conflict - The new “S” word that’s critical to relationship success Drenda reveals why men and women have conflict, what God’s plan for unity is, and how men and women can unite to create an unstoppable force. Drenda Keesee Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456768 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nasty Gets Us Nowhere: Women and Men Succeeding Together Author: Drenda Keesee Narrator: Drenda Keesee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In today’s culture war of feminism, sexual fluidity, and confused gender roles, Nasty Gets Us Nowhereoffers insight and answers that are rarely heard, especially in the media. Exposed to the feminist message while in high school, author Drenda Keesee became a strong supporter of the movement, abandoning the idea of marriage and children… until life became unbearable. “Fortunately, when I came to the end of me, God was there,” she says. In Nasty Gets Us Nowhere, Drenda provides statistics and solutions to confront the lies that she sees invading our culture at an accelerated pace and tells the true story that no one wants to talk about.  - What happened to the family? - Men and women—whose fault is it? - The true science behind our differences - What men really want from women and vice versa - The cheat sheet everyone needs to resolve conflict - The new “S” word that’s critical to relationship success Drenda reveals why men and women have conflict, what God’s plan for unity is, and how men and women can unite to create an unstoppable force. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nasty Gets Us Nowhere: Women and Men Succeeding Together Author: Drenda Keesee Narrator: Drenda Keesee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In today’s culture war of feminism, sexual fluidity, and confused gender roles, Nasty Gets Us Nowhereoffers insight and answers that are rarely heard, especially in the media. Exposed to the feminist message while in high school, author Drenda Keesee became a strong supporter of the movement, abandoning the idea of marriage and children… until life became unbearable. “Fortunately, when I came to the end of me, God was there,” she says. In Nasty Gets Us Nowhere, Drenda provides statistics and solutions to confront the lies that she sees invading our culture at an accelerated pace and tells the true story that no one wants to talk about.  - What happened to the family? - Men and women—whose fault is it? - The true science behind our differences - What men really want from women and vice versa - The cheat sheet everyone needs to resolve conflict - The new “S” word that’s critical to relationship success Drenda reveals why men and women have conflict, what God’s plan for unity is, and how men and women can unite to create an unstoppable force. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeemed: Audio Bible Studies: How God Satisfies the Longing Soul Author: Will Graham Narrator: Will Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Only God can satisfy the hungry soul. In this five-session Bible study, Will Graham, the grandson of renowned preacher Billy Graham, shares stories and teachings from his life about what it means to be redeemed in Christ. As Will has traveled the globe, he has observed that deep inside each of our souls, we are all hungering for something. Some of us try to satisfy that need by throwing ourselves into relationships, jobs, or hobbies. Some try to fill the hunger by engaging in destructive vices. Others pursue good deeds, social work, or donating money to worthy causes. But as the psalmist writes, only God “satisfies the longing soul, and fills the hungry soul with goodness” (Psalm 107:9 NKJV). As we experience this redemption and walk in God’s ways, He leads us to a new understanding of His love, helps us to let go of our past, gives us a new heart and outlook on our trials, and opens our eyes to see the eternal needs of those around us. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Will Graham Tue, 27 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456669 thebookvoice.com 1:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeemed: Audio Bible Studies: How God Satisfies the Longing Soul Author: Will Graham Narrator: Will Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Only God can satisfy the hungry soul. In this five-session Bible study, Will Graham, the grandson of renowned preacher Billy Graham, shares stories and teachings from his life about what it means to be redeemed in Christ. As Will has traveled the globe, he has observed that deep inside each of our souls, we are all hungering for something. Some of us try to satisfy that need by throwing ourselves into relationships, jobs, or hobbies. Some try to fill the hunger by engaging in destructive vices. Others pursue good deeds, social work, or donating money to worthy causes. But as the psalmist writes, only God “satisfies the longing soul, and fills the hungry soul with goodness” (Psalm 107:9 NKJV). As we experience this redemption and walk in God’s ways, He leads us to a new understanding of His love, helps us to let go of our past, gives us a new heart and outlook on our trials, and opens our eyes to see the eternal needs of those around us. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Redeemed: Audio Bible Studies: How God Satisfies the Longing Soul Author: Will Graham Narrator: Will Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Only God can satisfy the hungry soul. In this five-session Bible study, Will Graham, the grandson of renowned preacher Billy Graham, shares stories and teachings from his life about what it means to be redeemed in Christ. As Will has traveled the globe, he has observed that deep inside each of our souls, we are all hungering for something. Some of us try to satisfy that need by throwing ourselves into relationships, jobs, or hobbies. Some try to fill the hunger by engaging in destructive vices. Others pursue good deeds, social work, or donating money to worthy causes. But as the psalmist writes, only God “satisfies the longing soul, and fills the hungry soul with goodness” (Psalm 107:9 NKJV). As we experience this redemption and walk in God’s ways, He leads us to a new understanding of His love, helps us to let go of our past, gives us a new heart and outlook on our trials, and opens our eyes to see the eternal needs of those around us. The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456668 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Give Up: Audio Bible Studies: The Secret Joy of a Surrendered Life Author: Laura Story Narrator: Laura Story Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Recording artist and bestselling author Laura Story demonstrates the unexpected joy found when we surrender it all to God and simply give up. It's natural to want to be in control. Most of us can't easily accept the idea of giving up that control. But when your need for peace surpasses your desire to be in command of your life, God—who truly uses all things for our good—demonstrates how much we can trust him. The very act of completely surrendering our will to his can become the one act that will change your life forever.  In the I Give Up Audio Bible Study, Laura uses a combination of Bible stories and personal experiences to teach you and your group what true surrender is—and what it's not:  - Surrender does not come naturally to any of us.  - Surrender is not acquiescing to an enemy who wants to dominate us.  - Surrender is not 'My will be done!'  - Surrender makes it impossible for you, and the people around you, to stay the same.    Though surrender sometimes flies in the face of our instincts, hopes, and dreams, it's never without benefit as God leads us into his peace that surpasses understanding. As Laura found in her own life, a surrendered life includes the surprise of a truly full and satisfying existence where trust is reasonable, reconciliation possible, and relationships can finally heal.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Laura Story Tue, 27 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456668 thebookvoice.com 1:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Give Up: Audio Bible Studies: The Secret Joy of a Surrendered Life Author: Laura Story Narrator: Laura Story Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Recording artist and bestselling author Laura Story demonstrates the unexpected joy found when we surrender it all to God and simply give up. It's natural to want to be in control. Most of us can't easily accept the idea of giving up that control. But when your need for peace surpasses your desire to be in command of your life, God—who truly uses all things for our good—demonstrates how much we can trust him. The very act of completely surrendering our will to his can become the one act that will change your life forever.  In the I Give Up Audio Bible Study, Laura uses a combination of Bible stories and personal experiences to teach you and your group what true surrender is—and what it's not:  - Surrender does not come naturally to any of us.  - Surrender is not acquiescing to an enemy who wants to dominate us.  - Surrender is not 'My will be done!'  - Surrender makes it impossible for you, and the people around you, to stay the same.    Though surrender sometimes flies in the face of our instincts, hopes, and dreams, it's never without benefit as God leads us into his peace that surpasses understanding. As Laura found in her own life, a surrendered life includes the surprise of a truly full and satisfying existence where trust is reasonable, reconciliation possible, and relationships can finally heal.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456668]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Give Up: Audio Bible Studies: The Secret Joy of a Surrendered Life Author: Laura Story Narrator: Laura Story Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Recording artist and bestselling author Laura Story demonstrates the unexpected joy found when we surrender it all to God and simply give up. It's natural to want to be in control. Most of us can't easily accept the idea of giving up that control. But when your need for peace surpasses your desire to be in command of your life, God—who truly uses all things for our good—demonstrates how much we can trust him. The very act of completely surrendering our will to his can become the one act that will change your life forever.  In the I Give Up Audio Bible Study, Laura uses a combination of Bible stories and personal experiences to teach you and your group what true surrender is—and what it's not:  - Surrender does not come naturally to any of us.  - Surrender is not acquiescing to an enemy who wants to dominate us.  - Surrender is not 'My will be done!'  - Surrender makes it impossible for you, and the people around you, to stay the same.    Though surrender sometimes flies in the face of our instincts, hopes, and dreams, it's never without benefit as God leads us into his peace that surpasses understanding. As Laura found in her own life, a surrendered life includes the surprise of a truly full and satisfying existence where trust is reasonable, reconciliation possible, and relationships can finally heal.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nehemiah Code: Audio Bible Studies: It's Never Too Late for a New Beginning Author: O. S. Hawkins Narrator: O. S. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this six-session Bible study, O.S. Hawkins, bestselling author of the Code series, draws on the book of Nehemiah to show how each of us can begin again when we look to God for help. Whether we have suffered broken relationships, integrity missteps, devastating loss, or any other setback, it is never too late to rebuild our lives! Nehemiah understood this truth when he called on the Lord for insight during his people’s hard times. He was an ordinary man who applied principles from God that enabled him to rebuild a broken city wall and, in the process, rebuild a lot of broken hopes. Nehemiah left behind some secrets of his success–a sort of hidden “code”–which can become a fountain of hope and strength to us. Nehemiah’s message across the centuries is plain and powerful: it is never too late for a new beginning! The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. O. S. Hawkins Tue, 27 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456667 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nehemiah Code: Audio Bible Studies: It's Never Too Late for a New Beginning Author: O. S. Hawkins Narrator: O. S. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this six-session Bible study, O.S. Hawkins, bestselling author of the Code series, draws on the book of Nehemiah to show how each of us can begin again when we look to God for help. Whether we have suffered broken relationships, integrity missteps, devastating loss, or any other setback, it is never too late to rebuild our lives! Nehemiah understood this truth when he called on the Lord for insight during his people’s hard times. He was an ordinary man who applied principles from God that enabled him to rebuild a broken city wall and, in the process, rebuild a lot of broken hopes. Nehemiah left behind some secrets of his success–a sort of hidden “code”–which can become a fountain of hope and strength to us. Nehemiah’s message across the centuries is plain and powerful: it is never too late for a new beginning! The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nehemiah Code: Audio Bible Studies: It's Never Too Late for a New Beginning Author: O. S. Hawkins Narrator: O. S. Hawkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this six-session Bible study, O.S. Hawkins, bestselling author of the Code series, draws on the book of Nehemiah to show how each of us can begin again when we look to God for help. Whether we have suffered broken relationships, integrity missteps, devastating loss, or any other setback, it is never too late to rebuild our lives! Nehemiah understood this truth when he called on the Lord for insight during his people’s hard times. He was an ordinary man who applied principles from God that enabled him to rebuild a broken city wall and, in the process, rebuild a lot of broken hopes. Nehemiah left behind some secrets of his success–a sort of hidden “code”–which can become a fountain of hope and strength to us. Nehemiah’s message across the centuries is plain and powerful: it is never too late for a new beginning! The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456665 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Your Life Back: Audio Bible Studies: Everyday Practices for a World Gone Mad Author: John Eldredge Narrator: John Eldredge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You don't need to abandon your life to get it back. You can restore it with sustainable practices that are within your reach. And you will never be the same... We live in soul-scorching times. The 24-7 onslaught of contemporary life—with its never-ending feed of global tragedies, demands for our attention, and pressures of work, family, and friends—has left us feeling ragged, wrung-out, and emptied. But if we have no margin in our lives, how do we find room to change anything? In this life-changing audio Bible study, John Eldredge distills a lifetime of wisdom into five practical and ready-to-implement practices for putting your life back together: - The one-minute pause, - Benevolent detachment, - Practicing kindness, - Getting outside, and - Stepping back from technology. Together, these simple practices will add up to enable you to begin recovery, care for the neglected places in your soul, and rediscover the hidden life of God in you. Rest assured, the graces offered in this study are within reach of normal life. They're practicable and refreshing. God wants to come to us and restore our lives. We just need to put ourselves in places that allow us to receive his help.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. John Eldredge Tue, 27 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456665 thebookvoice.com 1:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Your Life Back: Audio Bible Studies: Everyday Practices for a World Gone Mad Author: John Eldredge Narrator: John Eldredge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You don't need to abandon your life to get it back. You can restore it with sustainable practices that are within your reach. And you will never be the same... We live in soul-scorching times. The 24-7 onslaught of contemporary life—with its never-ending feed of global tragedies, demands for our attention, and pressures of work, family, and friends—has left us feeling ragged, wrung-out, and emptied. But if we have no margin in our lives, how do we find room to change anything? In this life-changing audio Bible study, John Eldredge distills a lifetime of wisdom into five practical and ready-to-implement practices for putting your life back together: - The one-minute pause, - Benevolent detachment, - Practicing kindness, - Getting outside, and - Stepping back from technology. Together, these simple practices will add up to enable you to begin recovery, care for the neglected places in your soul, and rediscover the hidden life of God in you. Rest assured, the graces offered in this study are within reach of normal life. They're practicable and refreshing. God wants to come to us and restore our lives. We just need to put ourselves in places that allow us to receive his help.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456665]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Your Life Back: Audio Bible Studies: Everyday Practices for a World Gone Mad Author: John Eldredge Narrator: John Eldredge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: You don't need to abandon your life to get it back. You can restore it with sustainable practices that are within your reach. And you will never be the same... We live in soul-scorching times. The 24-7 onslaught of contemporary life—with its never-ending feed of global tragedies, demands for our attention, and pressures of work, family, and friends—has left us feeling ragged, wrung-out, and emptied. But if we have no margin in our lives, how do we find room to change anything? In this life-changing audio Bible study, John Eldredge distills a lifetime of wisdom into five practical and ready-to-implement practices for putting your life back together: - The one-minute pause, - Benevolent detachment, - Practicing kindness, - Getting outside, and - Stepping back from technology. Together, these simple practices will add up to enable you to begin recovery, care for the neglected places in your soul, and rediscover the hidden life of God in you. Rest assured, the graces offered in this study are within reach of normal life. They're practicable and refreshing. God wants to come to us and restore our lives. We just need to put ourselves in places that allow us to receive his help.  The Audio Bible Study series provides a unique learning experience. Instead of sitting down to watch a video teaching for Bible study, listen to the same quality Bible study content on the go! Whether you listen on your commute, while walking outside, or over a lunch break, you can access high-quality audio Bible studies wherever you are. Get the most out of the teaching by diving into the accompanying study guide (sold separately) to walk through reflection questions and individual Bible study to go deeper. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities Author: Harry R. Jackson Narrator: Charles Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than in any time in our nation’s history, there’s a greater opportunity now for minority populations to let their voices be heard, influence society, and reshape the role of government in their lives. This is not the time for violence, nor is it the time to demand more handouts from governments that have failed to give minorities what they truly need and deserve: a better life so they can achieve their own destiny. A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities by Bishop Harry R. Jackson Jr. sets the stage for a biblical agenda or manifesto to bring about social change in our nation. Christians of every denomination and ethnic stripe are welcome to join this coalition to contribute to our national vision and strategic direction. Rather than continuing to let government view minorities as precocious children too young to drive, A Manifesto offers an outline to strengthen people to work together to be empowered in key areas, from education and public policy reform to wealth creation and entrepreneurship. Christians everywhere are urged to join in and build a brighter tomorrow for all of us! Harry R. Jackson Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456660 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities Author: Harry R. Jackson Narrator: Charles Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than in any time in our nation’s history, there’s a greater opportunity now for minority populations to let their voices be heard, influence society, and reshape the role of government in their lives. This is not the time for violence, nor is it the time to demand more handouts from governments that have failed to give minorities what they truly need and deserve: a better life so they can achieve their own destiny. A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities by Bishop Harry R. Jackson Jr. sets the stage for a biblical agenda or manifesto to bring about social change in our nation. Christians of every denomination and ethnic stripe are welcome to join this coalition to contribute to our national vision and strategic direction. Rather than continuing to let government view minorities as precocious children too young to drive, A Manifesto offers an outline to strengthen people to work together to be empowered in key areas, from education and public policy reform to wealth creation and entrepreneurship. Christians everywhere are urged to join in and build a brighter tomorrow for all of us! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities Author: Harry R. Jackson Narrator: Charles Louis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than in any time in our nation’s history, there’s a greater opportunity now for minority populations to let their voices be heard, influence society, and reshape the role of government in their lives. This is not the time for violence, nor is it the time to demand more handouts from governments that have failed to give minorities what they truly need and deserve: a better life so they can achieve their own destiny. A Manifesto: Christian America’s Contract with Minorities by Bishop Harry R. Jackson Jr. sets the stage for a biblical agenda or manifesto to bring about social change in our nation. Christians of every denomination and ethnic stripe are welcome to join this coalition to contribute to our national vision and strategic direction. Rather than continuing to let government view minorities as precocious children too young to drive, A Manifesto offers an outline to strengthen people to work together to be empowered in key areas, from education and public policy reform to wealth creation and entrepreneurship. Christians everywhere are urged to join in and build a brighter tomorrow for all of us! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this uplifting and practical book, written in collaboration with his biographer, Austen Ivereigh, the preeminent spiritual leader explains why we must—and how we can—make the world safer, fairer, and healthier for all people now. In the COVID crisis, the beloved shepherd of over one billion Catholics saw the cruelty and inequity of our society exposed more vividly than ever before. He also saw, in the resilience, generosity, and creativity of so many people, the means to rescue our society, our economy, and our planet. In direct, powerful prose, Pope Francis urges us not to let the pain be in vain. He begins Let Us Dream by exploring what this crisis can teach us about how to handle upheaval of any kind in our own lives and the world at large. With unprecedented candor, he reveals how three crises in his own life changed him dramatically for the better. By its very nature, he shows, crisis presents us with a choice: we make a grievous error if we try to return to some pre-crisis state. But if we have the courage to change, we can emerge from the crisis better than before. Francis then offers a brilliant, scathing critique of the systems and ideologies that conspired to produce the current crisis, from a global economy obsessed with profit and heedless of the people and environment it harms, to politicians who foment their people’s fear and use it to increase their own power at their people’s expense. He reminds us that Christians’ first duty is to serve others, especially the poor and the marginalized, just as Jesus did. Finally, the Pope offers an inspiring and actionable blueprint for building a better world for all humanity by putting the poor and the planet at the heart of new thinking. For this plan, he draws not only on sacred sources, but on the latest findings from renowned scientists, economists, activists, and other thinkers. Yet rather than simply offer prescriptions, he shows how ordinary people acting together despite their differences can discover unforeseen possibilities. Along the way, he offers dozens of wise and surprising observations on the value of unconventional thinking, on why we must dramatically increase women’s leadership in the Church and throughout society, on what he learned while scouring the streets of Buenos Aires with garbage-pickers, and much more. Let Us Dream is an epiphany, a call to arms, and a pleasure to read. It is Pope Francis at his most personal, profound and passionate. With this book and with open hearts, we can change the world. Pope Francis Tue, 01 Dec 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456260 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this uplifting and practical book, written in collaboration with his biographer, Austen Ivereigh, the preeminent spiritual leader explains why we must—and how we can—make the world safer, fairer, and healthier for all people now. In the COVID crisis, the beloved shepherd of over one billion Catholics saw the cruelty and inequity of our society exposed more vividly than ever before. He also saw, in the resilience, generosity, and creativity of so many people, the means to rescue our society, our economy, and our planet. In direct, powerful prose, Pope Francis urges us not to let the pain be in vain. He begins Let Us Dream by exploring what this crisis can teach us about how to handle upheaval of any kind in our own lives and the world at large. With unprecedented candor, he reveals how three crises in his own life changed him dramatically for the better. By its very nature, he shows, crisis presents us with a choice: we make a grievous error if we try to return to some pre-crisis state. But if we have the courage to change, we can emerge from the crisis better than before. Francis then offers a brilliant, scathing critique of the systems and ideologies that conspired to produce the current crisis, from a global economy obsessed with profit and heedless of the people and environment it harms, to politicians who foment their people’s fear and use it to increase their own power at their people’s expense. He reminds us that Christians’ first duty is to serve others, especially the poor and the marginalized, just as Jesus did. Finally, the Pope offers an inspiring and actionable blueprint for building a better world for all humanity by putting the poor and the planet at the heart of new thinking. For this plan, he draws not only on sacred sources, but on the latest findings from renowned scientists, economists, activists, and other thinkers. Yet rather than simply offer prescriptions, he shows how ordinary people acting together despite their differences can discover unforeseen possibilities. Along the way, he offers dozens of wise and surprising observations on the value of unconventional thinking, on why we must dramatically increase women’s leadership in the Church and throughout society, on what he learned while scouring the streets of Buenos Aires with garbage-pickers, and much more. Let Us Dream is an epiphany, a call to arms, and a pleasure to read. It is Pope Francis at his most personal, profound and passionate. With this book and with open hearts, we can change the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this uplifting and practical book, written in collaboration with his biographer, Austen Ivereigh, the preeminent spiritual leader explains why we must—and how we can—make the world safer, fairer, and healthier for all people now. In the COVID crisis, the beloved shepherd of over one billion Catholics saw the cruelty and inequity of our society exposed more vividly than ever before. He also saw, in the resilience, generosity, and creativity of so many people, the means to rescue our society, our economy, and our planet. In direct, powerful prose, Pope Francis urges us not to let the pain be in vain. He begins Let Us Dream by exploring what this crisis can teach us about how to handle upheaval of any kind in our own lives and the world at large. With unprecedented candor, he reveals how three crises in his own life changed him dramatically for the better. By its very nature, he shows, crisis presents us with a choice: we make a grievous error if we try to return to some pre-crisis state. But if we have the courage to change, we can emerge from the crisis better than before. Francis then offers a brilliant, scathing critique of the systems and ideologies that conspired to produce the current crisis, from a global economy obsessed with profit and heedless of the people and environment it harms, to politicians who foment their people’s fear and use it to increase their own power at their people’s expense. He reminds us that Christians’ first duty is to serve others, especially the poor and the marginalized, just as Jesus did. Finally, the Pope offers an inspiring and actionable blueprint for building a better world for all humanity by putting the poor and the planet at the heart of new thinking. For this plan, he draws not only on sacred sources, but on the latest findings from renowned scientists, economists, activists, and other thinkers. Yet rather than simply offer prescriptions, he shows how ordinary people acting together despite their differences can discover unforeseen possibilities. Along the way, he offers dozens of wise and surprising observations on the value of unconventional thinking, on why we must dramatically increase women’s leadership in the Church and throughout society, on what he learned while scouring the streets of Buenos Aires with garbage-pickers, and much more. Let Us Dream is an epiphany, a call to arms, and a pleasure to read. It is Pope Francis at his most personal, profound and passionate. With this book and with open hearts, we can change the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456239 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Blessings of Christmas: Devotions and Bible Verses Celebrating the Savior's Birth Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Experience God’s blessings this Christmas season when you keep your focus on Jesus. Beloved preacher and evangelist Billy Graham invites you to rejoice in the miracle and meaning of Christmas as you celebrate the Savior’s birth in this thoughtful Christmas devotional. Explore the blessings of hope, joy, love, and peace found in the biblical Christmas story and experience them for yourself as you keep your eyes on Jesus during the holiday season. This meaningful message includes: - Excerpts from the bestselling This Christmas Night - Your favorite, classic hymns - Scriptural accounts of Christ’s birth - Beautiful poetry by Billy Graham's wife, Ruth Bell Graham   Keep your focus on what’s truly important during the busyness of the Christmas season, and experience the gift of God's blessings. Billy Graham Tue, 08 Dec 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456239 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Blessings of Christmas: Devotions and Bible Verses Celebrating the Savior's Birth Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Experience God’s blessings this Christmas season when you keep your focus on Jesus. Beloved preacher and evangelist Billy Graham invites you to rejoice in the miracle and meaning of Christmas as you celebrate the Savior’s birth in this thoughtful Christmas devotional. Explore the blessings of hope, joy, love, and peace found in the biblical Christmas story and experience them for yourself as you keep your eyes on Jesus during the holiday season. This meaningful message includes: - Excerpts from the bestselling This Christmas Night - Your favorite, classic hymns - Scriptural accounts of Christ’s birth - Beautiful poetry by Billy Graham's wife, Ruth Bell Graham   Keep your focus on what’s truly important during the busyness of the Christmas season, and experience the gift of God's blessings. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456239]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God's Blessings of Christmas: Devotions and Bible Verses Celebrating the Savior's Birth Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Maurice England Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Experience God’s blessings this Christmas season when you keep your focus on Jesus. Beloved preacher and evangelist Billy Graham invites you to rejoice in the miracle and meaning of Christmas as you celebrate the Savior’s birth in this thoughtful Christmas devotional. Explore the blessings of hope, joy, love, and peace found in the biblical Christmas story and experience them for yourself as you keep your eyes on Jesus during the holiday season. This meaningful message includes: - Excerpts from the bestselling This Christmas Night - Your favorite, classic hymns - Scriptural accounts of Christ’s birth - Beautiful poetry by Billy Graham's wife, Ruth Bell Graham   Keep your focus on what’s truly important during the busyness of the Christmas season, and experience the gift of God's blessings. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope for Each Day: Words of Wisdom and Faith (A 365-Day Devotional) Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved inspirational author and pastor Billy Graham understood the importance of hope. Having hope translates to living a life full of peace, joy, and love. God's Word overflows with hope throughout its pages--all the way from Genesis to Revelation. With Billy Graham's Hope for Each Day, that biblical hope can be yours every day. This 365-day devotional is great for fans of the original Hope for Each Day, followers of Billy Graham, or as a gift for men and women needing a renewed sense of hope. After you read Hope for Each Day, your soul will be blessed as God's everlasting hope remains at the center of all that you do. Look for additional 365-day devotionals from Billy Graham: - Truth for Each Day - Peace for Each Day - Wisdom for Each Day Billy Graham Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456238 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope for Each Day: Words of Wisdom and Faith (A 365-Day Devotional) Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved inspirational author and pastor Billy Graham understood the importance of hope. Having hope translates to living a life full of peace, joy, and love. God's Word overflows with hope throughout its pages--all the way from Genesis to Revelation. With Billy Graham's Hope for Each Day, that biblical hope can be yours every day. This 365-day devotional is great for fans of the original Hope for Each Day, followers of Billy Graham, or as a gift for men and women needing a renewed sense of hope. After you read Hope for Each Day, your soul will be blessed as God's everlasting hope remains at the center of all that you do. Look for additional 365-day devotionals from Billy Graham: - Truth for Each Day - Peace for Each Day - Wisdom for Each Day Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hope for Each Day: Words of Wisdom and Faith (A 365-Day Devotional) Author: Billy Graham Narrator: Tommy Cresswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Beloved inspirational author and pastor Billy Graham understood the importance of hope. Having hope translates to living a life full of peace, joy, and love. God's Word overflows with hope throughout its pages--all the way from Genesis to Revelation. With Billy Graham's Hope for Each Day, that biblical hope can be yours every day. This 365-day devotional is great for fans of the original Hope for Each Day, followers of Billy Graham, or as a gift for men and women needing a renewed sense of hope. After you read Hope for Each Day, your soul will be blessed as God's everlasting hope remains at the center of all that you do. Look for additional 365-day devotionals from Billy Graham: - Truth for Each Day - Peace for Each Day - Wisdom for Each Day https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constructed Mennonite: History, Memory, and the Second World War Author: Hans Werner Narrator: Ian Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: John Werner was a storyteller. A Mennonite immigrant in southern Manitoba, he captivated his audiences with tales of adventure and perseverance. With every telling he constructed and reconstructed the memories of his life. John Werner was a survivor. Born in the Soviet Union just after the Bolshevik Revolution, he was named Hans and grew up in a German-speaking Mennonite community in Siberia. As a young man in Stalinist Russia, he became Ivan and fought as a Red Army soldier in the Second World War. Captured by Germans, he was resettled in occupied Poland where he became Johann, was naturalized and drafted into Hitler's German army where he served until captured and placed in an American POW camp. He was eventually released and then immigrated to Canada where he became John. The Constructed Mennonite is a unique account of a life shaped by Stalinism, Nazism, migration, famine, and war. It investigates the tenuous spaces where individual experiences inform and become public history; it studies the ways in which memory shapes identity, and reveals how context and audience shape autobiographical narratives. Hans Werner Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456054 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constructed Mennonite: History, Memory, and the Second World War Author: Hans Werner Narrator: Ian Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: John Werner was a storyteller. A Mennonite immigrant in southern Manitoba, he captivated his audiences with tales of adventure and perseverance. With every telling he constructed and reconstructed the memories of his life. John Werner was a survivor. Born in the Soviet Union just after the Bolshevik Revolution, he was named Hans and grew up in a German-speaking Mennonite community in Siberia. As a young man in Stalinist Russia, he became Ivan and fought as a Red Army soldier in the Second World War. Captured by Germans, he was resettled in occupied Poland where he became Johann, was naturalized and drafted into Hitler's German army where he served until captured and placed in an American POW camp. He was eventually released and then immigrated to Canada where he became John. The Constructed Mennonite is a unique account of a life shaped by Stalinism, Nazism, migration, famine, and war. It investigates the tenuous spaces where individual experiences inform and become public history; it studies the ways in which memory shapes identity, and reveals how context and audience shape autobiographical narratives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Constructed Mennonite: History, Memory, and the Second World War Author: Hans Werner Narrator: Ian Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: John Werner was a storyteller. A Mennonite immigrant in southern Manitoba, he captivated his audiences with tales of adventure and perseverance. With every telling he constructed and reconstructed the memories of his life. John Werner was a survivor. Born in the Soviet Union just after the Bolshevik Revolution, he was named Hans and grew up in a German-speaking Mennonite community in Siberia. As a young man in Stalinist Russia, he became Ivan and fought as a Red Army soldier in the Second World War. Captured by Germans, he was resettled in occupied Poland where he became Johann, was naturalized and drafted into Hitler's German army where he served until captured and placed in an American POW camp. He was eventually released and then immigrated to Canada where he became John. The Constructed Mennonite is a unique account of a life shaped by Stalinism, Nazism, migration, famine, and war. It investigates the tenuous spaces where individual experiences inform and become public history; it studies the ways in which memory shapes identity, and reveals how context and audience shape autobiographical narratives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Feels: Discover Why Emotions Are (Mostly) Awesome and How to Untangle Them When They’re Not Author: Elizabeth Laing Thompson Narrator: Melie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Emotions―love them or hate them, we’ve all got them. And we’ve all got to figure out what to do with them. But wait―can we do anything about our emotions? Can we learn how to identify, express, experience―and yes, sometimes wrangle―our feelings in order to live a vibrant, healthy, fruitful life for Jesus? In All the Feels, author Elizabeth Laing Thompson uses her experiences as a big feeler to encourage and equip different kinds of feelers with the biblical perspectives, practical tools, and scriptural reservoir they need. As a woman who has lived every day of her life having All The Big Feelings All The Day Long, Elizabeth knows what it’s like to live life through our emotions―and how important it is to understand, take control of, and grow from those emotions. Whether you have a sensitive soul with more feelings than you know how to name, a logical personality that doesn’t quite know what to do with feelings, or a steady flow of emotions somewhere in the middle, All the Feels will help you - discover your own God-designed “feelings style” and how it impacts your life and relationships, - distinguish fact from feeling and figure out which feelings you can trust, and - understand which emotional gifts God wants you to expand, explore, and enjoy. Get ready to throw open the doors of your heart, bringing God to your emotions and your emotions to God―the One who invented feelings and who always welcomes yours. Elizabeth Laing Thompson Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455889 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Feels: Discover Why Emotions Are (Mostly) Awesome and How to Untangle Them When They’re Not Author: Elizabeth Laing Thompson Narrator: Melie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Emotions―love them or hate them, we’ve all got them. And we’ve all got to figure out what to do with them. But wait―can we do anything about our emotions? Can we learn how to identify, express, experience―and yes, sometimes wrangle―our feelings in order to live a vibrant, healthy, fruitful life for Jesus? In All the Feels, author Elizabeth Laing Thompson uses her experiences as a big feeler to encourage and equip different kinds of feelers with the biblical perspectives, practical tools, and scriptural reservoir they need. As a woman who has lived every day of her life having All The Big Feelings All The Day Long, Elizabeth knows what it’s like to live life through our emotions―and how important it is to understand, take control of, and grow from those emotions. Whether you have a sensitive soul with more feelings than you know how to name, a logical personality that doesn’t quite know what to do with feelings, or a steady flow of emotions somewhere in the middle, All the Feels will help you - discover your own God-designed “feelings style” and how it impacts your life and relationships, - distinguish fact from feeling and figure out which feelings you can trust, and - understand which emotional gifts God wants you to expand, explore, and enjoy. Get ready to throw open the doors of your heart, bringing God to your emotions and your emotions to God―the One who invented feelings and who always welcomes yours. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Feels: Discover Why Emotions Are (Mostly) Awesome and How to Untangle Them When They’re Not Author: Elizabeth Laing Thompson Narrator: Melie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Emotions―love them or hate them, we’ve all got them. And we’ve all got to figure out what to do with them. But wait―can we do anything about our emotions? Can we learn how to identify, express, experience―and yes, sometimes wrangle―our feelings in order to live a vibrant, healthy, fruitful life for Jesus? In All the Feels, author Elizabeth Laing Thompson uses her experiences as a big feeler to encourage and equip different kinds of feelers with the biblical perspectives, practical tools, and scriptural reservoir they need. As a woman who has lived every day of her life having All The Big Feelings All The Day Long, Elizabeth knows what it’s like to live life through our emotions―and how important it is to understand, take control of, and grow from those emotions. Whether you have a sensitive soul with more feelings than you know how to name, a logical personality that doesn’t quite know what to do with feelings, or a steady flow of emotions somewhere in the middle, All the Feels will help you - discover your own God-designed “feelings style” and how it impacts your life and relationships, - distinguish fact from feeling and figure out which feelings you can trust, and - understand which emotional gifts God wants you to expand, explore, and enjoy. Get ready to throw open the doors of your heart, bringing God to your emotions and your emotions to God―the One who invented feelings and who always welcomes yours. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community's abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community's true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road's end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community's most important issues, down to today. In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it's been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery's formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn't even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston's Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion. But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book. Henry Louis Gates Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community's abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community's true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road's end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community's most important issues, down to today. In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it's been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery's formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn't even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston's Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion. But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song Author: Henry Louis Gates Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community's abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community's true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road's end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community's most important issues, down to today. In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it's been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery's formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn't even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston's Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion. But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging with Grace: Flourishing in an Anti-Aging Culture Author: Susan Hunt, Sharon Betters Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Aging with Grace by the Power of the Gospel There are many blessings that come with age: retirement, grandchildren, travel, and life experience. Today's culture, however, marginalizes old age, often portraying it as burdensome and hopeless. Many older women can feel like an encumbrance rather than a blessing to their friends and family members. In response to these struggles, Sharon Betters and Susan Hunt encourage women to find hope through both real-life and biblical accounts of women who rediscovered gospel-rooted joy later in life. In each chapter, listeners will be encouraged as they experience afresh a gospel that is big enough, good enough, and powerful enough to make every season of life significant and glorious. Susan Hunt, Sharon Betters Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455851 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging with Grace: Flourishing in an Anti-Aging Culture Author: Susan Hunt, Sharon Betters Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Aging with Grace by the Power of the Gospel There are many blessings that come with age: retirement, grandchildren, travel, and life experience. Today's culture, however, marginalizes old age, often portraying it as burdensome and hopeless. Many older women can feel like an encumbrance rather than a blessing to their friends and family members. In response to these struggles, Sharon Betters and Susan Hunt encourage women to find hope through both real-life and biblical accounts of women who rediscovered gospel-rooted joy later in life. In each chapter, listeners will be encouraged as they experience afresh a gospel that is big enough, good enough, and powerful enough to make every season of life significant and glorious. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aging with Grace: Flourishing in an Anti-Aging Culture Author: Susan Hunt, Sharon Betters Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Aging with Grace by the Power of the Gospel There are many blessings that come with age: retirement, grandchildren, travel, and life experience. Today's culture, however, marginalizes old age, often portraying it as burdensome and hopeless. Many older women can feel like an encumbrance rather than a blessing to their friends and family members. In response to these struggles, Sharon Betters and Susan Hunt encourage women to find hope through both real-life and biblical accounts of women who rediscovered gospel-rooted joy later in life. In each chapter, listeners will be encouraged as they experience afresh a gospel that is big enough, good enough, and powerful enough to make every season of life significant and glorious. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455848 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Miracle Barrier: Releasing God's Power for Breakthrough Author: Jennifer Leclaire Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout the Bible, we read stories of individuals praying desperate prayers—and receiving miracle answers. This leaves us with a question: What does it take to push through—to break the miracle barrier? In this powerful new release, apostolic leader Jennifer LeClaire reveals a surprising key to obtaining breakthrough, veiled in the prayer lives of people crying desperately to see godly desires manifested, loved ones delivered, and enemies defeated. She teaches believers how to cry out to God, and how to sustain the desperate kind of faith undaunted by obstacles, opposition, and odds—prayer in faith that breaks the miracle barrier. Jennifer Leclaire Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455848 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Miracle Barrier: Releasing God's Power for Breakthrough Author: Jennifer Leclaire Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout the Bible, we read stories of individuals praying desperate prayers—and receiving miracle answers. This leaves us with a question: What does it take to push through—to break the miracle barrier? In this powerful new release, apostolic leader Jennifer LeClaire reveals a surprising key to obtaining breakthrough, veiled in the prayer lives of people crying desperately to see godly desires manifested, loved ones delivered, and enemies defeated. She teaches believers how to cry out to God, and how to sustain the desperate kind of faith undaunted by obstacles, opposition, and odds—prayer in faith that breaks the miracle barrier. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Miracle Barrier: Releasing God's Power for Breakthrough Author: Jennifer Leclaire Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Throughout the Bible, we read stories of individuals praying desperate prayers—and receiving miracle answers. This leaves us with a question: What does it take to push through—to break the miracle barrier? In this powerful new release, apostolic leader Jennifer LeClaire reveals a surprising key to obtaining breakthrough, veiled in the prayer lives of people crying desperately to see godly desires manifested, loved ones delivered, and enemies defeated. She teaches believers how to cry out to God, and how to sustain the desperate kind of faith undaunted by obstacles, opposition, and odds—prayer in faith that breaks the miracle barrier. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Praying with Our Feet: Pursuing Justice and Healing on the Streets Author: Lindsey Krinks Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: At age twenty, Lindsey Krinks thought she had her life figured out. But a devastating injury and an unexpected encounter with a homeless organizing group disrupted her plans and opened her eyes to the immense suffering and injustice around her. Awakened to a fierce pursuit of justice and a faith that called her to 'pray with her feet,' Krinks plunged into the underside of American society, where she found both staggering loss and astounding love. As a street chaplain, activist, and cofounder of Open Table Nashville, Krinks takes us on an unforgettable spiritual journey to tent cities, alleys, slums, and the front lines of movements for justice. Praying with Our Feet challenges preconceptions about people who live on the streets, calling us to move from charity to justice and to get our hands dirty in the struggle for a better world. Listeners who are dismayed by the world's suffering but don't know where to start will find much inspiration in this intimate and moving book. Lindsey Krinks Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455849 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Praying with Our Feet: Pursuing Justice and Healing on the Streets Author: Lindsey Krinks Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: At age twenty, Lindsey Krinks thought she had her life figured out. But a devastating injury and an unexpected encounter with a homeless organizing group disrupted her plans and opened her eyes to the immense suffering and injustice around her. Awakened to a fierce pursuit of justice and a faith that called her to 'pray with her feet,' Krinks plunged into the underside of American society, where she found both staggering loss and astounding love. As a street chaplain, activist, and cofounder of Open Table Nashville, Krinks takes us on an unforgettable spiritual journey to tent cities, alleys, slums, and the front lines of movements for justice. Praying with Our Feet challenges preconceptions about people who live on the streets, calling us to move from charity to justice and to get our hands dirty in the struggle for a better world. Listeners who are dismayed by the world's suffering but don't know where to start will find much inspiration in this intimate and moving book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Praying with Our Feet: Pursuing Justice and Healing on the Streets Author: Lindsey Krinks Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: At age twenty, Lindsey Krinks thought she had her life figured out. But a devastating injury and an unexpected encounter with a homeless organizing group disrupted her plans and opened her eyes to the immense suffering and injustice around her. Awakened to a fierce pursuit of justice and a faith that called her to 'pray with her feet,' Krinks plunged into the underside of American society, where she found both staggering loss and astounding love. As a street chaplain, activist, and cofounder of Open Table Nashville, Krinks takes us on an unforgettable spiritual journey to tent cities, alleys, slums, and the front lines of movements for justice. Praying with Our Feet challenges preconceptions about people who live on the streets, calling us to move from charity to justice and to get our hands dirty in the struggle for a better world. Listeners who are dismayed by the world's suffering but don't know where to start will find much inspiration in this intimate and moving book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Called Heaven Devotional: 100 Days of Living in the Hope of Eternity Author: Dr. Robert Jeffress Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As Christians, we know someday we will leave our familiar country and be united with God in heaven. And yet many of us know very little about this place called heaven. In his bestselling book, A Place Called Heaven, Dr. Robert Jeffress opened the Scriptures to answer ten fascinating questions about heaven. Now he offers this devotional to help us think about heaven on a daily basis and put into practice the heavenly qualities of truth, honor, righteousness, purity, loveliness, character, excellence, and praise. A Place Called Heaven Devotional includes 100 devotions to elevate your thinking from earthbound concerns to heavenbound comforts. Each devotional includes reflection questions and a closing prayer to assist you in seeking the things above. This is a perfect gift for anyone who longs for biblical insight and a daily reminder of the hope of heaven. Dr. Robert Jeffress Tue, 19 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455846 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Called Heaven Devotional: 100 Days of Living in the Hope of Eternity Author: Dr. Robert Jeffress Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As Christians, we know someday we will leave our familiar country and be united with God in heaven. And yet many of us know very little about this place called heaven. In his bestselling book, A Place Called Heaven, Dr. Robert Jeffress opened the Scriptures to answer ten fascinating questions about heaven. Now he offers this devotional to help us think about heaven on a daily basis and put into practice the heavenly qualities of truth, honor, righteousness, purity, loveliness, character, excellence, and praise. A Place Called Heaven Devotional includes 100 devotions to elevate your thinking from earthbound concerns to heavenbound comforts. Each devotional includes reflection questions and a closing prayer to assist you in seeking the things above. This is a perfect gift for anyone who longs for biblical insight and a daily reminder of the hope of heaven. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Place Called Heaven Devotional: 100 Days of Living in the Hope of Eternity Author: Dr. Robert Jeffress Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As Christians, we know someday we will leave our familiar country and be united with God in heaven. And yet many of us know very little about this place called heaven. In his bestselling book, A Place Called Heaven, Dr. Robert Jeffress opened the Scriptures to answer ten fascinating questions about heaven. Now he offers this devotional to help us think about heaven on a daily basis and put into practice the heavenly qualities of truth, honor, righteousness, purity, loveliness, character, excellence, and praise. A Place Called Heaven Devotional includes 100 devotions to elevate your thinking from earthbound concerns to heavenbound comforts. Each devotional includes reflection questions and a closing prayer to assist you in seeking the things above. This is a perfect gift for anyone who longs for biblical insight and a daily reminder of the hope of heaven. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Loves Me: Christian Essentials for the Head and the Heart Author: John S. Dickerson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: If you asked a millennial or younger person in your church, 'What do I need to believe to be a Christian?' what would they say? At a time when 'truth' is up for grabs, a journalist-turned-pastor wants to help believers understand what they believe. How? By using the simple lyrics 'Jesus loves me, this I know, for the Bible tells me so.' In this winsome book, bestselling author John S. Dickerson clearly and faithfully explains essential Christian beliefs, using simple stories that have resonated with his congregation of thousands. He guides listeners into these basic beliefs, and most importantly, he illustrates why these beliefs matter. The result is an accessible primer, designed for a time when Christianity is questioned and challenged. It is a great study for young adults, new believers, and long-time believers who want to reclaim the essentials. For anyone who wants their small group, church, or loved ones to embrace the authority of Scripture and the nonnegotiable doctrines of Christianity. John S. Dickerson Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455847 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Loves Me: Christian Essentials for the Head and the Heart Author: John S. Dickerson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: If you asked a millennial or younger person in your church, 'What do I need to believe to be a Christian?' what would they say? At a time when 'truth' is up for grabs, a journalist-turned-pastor wants to help believers understand what they believe. How? By using the simple lyrics 'Jesus loves me, this I know, for the Bible tells me so.' In this winsome book, bestselling author John S. Dickerson clearly and faithfully explains essential Christian beliefs, using simple stories that have resonated with his congregation of thousands. He guides listeners into these basic beliefs, and most importantly, he illustrates why these beliefs matter. The result is an accessible primer, designed for a time when Christianity is questioned and challenged. It is a great study for young adults, new believers, and long-time believers who want to reclaim the essentials. For anyone who wants their small group, church, or loved ones to embrace the authority of Scripture and the nonnegotiable doctrines of Christianity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jesus Loves Me: Christian Essentials for the Head and the Heart Author: John S. Dickerson Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: If you asked a millennial or younger person in your church, 'What do I need to believe to be a Christian?' what would they say? At a time when 'truth' is up for grabs, a journalist-turned-pastor wants to help believers understand what they believe. How? By using the simple lyrics 'Jesus loves me, this I know, for the Bible tells me so.' In this winsome book, bestselling author John S. Dickerson clearly and faithfully explains essential Christian beliefs, using simple stories that have resonated with his congregation of thousands. He guides listeners into these basic beliefs, and most importantly, he illustrates why these beliefs matter. The result is an accessible primer, designed for a time when Christianity is questioned and challenged. It is a great study for young adults, new believers, and long-time believers who want to reclaim the essentials. For anyone who wants their small group, church, or loved ones to embrace the authority of Scripture and the nonnegotiable doctrines of Christianity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bad Popes Author: E.R. Chamberlin Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A dramatic account of some of the most notorious figures of medieval and Renaissance history who ruled from the Eternal City. It is sure to grip fans of John Julius Norwich, Tom Holland, and Peter Ackroyd. The papal tiara has been worn by a number of infamous men through the course of its history. Some have been accused of murder, many have had mistresses, while others sold positions in the church to their followers or gave land and wealth to their illegitimate children. E. R. Chamberlin examines the lives of eight of the most controversial popes to have ruled over the Holy See, from the reign of Pope Stephen VI, who had his predecessor exhumed, put on trial and thrown in the Tiber, in the ninth century, through to Pope Clement VII, the second Medici pope, whose failed international policy led to the Sack of Rome in 1527. The Bad Popes explains how during these six centuries the papal monarchy rose to its greatest heights, as popes attempted to assert not only their spiritual authority but also their temporal power, only for it to come crashing down. E.R. Chamberlin Tue, 24 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455792 thebookvoice.com 11:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bad Popes Author: E.R. Chamberlin Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A dramatic account of some of the most notorious figures of medieval and Renaissance history who ruled from the Eternal City. It is sure to grip fans of John Julius Norwich, Tom Holland, and Peter Ackroyd. The papal tiara has been worn by a number of infamous men through the course of its history. Some have been accused of murder, many have had mistresses, while others sold positions in the church to their followers or gave land and wealth to their illegitimate children. E. R. Chamberlin examines the lives of eight of the most controversial popes to have ruled over the Holy See, from the reign of Pope Stephen VI, who had his predecessor exhumed, put on trial and thrown in the Tiber, in the ninth century, through to Pope Clement VII, the second Medici pope, whose failed international policy led to the Sack of Rome in 1527. The Bad Popes explains how during these six centuries the papal monarchy rose to its greatest heights, as popes attempted to assert not only their spiritual authority but also their temporal power, only for it to come crashing down. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bad Popes Author: E.R. Chamberlin Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A dramatic account of some of the most notorious figures of medieval and Renaissance history who ruled from the Eternal City. It is sure to grip fans of John Julius Norwich, Tom Holland, and Peter Ackroyd. The papal tiara has been worn by a number of infamous men through the course of its history. Some have been accused of murder, many have had mistresses, while others sold positions in the church to their followers or gave land and wealth to their illegitimate children. E. R. Chamberlin examines the lives of eight of the most controversial popes to have ruled over the Holy See, from the reign of Pope Stephen VI, who had his predecessor exhumed, put on trial and thrown in the Tiber, in the ninth century, through to Pope Clement VII, the second Medici pope, whose failed international policy led to the Sack of Rome in 1527. The Bad Popes explains how during these six centuries the papal monarchy rose to its greatest heights, as popes attempted to assert not only their spiritual authority but also their temporal power, only for it to come crashing down. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455620 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Stars Disappear: Help and Hope from Stories of Suffering in Scripture Author: Mark Talbot Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When suffering overwhelms us, it is easy to despair and even doubt God’s goodness. As the clouds of suffering roll in, we can lose sight of everything but our pain. In these moments, when the stars disappear, we must turn to Scripture to find assurance that God can and will carry us through. In this book, Mark Talbot recounts the suffering of some of the Bible’s greatest saints. They show us what it means to remain faithful and hopeful through life’s darkest times―and thus help us cling to God’s sure promise that he will never leave us or forsake us but will be with us and sustain us until the storms subside and the stars reappear. Mark Talbot Tue, 25 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455620 thebookvoice.com 3:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Stars Disappear: Help and Hope from Stories of Suffering in Scripture Author: Mark Talbot Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When suffering overwhelms us, it is easy to despair and even doubt God’s goodness. As the clouds of suffering roll in, we can lose sight of everything but our pain. In these moments, when the stars disappear, we must turn to Scripture to find assurance that God can and will carry us through. In this book, Mark Talbot recounts the suffering of some of the Bible’s greatest saints. They show us what it means to remain faithful and hopeful through life’s darkest times―and thus help us cling to God’s sure promise that he will never leave us or forsake us but will be with us and sustain us until the storms subside and the stars reappear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When the Stars Disappear: Help and Hope from Stories of Suffering in Scripture Author: Mark Talbot Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When suffering overwhelms us, it is easy to despair and even doubt God’s goodness. As the clouds of suffering roll in, we can lose sight of everything but our pain. In these moments, when the stars disappear, we must turn to Scripture to find assurance that God can and will carry us through. In this book, Mark Talbot recounts the suffering of some of the Bible’s greatest saints. They show us what it means to remain faithful and hopeful through life’s darkest times―and thus help us cling to God’s sure promise that he will never leave us or forsake us but will be with us and sustain us until the storms subside and the stars reappear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Brave: Finding the Courage to Pursue Racial Justice Now Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Reconciliation is not true reconciliation without justice! Brenda Salter McNeil has come to this conviction as she has led the church in pursuing reconciliation efforts over the past three decades. McNeil calls the church to repair the old reconciliation paradigm by moving beyond individual racism to address systemic injustice, both historical and present. It's time for the church to go beyond individual reconciliation and 'heart change' and to boldly mature in its response to racial division.Looking through the lens of the biblical narrative of Esther, McNeil challenges Christian reconcilers to recognize the particular pain in our world so they can work together to repair what is broken while maintaining a deep hope in God's ongoing work for justice. This book provides education and prophetic inspiration for every person who wants to take reconciliation seriously.Becoming Brave offers a distinctly Christian framework for addressing systemic injustice. It challenges Christians to be everyday activists who become brave enough to break the silence and work with others to dismantle systems of injustice and inequality. Brenda Salter Mcneil Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455597 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Brave: Finding the Courage to Pursue Racial Justice Now Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Reconciliation is not true reconciliation without justice! Brenda Salter McNeil has come to this conviction as she has led the church in pursuing reconciliation efforts over the past three decades. McNeil calls the church to repair the old reconciliation paradigm by moving beyond individual racism to address systemic injustice, both historical and present. It's time for the church to go beyond individual reconciliation and 'heart change' and to boldly mature in its response to racial division.Looking through the lens of the biblical narrative of Esther, McNeil challenges Christian reconcilers to recognize the particular pain in our world so they can work together to repair what is broken while maintaining a deep hope in God's ongoing work for justice. This book provides education and prophetic inspiration for every person who wants to take reconciliation seriously.Becoming Brave offers a distinctly Christian framework for addressing systemic injustice. It challenges Christians to be everyday activists who become brave enough to break the silence and work with others to dismantle systems of injustice and inequality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Becoming Brave: Finding the Courage to Pursue Racial Justice Now Author: Brenda Salter Mcneil Narrator: Brenda Salter Mcneil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Reconciliation is not true reconciliation without justice! Brenda Salter McNeil has come to this conviction as she has led the church in pursuing reconciliation efforts over the past three decades. McNeil calls the church to repair the old reconciliation paradigm by moving beyond individual racism to address systemic injustice, both historical and present. It's time for the church to go beyond individual reconciliation and 'heart change' and to boldly mature in its response to racial division.Looking through the lens of the biblical narrative of Esther, McNeil challenges Christian reconcilers to recognize the particular pain in our world so they can work together to repair what is broken while maintaining a deep hope in God's ongoing work for justice. This book provides education and prophetic inspiration for every person who wants to take reconciliation seriously.Becoming Brave offers a distinctly Christian framework for addressing systemic injustice. It challenges Christians to be everyday activists who become brave enough to break the silence and work with others to dismantle systems of injustice and inequality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying the Giant of Fear: And Releasing the Roar of Breakthrough Author: Krissy Nelson Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Fear is a giant that shouts at us from the battle lines of our lives--a giant adorned in seemingly impenetrable armor. But God has given us supernatural weapons that even fear cannot outrun.Sharing stories from her own life and others', author and speaker Krissy Nelson uncovers a powerful truth: As children of God we are made to live fearlessly. Concealed within the familiar story of David and Goliath are three supernatural weapons David used to slay the giant of fear. These weapons are hidden in plain sight for us to discover--and also to learn to use, because what God gave David, he also gives us. Nelson dives into Scripture and explores how to position yourself to see fear for what it is: a giant that dares defy the army of the living God.It is time to run boldly toward freedom. You are equipped for battle, and you are not alone--God will fight for you! Krissy Nelson Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455497 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying the Giant of Fear: And Releasing the Roar of Breakthrough Author: Krissy Nelson Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Fear is a giant that shouts at us from the battle lines of our lives--a giant adorned in seemingly impenetrable armor. But God has given us supernatural weapons that even fear cannot outrun.Sharing stories from her own life and others', author and speaker Krissy Nelson uncovers a powerful truth: As children of God we are made to live fearlessly. Concealed within the familiar story of David and Goliath are three supernatural weapons David used to slay the giant of fear. These weapons are hidden in plain sight for us to discover--and also to learn to use, because what God gave David, he also gives us. Nelson dives into Scripture and explores how to position yourself to see fear for what it is: a giant that dares defy the army of the living God.It is time to run boldly toward freedom. You are equipped for battle, and you are not alone--God will fight for you! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slaying the Giant of Fear: And Releasing the Roar of Breakthrough Author: Krissy Nelson Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Fear is a giant that shouts at us from the battle lines of our lives--a giant adorned in seemingly impenetrable armor. But God has given us supernatural weapons that even fear cannot outrun.Sharing stories from her own life and others', author and speaker Krissy Nelson uncovers a powerful truth: As children of God we are made to live fearlessly. Concealed within the familiar story of David and Goliath are three supernatural weapons David used to slay the giant of fear. These weapons are hidden in plain sight for us to discover--and also to learn to use, because what God gave David, he also gives us. Nelson dives into Scripture and explores how to position yourself to see fear for what it is: a giant that dares defy the army of the living God.It is time to run boldly toward freedom. You are equipped for battle, and you are not alone--God will fight for you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why am I Not Healed?: (When God Promised) Author: Glen Berteau Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two common questions generally rise to the surface for those seeking healing: Is it God's will to heal? And is it God's will to heal me?From his personal story of suffering with coronary artery disease, to the loss of his sister to cancer, and his daughter's diagnosis of arthritis at a young age, Pastor Glen Berteau approaches these life-altering events with firsthand insight and revelation. He explains how, even in the most challenging circumstances, God can turn the worst into the best and use it all for our good.By countering seventeen hindrances to prayer for healing, Pastor Berteau breaks through possible misunderstanding regarding God's good intentions for his children. This book can initiate in your heart the faith that moves mountains--why settle for anything less? Glen Berteau Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455479 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why am I Not Healed?: (When God Promised) Author: Glen Berteau Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two common questions generally rise to the surface for those seeking healing: Is it God's will to heal? And is it God's will to heal me?From his personal story of suffering with coronary artery disease, to the loss of his sister to cancer, and his daughter's diagnosis of arthritis at a young age, Pastor Glen Berteau approaches these life-altering events with firsthand insight and revelation. He explains how, even in the most challenging circumstances, God can turn the worst into the best and use it all for our good.By countering seventeen hindrances to prayer for healing, Pastor Berteau breaks through possible misunderstanding regarding God's good intentions for his children. This book can initiate in your heart the faith that moves mountains--why settle for anything less? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why am I Not Healed?: (When God Promised) Author: Glen Berteau Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Two common questions generally rise to the surface for those seeking healing: Is it God's will to heal? And is it God's will to heal me?From his personal story of suffering with coronary artery disease, to the loss of his sister to cancer, and his daughter's diagnosis of arthritis at a young age, Pastor Glen Berteau approaches these life-altering events with firsthand insight and revelation. He explains how, even in the most challenging circumstances, God can turn the worst into the best and use it all for our good.By countering seventeen hindrances to prayer for healing, Pastor Berteau breaks through possible misunderstanding regarding God's good intentions for his children. This book can initiate in your heart the faith that moves mountains--why settle for anything less? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455478 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Your Teen's World: Understanding What Today's Youth are Thinking, Doing, and Watching Author: Alan Briggs, Jeremiah Callihan, David Eaton Narrator: Lyle Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Netflix and chill,' 'broccoli,' and LGBTTQQIAAP+. If you don't know what these words and phrases really mean to your teen, you are not alone. The verbal terrain of today's youth can be difficult to navigate, and sometimes requires a guide--a culture translator to help parents of teens decipher the codes and unlock the doors to an ongoing conversation about faith and life.David Eaton and Jeremiah Callihanprovide just that in Engaging Your Teen's World, teaching you how to maintain open communication about everything from relationships to technology and media in order to help teens grow in their faith and successfully deal with difficult issues. Eaton and Callihan bring a wealth of frontline experience, sharing a big-picture view of your teen's world and how to interact with it, followed by more specific information on· what your teen is thinking, doing, and watching· conversations about sex, gender, porn, sexting, and drugs· being a missionary to your teen· and much moreDespite the many challenges facing teens and their parents, this frank, insightful, and practical book offers a hopeful view toward the long-term goals of your relationship with your teen and for their relationship with the Lord. Alan Briggs, Jeremiah Callihan, David Eaton Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455478 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Your Teen's World: Understanding What Today's Youth are Thinking, Doing, and Watching Author: Alan Briggs, Jeremiah Callihan, David Eaton Narrator: Lyle Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Netflix and chill,' 'broccoli,' and LGBTTQQIAAP+. If you don't know what these words and phrases really mean to your teen, you are not alone. The verbal terrain of today's youth can be difficult to navigate, and sometimes requires a guide--a culture translator to help parents of teens decipher the codes and unlock the doors to an ongoing conversation about faith and life.David Eaton and Jeremiah Callihanprovide just that in Engaging Your Teen's World, teaching you how to maintain open communication about everything from relationships to technology and media in order to help teens grow in their faith and successfully deal with difficult issues. Eaton and Callihan bring a wealth of frontline experience, sharing a big-picture view of your teen's world and how to interact with it, followed by more specific information on· what your teen is thinking, doing, and watching· conversations about sex, gender, porn, sexting, and drugs· being a missionary to your teen· and much moreDespite the many challenges facing teens and their parents, this frank, insightful, and practical book offers a hopeful view toward the long-term goals of your relationship with your teen and for their relationship with the Lord. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455478]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging Your Teen's World: Understanding What Today's Youth are Thinking, Doing, and Watching Author: Alan Briggs, Jeremiah Callihan, David Eaton Narrator: Lyle Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: 'Netflix and chill,' 'broccoli,' and LGBTTQQIAAP+. If you don't know what these words and phrases really mean to your teen, you are not alone. The verbal terrain of today's youth can be difficult to navigate, and sometimes requires a guide--a culture translator to help parents of teens decipher the codes and unlock the doors to an ongoing conversation about faith and life.David Eaton and Jeremiah Callihanprovide just that in Engaging Your Teen's World, teaching you how to maintain open communication about everything from relationships to technology and media in order to help teens grow in their faith and successfully deal with difficult issues. Eaton and Callihan bring a wealth of frontline experience, sharing a big-picture view of your teen's world and how to interact with it, followed by more specific information on· what your teen is thinking, doing, and watching· conversations about sex, gender, porn, sexting, and drugs· being a missionary to your teen· and much moreDespite the many challenges facing teens and their parents, this frank, insightful, and practical book offers a hopeful view toward the long-term goals of your relationship with your teen and for their relationship with the Lord. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Porn Problem: Christian Compassion, Convictions and Wisdom for Today's Big Issues Author: Vaughan Roberts Narrator: David Holdt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pornography is no longer universally looked down on as bad or unhelpful, but is often seen as something to enjoy without guilt. Christians, however, work to a different agenda-one set by the Bible's revelation of the true meaning of sex and relationships. This short book surveys the Christian worldview and applies it to the complex issues surrounding pornography, helping Christians know how to think about pornography with biblical conviction, and compassionate understanding for those influenced by it. Discover the liberating and satisfying view of sex found in the gospel. Vaughan Roberts Thu, 27 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455083 thebookvoice.com 1:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Porn Problem: Christian Compassion, Convictions and Wisdom for Today's Big Issues Author: Vaughan Roberts Narrator: David Holdt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pornography is no longer universally looked down on as bad or unhelpful, but is often seen as something to enjoy without guilt. Christians, however, work to a different agenda-one set by the Bible's revelation of the true meaning of sex and relationships. This short book surveys the Christian worldview and applies it to the complex issues surrounding pornography, helping Christians know how to think about pornography with biblical conviction, and compassionate understanding for those influenced by it. Discover the liberating and satisfying view of sex found in the gospel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Porn Problem: Christian Compassion, Convictions and Wisdom for Today's Big Issues Author: Vaughan Roberts Narrator: David Holdt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Pornography is no longer universally looked down on as bad or unhelpful, but is often seen as something to enjoy without guilt. Christians, however, work to a different agenda-one set by the Bible's revelation of the true meaning of sex and relationships. This short book surveys the Christian worldview and applies it to the complex issues surrounding pornography, helping Christians know how to think about pornography with biblical conviction, and compassionate understanding for those influenced by it. Discover the liberating and satisfying view of sex found in the gospel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Means of Grace Author: Paul Washer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Too often, Christians wait for some extraordinary move of the Spirit to correct all their spiritual ills. Although such a revival is possible, it is not the way God ordinarily grows His church. In The Essential Means of Grace , Paul Washer considers the three prominent gifts God provided for growth in godliness: the Scriptures, prayer, and participation in the life and ministry of the local church. Our desire for the extraordinary should never lead us to neglect the ordinary. Rather, let us devote ourselves to these ordinary means of grace in dependence upon the Spirit for an extraordinary conformity and usefulness to Christ. Paul Washer Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455084 thebookvoice.com 1:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Means of Grace Author: Paul Washer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Too often, Christians wait for some extraordinary move of the Spirit to correct all their spiritual ills. Although such a revival is possible, it is not the way God ordinarily grows His church. In The Essential Means of Grace , Paul Washer considers the three prominent gifts God provided for growth in godliness: the Scriptures, prayer, and participation in the life and ministry of the local church. Our desire for the extraordinary should never lead us to neglect the ordinary. Rather, let us devote ourselves to these ordinary means of grace in dependence upon the Spirit for an extraordinary conformity and usefulness to Christ. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essential Means of Grace Author: Paul Washer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Too often, Christians wait for some extraordinary move of the Spirit to correct all their spiritual ills. Although such a revival is possible, it is not the way God ordinarily grows His church. In The Essential Means of Grace , Paul Washer considers the three prominent gifts God provided for growth in godliness: the Scriptures, prayer, and participation in the life and ministry of the local church. Our desire for the extraordinary should never lead us to neglect the ordinary. Rather, let us devote ourselves to these ordinary means of grace in dependence upon the Spirit for an extraordinary conformity and usefulness to Christ. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455081 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: X: Multiply Your God-Given Potential Author: John Bevere Narrator: John Bevere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you ever feel like a spectator in God’s kingdom? Perhaps you know there’s something you should be doing, but you just can’t pinpoint it. Most of us want to make a big impact with our lives, but struggle with questions. • How can I be sure I’m not missing God’s will for me? • What role do my unique gifts play in building God’s kingdom? • How do I make sure I live up to my God-given potential? • Is my calling less significant if I’m not in “ministry”? • How do I balance resting in God’s grace with meaningful actions for His kingdom? • How do I break fear and move forward even when it feels uncertain and risky? In this profound audio book, best-selling author John Bevere relies on a careful exploration of Scripture and uses powerful stories to help you think differently about your calling and why it’s so important to God. As you hear these words, you’ll be empowered to multiply your God-given gifts and step into your potential. John Bevere Tue, 17 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455081 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: X: Multiply Your God-Given Potential Author: John Bevere Narrator: John Bevere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you ever feel like a spectator in God’s kingdom? Perhaps you know there’s something you should be doing, but you just can’t pinpoint it. Most of us want to make a big impact with our lives, but struggle with questions. • How can I be sure I’m not missing God’s will for me? • What role do my unique gifts play in building God’s kingdom? • How do I make sure I live up to my God-given potential? • Is my calling less significant if I’m not in “ministry”? • How do I balance resting in God’s grace with meaningful actions for His kingdom? • How do I break fear and move forward even when it feels uncertain and risky? In this profound audio book, best-selling author John Bevere relies on a careful exploration of Scripture and uses powerful stories to help you think differently about your calling and why it’s so important to God. As you hear these words, you’ll be empowered to multiply your God-given gifts and step into your potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455081]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: X: Multiply Your God-Given Potential Author: John Bevere Narrator: John Bevere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Do you ever feel like a spectator in God’s kingdom? Perhaps you know there’s something you should be doing, but you just can’t pinpoint it. Most of us want to make a big impact with our lives, but struggle with questions. • How can I be sure I’m not missing God’s will for me? • What role do my unique gifts play in building God’s kingdom? • How do I make sure I live up to my God-given potential? • Is my calling less significant if I’m not in “ministry”? • How do I balance resting in God’s grace with meaningful actions for His kingdom? • How do I break fear and move forward even when it feels uncertain and risky? In this profound audio book, best-selling author John Bevere relies on a careful exploration of Scripture and uses powerful stories to help you think differently about your calling and why it’s so important to God. As you hear these words, you’ll be empowered to multiply your God-given gifts and step into your potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454890 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Post-Quarantine Church: Six Urgent Challenges and Opportunities That Will Determine the Future of Your Congregation Author: Thom S. Rainer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A trustworthy and respected guide for pastors and church leadership in the post-quarantine world, providing hope and vision for the future of your congregation. From thousands of surveys of church leaders and in-person consultations, Thom Rainer and his Church Answers team have gathered the essential wisdom you will need to face the challenges and opportunities that the quarantine crisis creates for the local church, including: - New and better ways to lead the gathered church - A wide-open door for growing the digital church - A moment to rethink the facilities - New strategies for church growth . . . and much more! This book is, in effect, your personal church consultant, helping you plan and prepare for the future. In the midst of heartbreak, tragedy, and struggle due to Covid-19, here’s hope, wisdom, encouragement and vision. This book is valuable for those looking for local church and pastor resources to enhance church leadership, grow your church, and serve digital and online church communities in the post-quarantine world. As a former pastor and founder of Church Answers, Thom S. Rainer is intimately familiar with the ever-present demands that pastors face. He has spent a lifetime committed to the growth and health of the local church. Thom S. Rainer Mon, 28 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454890 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Post-Quarantine Church: Six Urgent Challenges and Opportunities That Will Determine the Future of Your Congregation Author: Thom S. Rainer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A trustworthy and respected guide for pastors and church leadership in the post-quarantine world, providing hope and vision for the future of your congregation. From thousands of surveys of church leaders and in-person consultations, Thom Rainer and his Church Answers team have gathered the essential wisdom you will need to face the challenges and opportunities that the quarantine crisis creates for the local church, including: - New and better ways to lead the gathered church - A wide-open door for growing the digital church - A moment to rethink the facilities - New strategies for church growth . . . and much more! This book is, in effect, your personal church consultant, helping you plan and prepare for the future. In the midst of heartbreak, tragedy, and struggle due to Covid-19, here’s hope, wisdom, encouragement and vision. This book is valuable for those looking for local church and pastor resources to enhance church leadership, grow your church, and serve digital and online church communities in the post-quarantine world. As a former pastor and founder of Church Answers, Thom S. Rainer is intimately familiar with the ever-present demands that pastors face. He has spent a lifetime committed to the growth and health of the local church. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454890]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Post-Quarantine Church: Six Urgent Challenges and Opportunities That Will Determine the Future of Your Congregation Author: Thom S. Rainer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A trustworthy and respected guide for pastors and church leadership in the post-quarantine world, providing hope and vision for the future of your congregation. From thousands of surveys of church leaders and in-person consultations, Thom Rainer and his Church Answers team have gathered the essential wisdom you will need to face the challenges and opportunities that the quarantine crisis creates for the local church, including: - New and better ways to lead the gathered church - A wide-open door for growing the digital church - A moment to rethink the facilities - New strategies for church growth . . . and much more! This book is, in effect, your personal church consultant, helping you plan and prepare for the future. In the midst of heartbreak, tragedy, and struggle due to Covid-19, here’s hope, wisdom, encouragement and vision. This book is valuable for those looking for local church and pastor resources to enhance church leadership, grow your church, and serve digital and online church communities in the post-quarantine world. As a former pastor and founder of Church Answers, Thom S. Rainer is intimately familiar with the ever-present demands that pastors face. He has spent a lifetime committed to the growth and health of the local church. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454763 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Questions: Truth, Meaning & Public Debate Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Phillip E. Johnson pries the lid off public debate about questions of ultimate concern—questions often suppressed by our society’s intellectual elite. Moving far beyond matters of creation and evolution, Johnson outlines the questions we all ought to be asking about the meaning of human history, the limits of scientific inquiry, religion and education in a pluralistic society, truth, liberty and moral choices, and God and His Word, Jesus Christ. Johnson deftly demonstrates how the reigning naturalistic philosophy not only squelches public debate but also constrains us to ask the wrong questions. Unless we start with the right questions, Johnson argues, our discussions will be framed by the assumptions of that very philosophy which must be challenged. Johnson asserts that even the Christian church has much too often passively accepted this limiting frame of mind to the detriment of all. But Christian faith and conviction instead ought to lead in opening up the search for truth and meaning through the kind of public education that “teaches in controversy.” Then all of us will be prepared to engage in lively, informed and civil debate about the questions that really matter: Why is it always wrong to mix science and religion?What is the ultimate premise, the beginning point, from which logic should proceed?How can a college education prepare students to understand the ultimate purpose or meaning for which life should be lived and to choose rightly from among the available possibilities?What is the appropriate understanding of religion in a pluralistic nation where substantial numbers of Christians, agnostics, Jews, and Muslims all need to live together in peace?How can democratic liberalism remain viable when severed from its Christian roots?What is the most important event in human history?Provocative, personal, persuasive, and prophetic, Johnson is certain to help us break free from our intellectual and spiritual captivity. Phillip E. Johnson Tue, 26 May 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454763 thebookvoice.com 5:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Questions: Truth, Meaning & Public Debate Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Phillip E. Johnson pries the lid off public debate about questions of ultimate concern—questions often suppressed by our society’s intellectual elite. Moving far beyond matters of creation and evolution, Johnson outlines the questions we all ought to be asking about the meaning of human history, the limits of scientific inquiry, religion and education in a pluralistic society, truth, liberty and moral choices, and God and His Word, Jesus Christ. Johnson deftly demonstrates how the reigning naturalistic philosophy not only squelches public debate but also constrains us to ask the wrong questions. Unless we start with the right questions, Johnson argues, our discussions will be framed by the assumptions of that very philosophy which must be challenged. Johnson asserts that even the Christian church has much too often passively accepted this limiting frame of mind to the detriment of all. But Christian faith and conviction instead ought to lead in opening up the search for truth and meaning through the kind of public education that “teaches in controversy.” Then all of us will be prepared to engage in lively, informed and civil debate about the questions that really matter: Why is it always wrong to mix science and religion?What is the ultimate premise, the beginning point, from which logic should proceed?How can a college education prepare students to understand the ultimate purpose or meaning for which life should be lived and to choose rightly from among the available possibilities?What is the appropriate understanding of religion in a pluralistic nation where substantial numbers of Christians, agnostics, Jews, and Muslims all need to live together in peace?How can democratic liberalism remain viable when severed from its Christian roots?What is the most important event in human history?Provocative, personal, persuasive, and prophetic, Johnson is certain to help us break free from our intellectual and spiritual captivity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Questions: Truth, Meaning & Public Debate Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Phillip E. Johnson pries the lid off public debate about questions of ultimate concern—questions often suppressed by our society’s intellectual elite. Moving far beyond matters of creation and evolution, Johnson outlines the questions we all ought to be asking about the meaning of human history, the limits of scientific inquiry, religion and education in a pluralistic society, truth, liberty and moral choices, and God and His Word, Jesus Christ. Johnson deftly demonstrates how the reigning naturalistic philosophy not only squelches public debate but also constrains us to ask the wrong questions. Unless we start with the right questions, Johnson argues, our discussions will be framed by the assumptions of that very philosophy which must be challenged. Johnson asserts that even the Christian church has much too often passively accepted this limiting frame of mind to the detriment of all. But Christian faith and conviction instead ought to lead in opening up the search for truth and meaning through the kind of public education that “teaches in controversy.” Then all of us will be prepared to engage in lively, informed and civil debate about the questions that really matter: Why is it always wrong to mix science and religion?What is the ultimate premise, the beginning point, from which logic should proceed?How can a college education prepare students to understand the ultimate purpose or meaning for which life should be lived and to choose rightly from among the available possibilities?What is the appropriate understanding of religion in a pluralistic nation where substantial numbers of Christians, agnostics, Jews, and Muslims all need to live together in peace?How can democratic liberalism remain viable when severed from its Christian roots?What is the most important event in human history?Provocative, personal, persuasive, and prophetic, Johnson is certain to help us break free from our intellectual and spiritual captivity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Devotions for a Deeper Life: A Daily Devotional Author: Oswald Chambers Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Oswald Chambers, author of My Utmost for His Highest, remains one of the best-loved and most deeply respected theologians and writers in church history. Few authors inspire and encourage as he does, and never is this more apparent than in Devotions for a Deeper Life. Devotions for a Deeper Life, excerpted from lesser known essays Chambers wrote in the early twentieth century, will instruct and encourage you with its accuracy and poignant reflections on the Christian life. This daily devotional dives into what it means to live out your faith in dynamic and compelling ways. More than 75 years have passed since the original publication, but the content remains relevant and deeply inspiring. Oswald Chambers created one of the most classic and influential books in church history when he penned My Utmost for His Highest. His insights and understanding of the nature of God challenge listeners to examine their faith and grow in depth and maturity. Devotions for a Deeper Life brings this message to an entirely new generation of believers and will show, once again, the timeless beauty found in the truth of Scripture. Oswald Chambers Tue, 17 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454614 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Devotions for a Deeper Life: A Daily Devotional Author: Oswald Chambers Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Oswald Chambers, author of My Utmost for His Highest, remains one of the best-loved and most deeply respected theologians and writers in church history. Few authors inspire and encourage as he does, and never is this more apparent than in Devotions for a Deeper Life. Devotions for a Deeper Life, excerpted from lesser known essays Chambers wrote in the early twentieth century, will instruct and encourage you with its accuracy and poignant reflections on the Christian life. This daily devotional dives into what it means to live out your faith in dynamic and compelling ways. More than 75 years have passed since the original publication, but the content remains relevant and deeply inspiring. Oswald Chambers created one of the most classic and influential books in church history when he penned My Utmost for His Highest. His insights and understanding of the nature of God challenge listeners to examine their faith and grow in depth and maturity. Devotions for a Deeper Life brings this message to an entirely new generation of believers and will show, once again, the timeless beauty found in the truth of Scripture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Devotions for a Deeper Life: A Daily Devotional Author: Oswald Chambers Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Oswald Chambers, author of My Utmost for His Highest, remains one of the best-loved and most deeply respected theologians and writers in church history. Few authors inspire and encourage as he does, and never is this more apparent than in Devotions for a Deeper Life. Devotions for a Deeper Life, excerpted from lesser known essays Chambers wrote in the early twentieth century, will instruct and encourage you with its accuracy and poignant reflections on the Christian life. This daily devotional dives into what it means to live out your faith in dynamic and compelling ways. More than 75 years have passed since the original publication, but the content remains relevant and deeply inspiring. Oswald Chambers created one of the most classic and influential books in church history when he penned My Utmost for His Highest. His insights and understanding of the nature of God challenge listeners to examine their faith and grow in depth and maturity. Devotions for a Deeper Life brings this message to an entirely new generation of believers and will show, once again, the timeless beauty found in the truth of Scripture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping History Through Prayer and Fasting Author: Derek Prince Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Become a World-Shaper. The times we are living in are scary, to say the least. The world is unstable. Global politics are volatile. The rate of change we now experience is spiraling out of control. We’re uncertain about what will happen tomorrow, and we feel helpless to do anything about it. Yet what we are facing isn’t new. In the past, there have been many wars. There have been threats and acts of terrorism. History is spotted with violent episodes of unimaginable carnage and horror. And what did people do about them? The only thing they could do: they prayed!  Discover with Derek Prince how your prayers and fasting can change the world. Using experiences from his own life, he illustrates how you can make a difference. You don’t have to fight. You don’t have to hold high political position. You don’t have to be a certain age. You don’t even have to have power, money, or influence on earth. What is important is your influence in heaven. Learn to touch the heart of God through prayer—prayer that will change the world! Derek Prince Mon, 24 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454454 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping History Through Prayer and Fasting Author: Derek Prince Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Become a World-Shaper. The times we are living in are scary, to say the least. The world is unstable. Global politics are volatile. The rate of change we now experience is spiraling out of control. We’re uncertain about what will happen tomorrow, and we feel helpless to do anything about it. Yet what we are facing isn’t new. In the past, there have been many wars. There have been threats and acts of terrorism. History is spotted with violent episodes of unimaginable carnage and horror. And what did people do about them? The only thing they could do: they prayed!  Discover with Derek Prince how your prayers and fasting can change the world. Using experiences from his own life, he illustrates how you can make a difference. You don’t have to fight. You don’t have to hold high political position. You don’t have to be a certain age. You don’t even have to have power, money, or influence on earth. What is important is your influence in heaven. Learn to touch the heart of God through prayer—prayer that will change the world! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shaping History Through Prayer and Fasting Author: Derek Prince Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Become a World-Shaper. The times we are living in are scary, to say the least. The world is unstable. Global politics are volatile. The rate of change we now experience is spiraling out of control. We’re uncertain about what will happen tomorrow, and we feel helpless to do anything about it. Yet what we are facing isn’t new. In the past, there have been many wars. There have been threats and acts of terrorism. History is spotted with violent episodes of unimaginable carnage and horror. And what did people do about them? The only thing they could do: they prayed!  Discover with Derek Prince how your prayers and fasting can change the world. Using experiences from his own life, he illustrates how you can make a difference. You don’t have to fight. You don’t have to hold high political position. You don’t have to be a certain age. You don’t even have to have power, money, or influence on earth. What is important is your influence in heaven. Learn to touch the heart of God through prayer—prayer that will change the world! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty-One Days of Praise: Enjoying God Anew Author: Warren Myers, Ruth Myers Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “I know I should praise God, but I don’t know how . . . I don’t have time . . . I just don’t feel like it.” Christians who long to experience God in a fresh, deep way will treasure this powerful, personal praise guide. Every day for just one month, a Scripture-based devotional cultivates the “heart habit” of praise and worship. Readers will be gently inspired to appreciate and adore the Lord in all things—yes, even in the midst of pain, disappointment, and heartache. A deeper intimacy with God—and a greater love for Him—is the sure result. Warren Myers, Ruth Myers Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454365 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty-One Days of Praise: Enjoying God Anew Author: Warren Myers, Ruth Myers Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “I know I should praise God, but I don’t know how . . . I don’t have time . . . I just don’t feel like it.” Christians who long to experience God in a fresh, deep way will treasure this powerful, personal praise guide. Every day for just one month, a Scripture-based devotional cultivates the “heart habit” of praise and worship. Readers will be gently inspired to appreciate and adore the Lord in all things—yes, even in the midst of pain, disappointment, and heartache. A deeper intimacy with God—and a greater love for Him—is the sure result. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty-One Days of Praise: Enjoying God Anew Author: Warren Myers, Ruth Myers Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: “I know I should praise God, but I don’t know how . . . I don’t have time . . . I just don’t feel like it.” Christians who long to experience God in a fresh, deep way will treasure this powerful, personal praise guide. Every day for just one month, a Scripture-based devotional cultivates the “heart habit” of praise and worship. Readers will be gently inspired to appreciate and adore the Lord in all things—yes, even in the midst of pain, disappointment, and heartache. A deeper intimacy with God—and a greater love for Him—is the sure result. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454294 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Distinct: Discover the Wrong You Were Born to Make Right Author: Hannah Gronowski Narrator: Hannah Gronowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Here’s to you. The wild. The risky. The rebels. You are my people. This book is for what our world could be if we decide to change it. It won’t be easy and it won’t be safe. But it will be wild. And we like wild. This is our anthem. This is our rallying cry. This is our guide. This book is about passion and purpose and what makes our souls come alive. This is about unity and peace and real, authentic, costly love. This is about a Jesus who is better, more beautiful, more radical, more untame, more risky, more wild than we ever imagined. Together, we’ll discover the four movements of a life that matters: 1. Own Your Potential 2. Craft Your Passion 3. Find Your People 4. Live Distinct This is your story and this is mine. Let’s go on a wild adventure together. Let’s live lives that matter. Hannah Gronowski Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454294 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Distinct: Discover the Wrong You Were Born to Make Right Author: Hannah Gronowski Narrator: Hannah Gronowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Here’s to you. The wild. The risky. The rebels. You are my people. This book is for what our world could be if we decide to change it. It won’t be easy and it won’t be safe. But it will be wild. And we like wild. This is our anthem. This is our rallying cry. This is our guide. This book is about passion and purpose and what makes our souls come alive. This is about unity and peace and real, authentic, costly love. This is about a Jesus who is better, more beautiful, more radical, more untame, more risky, more wild than we ever imagined. Together, we’ll discover the four movements of a life that matters: 1. Own Your Potential 2. Craft Your Passion 3. Find Your People 4. Live Distinct This is your story and this is mine. Let’s go on a wild adventure together. Let’s live lives that matter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454294]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Generation Distinct: Discover the Wrong You Were Born to Make Right Author: Hannah Gronowski Narrator: Hannah Gronowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Here’s to you. The wild. The risky. The rebels. You are my people. This book is for what our world could be if we decide to change it. It won’t be easy and it won’t be safe. But it will be wild. And we like wild. This is our anthem. This is our rallying cry. This is our guide. This book is about passion and purpose and what makes our souls come alive. This is about unity and peace and real, authentic, costly love. This is about a Jesus who is better, more beautiful, more radical, more untame, more risky, more wild than we ever imagined. Together, we’ll discover the four movements of a life that matters: 1. Own Your Potential 2. Craft Your Passion 3. Find Your People 4. Live Distinct This is your story and this is mine. Let’s go on a wild adventure together. Let’s live lives that matter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Every Day: 9 Tools for an Emotionally Healthy You Author: Janell Rardon Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As a trauma-informed professional life coach, Janell Rardon spends a good deal of her day-to-day work with brokenness—broken families, broken relationships, broken hearts and souls. In response to the pleas of her clients, she developed a set of emotional health tools that help them repair the broken parts of their lives. In Stronger Every Day, she shares those powerful tools with you. In this heartlifting book, she helps you to transform pain into meaning, experience secure attachment with God, shape healthy thoughts, shift from shame to self-compassion, practice healthy assertiveness, set mental and emotional boundaries, understand triggers and defense mechanisms, regulate emotional highs and lows, and cultivate healthy human connection. With inspiring Scriptures, quotes, prayers, personal stories, and case studies, Rardon sets you on the path of emotional health so that you can be stronger than ever—every day. Janell Rardon Fri, 29 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454289 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Every Day: 9 Tools for an Emotionally Healthy You Author: Janell Rardon Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As a trauma-informed professional life coach, Janell Rardon spends a good deal of her day-to-day work with brokenness—broken families, broken relationships, broken hearts and souls. In response to the pleas of her clients, she developed a set of emotional health tools that help them repair the broken parts of their lives. In Stronger Every Day, she shares those powerful tools with you. In this heartlifting book, she helps you to transform pain into meaning, experience secure attachment with God, shape healthy thoughts, shift from shame to self-compassion, practice healthy assertiveness, set mental and emotional boundaries, understand triggers and defense mechanisms, regulate emotional highs and lows, and cultivate healthy human connection. With inspiring Scriptures, quotes, prayers, personal stories, and case studies, Rardon sets you on the path of emotional health so that you can be stronger than ever—every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Every Day: 9 Tools for an Emotionally Healthy You Author: Janell Rardon Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: As a trauma-informed professional life coach, Janell Rardon spends a good deal of her day-to-day work with brokenness—broken families, broken relationships, broken hearts and souls. In response to the pleas of her clients, she developed a set of emotional health tools that help them repair the broken parts of their lives. In Stronger Every Day, she shares those powerful tools with you. In this heartlifting book, she helps you to transform pain into meaning, experience secure attachment with God, shape healthy thoughts, shift from shame to self-compassion, practice healthy assertiveness, set mental and emotional boundaries, understand triggers and defense mechanisms, regulate emotional highs and lows, and cultivate healthy human connection. With inspiring Scriptures, quotes, prayers, personal stories, and case studies, Rardon sets you on the path of emotional health so that you can be stronger than ever—every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454288 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking with Teens about Sexuality: Critical Conversations about Social Media, Gender Identity, Same-Sex Attraction, Pornography, Purity, Dating, Etc. Author: Beth Robinson Edd, Latayne C. Scott Phd Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When Dr. Robinson asked her freshman psychology students what today's parents need to know about teens and sex, they said parents do not have a realistic view of the world their children live in. A healthy sexual identity requires more than just a list of what not to do. In today's culture of sexual identity confusion, ubiquitous pornography, and #MeToo, teenagers need to know how to protect themselves as well as how to treat others. Talking with Teens about Sexuality will help you understand your teen's world and give you effective strategies in the midst of cultural pressures. Drs. Robinson and Scott provide scientifically reliable and biblically based information about gender fluidity, types of intimacy, online dangers, setting boundaries, and much more. Along the way, the book provides useful conversation starters and insightful guidance. Don't let fear keep you from engaging in vital conversations. Learn how to talk to your teen with knowledge and confidence, guiding them toward a sexually healthy future. Contains mature themes. Beth Robinson Edd, Latayne C. Scott Phd Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454288 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking with Teens about Sexuality: Critical Conversations about Social Media, Gender Identity, Same-Sex Attraction, Pornography, Purity, Dating, Etc. Author: Beth Robinson Edd, Latayne C. Scott Phd Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When Dr. Robinson asked her freshman psychology students what today's parents need to know about teens and sex, they said parents do not have a realistic view of the world their children live in. A healthy sexual identity requires more than just a list of what not to do. In today's culture of sexual identity confusion, ubiquitous pornography, and #MeToo, teenagers need to know how to protect themselves as well as how to treat others. Talking with Teens about Sexuality will help you understand your teen's world and give you effective strategies in the midst of cultural pressures. Drs. Robinson and Scott provide scientifically reliable and biblically based information about gender fluidity, types of intimacy, online dangers, setting boundaries, and much more. Along the way, the book provides useful conversation starters and insightful guidance. Don't let fear keep you from engaging in vital conversations. Learn how to talk to your teen with knowledge and confidence, guiding them toward a sexually healthy future. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking with Teens about Sexuality: Critical Conversations about Social Media, Gender Identity, Same-Sex Attraction, Pornography, Purity, Dating, Etc. Author: Beth Robinson Edd, Latayne C. Scott Phd Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When Dr. Robinson asked her freshman psychology students what today's parents need to know about teens and sex, they said parents do not have a realistic view of the world their children live in. A healthy sexual identity requires more than just a list of what not to do. In today's culture of sexual identity confusion, ubiquitous pornography, and #MeToo, teenagers need to know how to protect themselves as well as how to treat others. Talking with Teens about Sexuality will help you understand your teen's world and give you effective strategies in the midst of cultural pressures. Drs. Robinson and Scott provide scientifically reliable and biblically based information about gender fluidity, types of intimacy, online dangers, setting boundaries, and much more. Along the way, the book provides useful conversation starters and insightful guidance. Don't let fear keep you from engaging in vital conversations. Learn how to talk to your teen with knowledge and confidence, guiding them toward a sexually healthy future. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454286 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Answer Is Prayer: An Intimate Walk with God into the Miraculous Author: Caleb Grant, Jason Mcmullen, William McDowell Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Prayer is more than important—it's vital. We have to do more than just want God to move in our lives, our families, our nation, and the world. We must actively seek him in prayer! When we call out to God, he hears us, is with us, and helps us. Prayer is never an interruption but always an invitation. God invites us to go deeper in the place of prayer. Using practical teaching and moving testimonies, these Deeper Fellowship Church pastors will help you hunger to partner with God and discover greater intimacy with Christ; boost your strength to pray till you see results; position yourself to be part of the greatest outpouring of the Spirit the world has ever seen; and agree with heaven to see the plans and purposes of God become reality on the earth. God doesn't want you to drown in unanswered prayer, but to walk in authority and to experience his best. You can connect with God right now and experience the life-changing power of his presence with you through prayer. Caleb Grant, Jason Mcmullen, William McDowell Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454286 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Answer Is Prayer: An Intimate Walk with God into the Miraculous Author: Caleb Grant, Jason Mcmullen, William McDowell Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Prayer is more than important—it's vital. We have to do more than just want God to move in our lives, our families, our nation, and the world. We must actively seek him in prayer! When we call out to God, he hears us, is with us, and helps us. Prayer is never an interruption but always an invitation. God invites us to go deeper in the place of prayer. Using practical teaching and moving testimonies, these Deeper Fellowship Church pastors will help you hunger to partner with God and discover greater intimacy with Christ; boost your strength to pray till you see results; position yourself to be part of the greatest outpouring of the Spirit the world has ever seen; and agree with heaven to see the plans and purposes of God become reality on the earth. God doesn't want you to drown in unanswered prayer, but to walk in authority and to experience his best. You can connect with God right now and experience the life-changing power of his presence with you through prayer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Answer Is Prayer: An Intimate Walk with God into the Miraculous Author: Caleb Grant, Jason Mcmullen, William McDowell Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Prayer is more than important—it's vital. We have to do more than just want God to move in our lives, our families, our nation, and the world. We must actively seek him in prayer! When we call out to God, he hears us, is with us, and helps us. Prayer is never an interruption but always an invitation. God invites us to go deeper in the place of prayer. Using practical teaching and moving testimonies, these Deeper Fellowship Church pastors will help you hunger to partner with God and discover greater intimacy with Christ; boost your strength to pray till you see results; position yourself to be part of the greatest outpouring of the Spirit the world has ever seen; and agree with heaven to see the plans and purposes of God become reality on the earth. God doesn't want you to drown in unanswered prayer, but to walk in authority and to experience his best. You can connect with God right now and experience the life-changing power of his presence with you through prayer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454285 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Military Guide to Armageddon: Battle-Tested Strategies to Prepare Your Life and Soul for the End Times Author: Col. David J. Giammona, Troy Anderson Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We are at war right now. The forces of light and darkness are lined up in battle array as the world moves closer to the end of the age. Using both military and spiritual warfare tactics, this US Army colonel and Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist equip you as a believer to be battle-ready. This training manual will teach you to be empowered to counter the darkness of approaching end-times forces; develop your spiritual gifts so you can walk in the supernatural power and protection of the Holy Spirit; move into a new level of spiritual warfare based on biblical and military principles; and study the Bible more intently as real-time world events and biblical prophecies intersect. As the end times draw near, prepare to be fully equipped and trained in the weapons of spiritual warfare. You are gifted by the Holy Spirit—now be empowered, disciplined, and courageous, ready to do battle with the forces of this present darkness in these last days. Col. David J. Giammona, Troy Anderson Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454285 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Military Guide to Armageddon: Battle-Tested Strategies to Prepare Your Life and Soul for the End Times Author: Col. David J. Giammona, Troy Anderson Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We are at war right now. The forces of light and darkness are lined up in battle array as the world moves closer to the end of the age. Using both military and spiritual warfare tactics, this US Army colonel and Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist equip you as a believer to be battle-ready. This training manual will teach you to be empowered to counter the darkness of approaching end-times forces; develop your spiritual gifts so you can walk in the supernatural power and protection of the Holy Spirit; move into a new level of spiritual warfare based on biblical and military principles; and study the Bible more intently as real-time world events and biblical prophecies intersect. As the end times draw near, prepare to be fully equipped and trained in the weapons of spiritual warfare. You are gifted by the Holy Spirit—now be empowered, disciplined, and courageous, ready to do battle with the forces of this present darkness in these last days. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454285]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Military Guide to Armageddon: Battle-Tested Strategies to Prepare Your Life and Soul for the End Times Author: Col. David J. Giammona, Troy Anderson Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We are at war right now. The forces of light and darkness are lined up in battle array as the world moves closer to the end of the age. Using both military and spiritual warfare tactics, this US Army colonel and Pulitzer Prize–nominated journalist equip you as a believer to be battle-ready. This training manual will teach you to be empowered to counter the darkness of approaching end-times forces; develop your spiritual gifts so you can walk in the supernatural power and protection of the Holy Spirit; move into a new level of spiritual warfare based on biblical and military principles; and study the Bible more intently as real-time world events and biblical prophecies intersect. As the end times draw near, prepare to be fully equipped and trained in the weapons of spiritual warfare. You are gifted by the Holy Spirit—now be empowered, disciplined, and courageous, ready to do battle with the forces of this present darkness in these last days. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayer in the Night: For Those Who Work or Watch or Weep Author: Tish Harrison Warren Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How can we trust God in the dark? Framed around the nighttime prayer of Compline, Tish Harrison Warren, author of Liturgy of the Ordinary, explores themes of human vulnerability, suffering, and God's seeming absence. When she navigated a time of doubt and loss, the prayer was grounding for her. She writes: 'It was this practice that gave me words for my anxiety and grief and allowed me to reencounter doctrines of the church—the church's claims about reality—not as rational, tidy little antidotes for pain but as a light in darkness, as good news.' Where do we find comfort when we lie awake worrying or weeping in the night? This book offers a prayerful and frank approach to the difficulties in our ordinary lives at work, at home, and in a world filled with uncertainty. Tish Harrison Warren Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454283 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayer in the Night: For Those Who Work or Watch or Weep Author: Tish Harrison Warren Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How can we trust God in the dark? Framed around the nighttime prayer of Compline, Tish Harrison Warren, author of Liturgy of the Ordinary, explores themes of human vulnerability, suffering, and God's seeming absence. When she navigated a time of doubt and loss, the prayer was grounding for her. She writes: 'It was this practice that gave me words for my anxiety and grief and allowed me to reencounter doctrines of the church—the church's claims about reality—not as rational, tidy little antidotes for pain but as a light in darkness, as good news.' Where do we find comfort when we lie awake worrying or weeping in the night? This book offers a prayerful and frank approach to the difficulties in our ordinary lives at work, at home, and in a world filled with uncertainty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Prayer in the Night: For Those Who Work or Watch or Weep Author: Tish Harrison Warren Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How can we trust God in the dark? Framed around the nighttime prayer of Compline, Tish Harrison Warren, author of Liturgy of the Ordinary, explores themes of human vulnerability, suffering, and God's seeming absence. When she navigated a time of doubt and loss, the prayer was grounding for her. She writes: 'It was this practice that gave me words for my anxiety and grief and allowed me to reencounter doctrines of the church—the church's claims about reality—not as rational, tidy little antidotes for pain but as a light in darkness, as good news.' Where do we find comfort when we lie awake worrying or weeping in the night? This book offers a prayerful and frank approach to the difficulties in our ordinary lives at work, at home, and in a world filled with uncertainty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The God Who Sees: Immigrants, the Bible, and the Journey to Belong Author: Karen Gonzalez Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet people who have fled their homelands. Hagar. Joseph. Ruth. Jesus. Here is a riveting story of seeking safety in another land. Here is a gripping journey of loss, alienation, and belonging. In The God Who Sees, immigration advocate Karen González recounts her family's migration from the instability of Guatemala to making a new life in Los Angeles and the suburbs of south Florida. In the midst of language barriers, cultural misunderstandings, and the tremendous pressure to assimilate, González encounters Christ through a campus ministry program and begins to follow him. Here, too, is the sweeping epic of immigrants and refugees in Scripture. Abraham, Hagar, Joseph, Ruth: these intrepid heroes of the faith cross borders and seek refuge. As witnesses to God's liberating power, they name the God they see at work, and they become grafted onto God's family tree. Find resources for welcoming immigrants in your community and speaking out about an outdated immigration system. Find the power of Jesus, a refugee Savior who calls us to become citizens in a country not of this world. Karen Gonzalez Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454195 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The God Who Sees: Immigrants, the Bible, and the Journey to Belong Author: Karen Gonzalez Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet people who have fled their homelands. Hagar. Joseph. Ruth. Jesus. Here is a riveting story of seeking safety in another land. Here is a gripping journey of loss, alienation, and belonging. In The God Who Sees, immigration advocate Karen González recounts her family's migration from the instability of Guatemala to making a new life in Los Angeles and the suburbs of south Florida. In the midst of language barriers, cultural misunderstandings, and the tremendous pressure to assimilate, González encounters Christ through a campus ministry program and begins to follow him. Here, too, is the sweeping epic of immigrants and refugees in Scripture. Abraham, Hagar, Joseph, Ruth: these intrepid heroes of the faith cross borders and seek refuge. As witnesses to God's liberating power, they name the God they see at work, and they become grafted onto God's family tree. Find resources for welcoming immigrants in your community and speaking out about an outdated immigration system. Find the power of Jesus, a refugee Savior who calls us to become citizens in a country not of this world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The God Who Sees: Immigrants, the Bible, and the Journey to Belong Author: Karen Gonzalez Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Meet people who have fled their homelands. Hagar. Joseph. Ruth. Jesus. Here is a riveting story of seeking safety in another land. Here is a gripping journey of loss, alienation, and belonging. In The God Who Sees, immigration advocate Karen González recounts her family's migration from the instability of Guatemala to making a new life in Los Angeles and the suburbs of south Florida. In the midst of language barriers, cultural misunderstandings, and the tremendous pressure to assimilate, González encounters Christ through a campus ministry program and begins to follow him. Here, too, is the sweeping epic of immigrants and refugees in Scripture. Abraham, Hagar, Joseph, Ruth: these intrepid heroes of the faith cross borders and seek refuge. As witnesses to God's liberating power, they name the God they see at work, and they become grafted onto God's family tree. Find resources for welcoming immigrants in your community and speaking out about an outdated immigration system. Find the power of Jesus, a refugee Savior who calls us to become citizens in a country not of this world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Taking Sides Author: Adam Mabry Narrator: Adam Mabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How to embrace the tensions in the Bible in order to overcome division, anxiety, and fear.  Love and wrath. Sovereignty and responsibility. Victory and suffering. Some of the truths we read in the Bible seem to be in opposition to each other. We naturally tend to gravitate towards a side, but when we lose sight of one truth in order to protect the other, we are in danger of becoming proud, creating division, and diminishing our faith.  In this compelling, inspiring, and at times provocative book, Adam Mabry urges us to stop taking sides and refuse to participate in tribalism by mapping out a way to hold in tension truths that we so often divide over.  You’ll discover how our joy and our witness rest on us learning to hold to all that the Scriptures teach and growing in virtue as we do. You’ll learn how to wrestle with all that the Scriptures say, to embrace mystery, to listen closely, and to speak with clarity. Adam Mabry Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453977 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Taking Sides Author: Adam Mabry Narrator: Adam Mabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How to embrace the tensions in the Bible in order to overcome division, anxiety, and fear.  Love and wrath. Sovereignty and responsibility. Victory and suffering. Some of the truths we read in the Bible seem to be in opposition to each other. We naturally tend to gravitate towards a side, but when we lose sight of one truth in order to protect the other, we are in danger of becoming proud, creating division, and diminishing our faith.  In this compelling, inspiring, and at times provocative book, Adam Mabry urges us to stop taking sides and refuse to participate in tribalism by mapping out a way to hold in tension truths that we so often divide over.  You’ll discover how our joy and our witness rest on us learning to hold to all that the Scriptures teach and growing in virtue as we do. You’ll learn how to wrestle with all that the Scriptures say, to embrace mystery, to listen closely, and to speak with clarity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Taking Sides Author: Adam Mabry Narrator: Adam Mabry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: How to embrace the tensions in the Bible in order to overcome division, anxiety, and fear.  Love and wrath. Sovereignty and responsibility. Victory and suffering. Some of the truths we read in the Bible seem to be in opposition to each other. We naturally tend to gravitate towards a side, but when we lose sight of one truth in order to protect the other, we are in danger of becoming proud, creating division, and diminishing our faith.  In this compelling, inspiring, and at times provocative book, Adam Mabry urges us to stop taking sides and refuse to participate in tribalism by mapping out a way to hold in tension truths that we so often divide over.  You’ll discover how our joy and our witness rest on us learning to hold to all that the Scriptures teach and growing in virtue as we do. You’ll learn how to wrestle with all that the Scriptures say, to embrace mystery, to listen closely, and to speak with clarity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453957 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Jerusalem: One City, Three Faiths Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘“A History of Jerusalem” should be read, not only by travellers and potential travellers in Jerusalem, but by all of us.’ Stephen Tummin, Daily Telegraph Jerusalem has probably cast more of a spell over the human imagination than any other city in the world. Held by believers to contain the site where Abraham offered up Isaac, the place of the crucifixion of Christ and the rock from which the prophet Muhammed ascended to heaven, Jerusalem has been celebrated and revered for centuries by Jews, Christians and Muslims. Such is the symbolic power of this ancient city that its future status poses a major obstacle to a comprehensive regional peace in the Middle East. In this comprehensive and elegantly written work, Karen Armstrong traces the turbulent history of the city from the prehistoric era to the present day. Karen Armstrong Thu, 19 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453957 thebookvoice.com 21:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Jerusalem: One City, Three Faiths Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘“A History of Jerusalem” should be read, not only by travellers and potential travellers in Jerusalem, but by all of us.’ Stephen Tummin, Daily Telegraph Jerusalem has probably cast more of a spell over the human imagination than any other city in the world. Held by believers to contain the site where Abraham offered up Isaac, the place of the crucifixion of Christ and the rock from which the prophet Muhammed ascended to heaven, Jerusalem has been celebrated and revered for centuries by Jews, Christians and Muslims. Such is the symbolic power of this ancient city that its future status poses a major obstacle to a comprehensive regional peace in the Middle East. In this comprehensive and elegantly written work, Karen Armstrong traces the turbulent history of the city from the prehistoric era to the present day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Jerusalem: One City, Three Faiths Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 49 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘“A History of Jerusalem” should be read, not only by travellers and potential travellers in Jerusalem, but by all of us.’ Stephen Tummin, Daily Telegraph Jerusalem has probably cast more of a spell over the human imagination than any other city in the world. Held by believers to contain the site where Abraham offered up Isaac, the place of the crucifixion of Christ and the rock from which the prophet Muhammed ascended to heaven, Jerusalem has been celebrated and revered for centuries by Jews, Christians and Muslims. Such is the symbolic power of this ancient city that its future status poses a major obstacle to a comprehensive regional peace in the Middle East. In this comprehensive and elegantly written work, Karen Armstrong traces the turbulent history of the city from the prehistoric era to the present day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453956 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for God: Fundamentalism in Judaism, Christianity and Islam Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Britain’s greatest religious historian chronicles the rise and rise of fundamentalism. One of the most potent forces bedevilling the modern world is religious extremism, and the need to understand it has never been greater. Focusing in detail on Protestant fundamentalism in the United States, Jewish fundamentalism from sixteenth century Spain onwards and Muslim fundamentalism over the last four hundred years, Armstrong examines the patterns that underlie fundamentalism. These evolve from the clash between the conservative pre-modern mind that is governed by a love of myth, and the progressive rational society that relishes change. Fundamentalists view the contemporary world with horror, rejecting its claims to truth, and a state of war now exists over the future of our culture. They are not terrorists, rather, they are innovative, existing in a symbiotic relationship with an aggressive modernity, each urging the other on to greater excess. The Battle for God is original in its thesis and in its understanding; as a history of religious ideas it is fascinating, and as an explanation of one of the most destabilizing forces at large in the world today it is extraordinary. Karen Armstrong Thu, 19 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453956 thebookvoice.com 22:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for God: Fundamentalism in Judaism, Christianity and Islam Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Britain’s greatest religious historian chronicles the rise and rise of fundamentalism. One of the most potent forces bedevilling the modern world is religious extremism, and the need to understand it has never been greater. Focusing in detail on Protestant fundamentalism in the United States, Jewish fundamentalism from sixteenth century Spain onwards and Muslim fundamentalism over the last four hundred years, Armstrong examines the patterns that underlie fundamentalism. These evolve from the clash between the conservative pre-modern mind that is governed by a love of myth, and the progressive rational society that relishes change. Fundamentalists view the contemporary world with horror, rejecting its claims to truth, and a state of war now exists over the future of our culture. They are not terrorists, rather, they are innovative, existing in a symbiotic relationship with an aggressive modernity, each urging the other on to greater excess. The Battle for God is original in its thesis and in its understanding; as a history of religious ideas it is fascinating, and as an explanation of one of the most destabilizing forces at large in the world today it is extraordinary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453956]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for God: Fundamentalism in Judaism, Christianity and Islam Author: Karen Armstrong Narrator: Karen Armstrong - Introduction, Lisa Armytage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Britain’s greatest religious historian chronicles the rise and rise of fundamentalism. One of the most potent forces bedevilling the modern world is religious extremism, and the need to understand it has never been greater. Focusing in detail on Protestant fundamentalism in the United States, Jewish fundamentalism from sixteenth century Spain onwards and Muslim fundamentalism over the last four hundred years, Armstrong examines the patterns that underlie fundamentalism. These evolve from the clash between the conservative pre-modern mind that is governed by a love of myth, and the progressive rational society that relishes change. Fundamentalists view the contemporary world with horror, rejecting its claims to truth, and a state of war now exists over the future of our culture. They are not terrorists, rather, they are innovative, existing in a symbiotic relationship with an aggressive modernity, each urging the other on to greater excess. The Battle for God is original in its thesis and in its understanding; as a history of religious ideas it is fascinating, and as an explanation of one of the most destabilizing forces at large in the world today it is extraordinary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tempered Resilience: How Leaders Are Formed in the Crucible of Change Author: Tod Bolsinger Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Tod Bolsinger, the author of Canoeing the Mountains, is uniquely positioned to explore the qualities of adaptive leadership in contexts ranging from churches to nonprofit organizations. He deftly examines both the external challenges we face and the internal resistance that holds us back. Bolsinger writes: 'To temper describes the process of heating, holding, hammering, cooling, and reheating that adds stress to raw iron until it becomes a glistening knife blade or chisel tip.' When reflection and relationships are combined into a life of deliberate practice, leaders become both stronger and more flexible. As a result, these resilient leaders are able to offer greater wisdom and skill to the organizations they serve. Tod Bolsinger Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453932 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tempered Resilience: How Leaders Are Formed in the Crucible of Change Author: Tod Bolsinger Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Tod Bolsinger, the author of Canoeing the Mountains, is uniquely positioned to explore the qualities of adaptive leadership in contexts ranging from churches to nonprofit organizations. He deftly examines both the external challenges we face and the internal resistance that holds us back. Bolsinger writes: 'To temper describes the process of heating, holding, hammering, cooling, and reheating that adds stress to raw iron until it becomes a glistening knife blade or chisel tip.' When reflection and relationships are combined into a life of deliberate practice, leaders become both stronger and more flexible. As a result, these resilient leaders are able to offer greater wisdom and skill to the organizations they serve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tempered Resilience: How Leaders Are Formed in the Crucible of Change Author: Tod Bolsinger Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Tod Bolsinger, the author of Canoeing the Mountains, is uniquely positioned to explore the qualities of adaptive leadership in contexts ranging from churches to nonprofit organizations. He deftly examines both the external challenges we face and the internal resistance that holds us back. Bolsinger writes: 'To temper describes the process of heating, holding, hammering, cooling, and reheating that adds stress to raw iron until it becomes a glistening knife blade or chisel tip.' When reflection and relationships are combined into a life of deliberate practice, leaders become both stronger and more flexible. As a result, these resilient leaders are able to offer greater wisdom and skill to the organizations they serve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran's Great Awakening: How God is Using a Muslim Convert to Spark Revival Author: Hormoz Shariat Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ONE MILLION MUSLIMS TO CHRIST.  In the mid 1980’s, Dr. Shariat together with his wife, prayed, “Lord, use us to save Iran!” His passion for Muslims stems, in part, because of the murder of his brother, Hamraz, who was arrested in Iran at the age of sixteen on a minor political charge.  After two years in jail, he was executed by firing squad.  God showed Hormoz the best way to respond to this tragedy was to dedicate his life to bring one million Muslims to salvation in Christ.  Join Dr. Shariat on a journey out of bondage to Islam to freedom in Christ. Learn what the Bible says about Iran and why Iran is just the beginning of something big, eternal, and of historical proportion that is already happening!  God said, “I am going to do a great work in Iran and change that nation forever, and I am giving you the honor to be a part of it.” Hormoz Shariat Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453833 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran's Great Awakening: How God is Using a Muslim Convert to Spark Revival Author: Hormoz Shariat Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ONE MILLION MUSLIMS TO CHRIST.  In the mid 1980’s, Dr. Shariat together with his wife, prayed, “Lord, use us to save Iran!” His passion for Muslims stems, in part, because of the murder of his brother, Hamraz, who was arrested in Iran at the age of sixteen on a minor political charge.  After two years in jail, he was executed by firing squad.  God showed Hormoz the best way to respond to this tragedy was to dedicate his life to bring one million Muslims to salvation in Christ.  Join Dr. Shariat on a journey out of bondage to Islam to freedom in Christ. Learn what the Bible says about Iran and why Iran is just the beginning of something big, eternal, and of historical proportion that is already happening!  God said, “I am going to do a great work in Iran and change that nation forever, and I am giving you the honor to be a part of it.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Iran's Great Awakening: How God is Using a Muslim Convert to Spark Revival Author: Hormoz Shariat Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ONE MILLION MUSLIMS TO CHRIST.  In the mid 1980’s, Dr. Shariat together with his wife, prayed, “Lord, use us to save Iran!” His passion for Muslims stems, in part, because of the murder of his brother, Hamraz, who was arrested in Iran at the age of sixteen on a minor political charge.  After two years in jail, he was executed by firing squad.  God showed Hormoz the best way to respond to this tragedy was to dedicate his life to bring one million Muslims to salvation in Christ.  Join Dr. Shariat on a journey out of bondage to Islam to freedom in Christ. Learn what the Bible says about Iran and why Iran is just the beginning of something big, eternal, and of historical proportion that is already happening!  God said, “I am going to do a great work in Iran and change that nation forever, and I am giving you the honor to be a part of it.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolution of Adam: What the Bible Does and Doesn't Say about Human Origins Author: Peter Enns Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Can Christianity and evolution coexist? Traditional Christian teaching presents Jesus as reversing the effects of the Fall of Adam. However, an evolutionary view of beginnings doesn't allow for a historical Adam, making evolution seemingly incompatible with what Genesis and the apostle Paul say about him. For Christians who accept evolution and want to take the Bible seriously, this presents a faith-shaking tension. Peter Enns, an expert in biblical interpretation, offers a way forward by explaining how this tension is caused not by the discoveries of science but by false expectations about the biblical texts. Focusing on key biblical passages in the discussion, Enns demonstrates that the author of Genesis and the apostle Paul wrote to ask and answer ancient questions for ancient people; the fact that they both speak of Adam does not determine whether Christians can accept evolution. This thought-provoking book helps readers reconcile the teachings of the Bible with the widely held evolutionary view of beginnings and will appeal to anyone interested in the Christianity-evolution debate. Peter Enns Tue, 27 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453682 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolution of Adam: What the Bible Does and Doesn't Say about Human Origins Author: Peter Enns Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Can Christianity and evolution coexist? Traditional Christian teaching presents Jesus as reversing the effects of the Fall of Adam. However, an evolutionary view of beginnings doesn't allow for a historical Adam, making evolution seemingly incompatible with what Genesis and the apostle Paul say about him. For Christians who accept evolution and want to take the Bible seriously, this presents a faith-shaking tension. Peter Enns, an expert in biblical interpretation, offers a way forward by explaining how this tension is caused not by the discoveries of science but by false expectations about the biblical texts. Focusing on key biblical passages in the discussion, Enns demonstrates that the author of Genesis and the apostle Paul wrote to ask and answer ancient questions for ancient people; the fact that they both speak of Adam does not determine whether Christians can accept evolution. This thought-provoking book helps readers reconcile the teachings of the Bible with the widely held evolutionary view of beginnings and will appeal to anyone interested in the Christianity-evolution debate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Evolution of Adam: What the Bible Does and Doesn't Say about Human Origins Author: Peter Enns Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Can Christianity and evolution coexist? Traditional Christian teaching presents Jesus as reversing the effects of the Fall of Adam. However, an evolutionary view of beginnings doesn't allow for a historical Adam, making evolution seemingly incompatible with what Genesis and the apostle Paul say about him. For Christians who accept evolution and want to take the Bible seriously, this presents a faith-shaking tension. Peter Enns, an expert in biblical interpretation, offers a way forward by explaining how this tension is caused not by the discoveries of science but by false expectations about the biblical texts. Focusing on key biblical passages in the discussion, Enns demonstrates that the author of Genesis and the apostle Paul wrote to ask and answer ancient questions for ancient people; the fact that they both speak of Adam does not determine whether Christians can accept evolution. This thought-provoking book helps readers reconcile the teachings of the Bible with the widely held evolutionary view of beginnings and will appeal to anyone interested in the Christianity-evolution debate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453440 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriending Your Monsters: Facing the Darkness of Your Fears to Experience the Light Author: Luke Norsworthy Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Monsters aren’t real. As reasonable adults, we know this. But we also know that, while fake, the monsters of fairy tales, movies, and Netflix series embody our very real fears. Large, powerful beings that hunt us in the dark make us feel small, weak, vulnerable. When characters in these stories run away, they temporarily feel safe, but it’s not until the monster is faced head on that the story can have a happy ending—and, more importantly, the hero can become all he or she was created to be. The same is true of the monsters of the spiritual life. The monsters of comparison (I am what others say about me), more (I am what I have), and success (I am what I do) are powerful enemies of a healthy spiritual life. But ignoring them solves nothing. Pastor and speaker Luke Norsworthy wants you to face your monsters, get to know them, and discover how they are inviting you into a deeper understanding of yourself and a more intimate connection with God. You’ll never completely eradicate your fears, but if you befriend them, they can lead you into becoming God’s intention for you. Luke Norsworthy Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453440 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriending Your Monsters: Facing the Darkness of Your Fears to Experience the Light Author: Luke Norsworthy Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Monsters aren’t real. As reasonable adults, we know this. But we also know that, while fake, the monsters of fairy tales, movies, and Netflix series embody our very real fears. Large, powerful beings that hunt us in the dark make us feel small, weak, vulnerable. When characters in these stories run away, they temporarily feel safe, but it’s not until the monster is faced head on that the story can have a happy ending—and, more importantly, the hero can become all he or she was created to be. The same is true of the monsters of the spiritual life. The monsters of comparison (I am what others say about me), more (I am what I have), and success (I am what I do) are powerful enemies of a healthy spiritual life. But ignoring them solves nothing. Pastor and speaker Luke Norsworthy wants you to face your monsters, get to know them, and discover how they are inviting you into a deeper understanding of yourself and a more intimate connection with God. You’ll never completely eradicate your fears, but if you befriend them, they can lead you into becoming God’s intention for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Befriending Your Monsters: Facing the Darkness of Your Fears to Experience the Light Author: Luke Norsworthy Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Monsters aren’t real. As reasonable adults, we know this. But we also know that, while fake, the monsters of fairy tales, movies, and Netflix series embody our very real fears. Large, powerful beings that hunt us in the dark make us feel small, weak, vulnerable. When characters in these stories run away, they temporarily feel safe, but it’s not until the monster is faced head on that the story can have a happy ending—and, more importantly, the hero can become all he or she was created to be. The same is true of the monsters of the spiritual life. The monsters of comparison (I am what others say about me), more (I am what I have), and success (I am what I do) are powerful enemies of a healthy spiritual life. But ignoring them solves nothing. Pastor and speaker Luke Norsworthy wants you to face your monsters, get to know them, and discover how they are inviting you into a deeper understanding of yourself and a more intimate connection with God. You’ll never completely eradicate your fears, but if you befriend them, they can lead you into becoming God’s intention for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453439 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bible and Borders: Hearing God's Word on Immigration Author: M. Daniel Carroll R. Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With so many people around the globe migrating, how should Christians and the church respond? Leading Latino-American biblical scholar M. Daniel Carroll R. helps listeners understand what the Bible says about immigration, offering accessible, nuanced, and sympathetic guidance for the church. After two successful editions of Christians at the Border, and having talked and written about immigration over the past decade, Carroll has sharpened his focus and refined his argument to make sure we hear clearly what the Bible says about one of the most pressing issues of our day. He has reworked the biblical material, adding insights and broadening the frame of reference beyond the US. As Carroll explores the surprising amount of material in the Old and New Testaments that deals with migration, he shows how this topic is fundamental to the message of the Bible, and how it affects our understanding of God and the mission of the church. M. Daniel Carroll R. Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453439 thebookvoice.com 5:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bible and Borders: Hearing God's Word on Immigration Author: M. Daniel Carroll R. Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With so many people around the globe migrating, how should Christians and the church respond? Leading Latino-American biblical scholar M. Daniel Carroll R. helps listeners understand what the Bible says about immigration, offering accessible, nuanced, and sympathetic guidance for the church. After two successful editions of Christians at the Border, and having talked and written about immigration over the past decade, Carroll has sharpened his focus and refined his argument to make sure we hear clearly what the Bible says about one of the most pressing issues of our day. He has reworked the biblical material, adding insights and broadening the frame of reference beyond the US. As Carroll explores the surprising amount of material in the Old and New Testaments that deals with migration, he shows how this topic is fundamental to the message of the Bible, and how it affects our understanding of God and the mission of the church. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bible and Borders: Hearing God's Word on Immigration Author: M. Daniel Carroll R. Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: With so many people around the globe migrating, how should Christians and the church respond? Leading Latino-American biblical scholar M. Daniel Carroll R. helps listeners understand what the Bible says about immigration, offering accessible, nuanced, and sympathetic guidance for the church. After two successful editions of Christians at the Border, and having talked and written about immigration over the past decade, Carroll has sharpened his focus and refined his argument to make sure we hear clearly what the Bible says about one of the most pressing issues of our day. He has reworked the biblical material, adding insights and broadening the frame of reference beyond the US. As Carroll explores the surprising amount of material in the Old and New Testaments that deals with migration, he shows how this topic is fundamental to the message of the Bible, and how it affects our understanding of God and the mission of the church. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading While Black: African American Biblical Interpretation as an Exercise in Hope Author: Esau Mccaulley Narrator: Esau Mccaulley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in the American South, Esau McCaulley knew firsthand the ongoing struggle between despair and hope that marks the lives of some in the African American context. A key element in the fight for hope, he discovered, has long been the practice of Bible reading and interpretation that comes out of traditional Black churches. This ecclesial tradition is often disregarded or viewed with suspicion by much of the wider church and academy, but it has something vital to say. At a time in which some within the African American community are questioning the place of the Christian faith in the struggle for justice, New Testament scholar McCaulley argues that reading Scripture from the perspective of Black church tradition is invaluable for connecting with a rich faith history and addressing the urgent issues of our times. He advocates for a model of interpretation that involves an ongoing conversation between the collective Black experience and the Bible, in which the particular questions coming out of Black communities are given pride of place and the Bible is given space to respond by affirming, challenging, and, at times, reshaping Black concerns. McCaulley demonstrates this model with studies on how Scripture speaks to topics often overlooked by white interpreters, such as ethnicity, political protest, policing, and slavery. Esau Mccaulley Tue, 22 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453398 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading While Black: African American Biblical Interpretation as an Exercise in Hope Author: Esau Mccaulley Narrator: Esau Mccaulley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in the American South, Esau McCaulley knew firsthand the ongoing struggle between despair and hope that marks the lives of some in the African American context. A key element in the fight for hope, he discovered, has long been the practice of Bible reading and interpretation that comes out of traditional Black churches. This ecclesial tradition is often disregarded or viewed with suspicion by much of the wider church and academy, but it has something vital to say. At a time in which some within the African American community are questioning the place of the Christian faith in the struggle for justice, New Testament scholar McCaulley argues that reading Scripture from the perspective of Black church tradition is invaluable for connecting with a rich faith history and addressing the urgent issues of our times. He advocates for a model of interpretation that involves an ongoing conversation between the collective Black experience and the Bible, in which the particular questions coming out of Black communities are given pride of place and the Bible is given space to respond by affirming, challenging, and, at times, reshaping Black concerns. McCaulley demonstrates this model with studies on how Scripture speaks to topics often overlooked by white interpreters, such as ethnicity, political protest, policing, and slavery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading While Black: African American Biblical Interpretation as an Exercise in Hope Author: Esau Mccaulley Narrator: Esau Mccaulley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Growing up in the American South, Esau McCaulley knew firsthand the ongoing struggle between despair and hope that marks the lives of some in the African American context. A key element in the fight for hope, he discovered, has long been the practice of Bible reading and interpretation that comes out of traditional Black churches. This ecclesial tradition is often disregarded or viewed with suspicion by much of the wider church and academy, but it has something vital to say. At a time in which some within the African American community are questioning the place of the Christian faith in the struggle for justice, New Testament scholar McCaulley argues that reading Scripture from the perspective of Black church tradition is invaluable for connecting with a rich faith history and addressing the urgent issues of our times. He advocates for a model of interpretation that involves an ongoing conversation between the collective Black experience and the Bible, in which the particular questions coming out of Black communities are given pride of place and the Bible is given space to respond by affirming, challenging, and, at times, reshaping Black concerns. McCaulley demonstrates this model with studies on how Scripture speaks to topics often overlooked by white interpreters, such as ethnicity, political protest, policing, and slavery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453397 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirt: Growing Strong Roots in What Makes the Broken Beautiful Author: Mary Marantz Narrator: Mary Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dirt is a story about the places where we start. From a single-wide trailer in the mountains of rural West Virginia to the halls of Yale Law School, Mary Marantz's story is one of remembering our roots while turning our faces to the sky. From growing up in that trailer, where it rained just as hard inside as out and the smell of mildew hung thick in the air, Mary has known what it is to feel broken and disqualified because of the muddy scars leaving smudged fingerprints across our lives. Generations of her family lived and logged in those hauntingly treacherous woods, risking life and limb just to barely scrape by. And yet that very struggle became the redemption song God used to write a life she never dreamed of. Mixed with warmth, wit, and the bittersweet, sometimes achingly heartbreaking places we go when we dig in instead of give up, Dirt is a story of healing. With gut-wrenching honesty and hard-won wisdom, Mary shares her story for anyone who has ever walked into the world and felt like their scars were still on display, showing that you are braver, better, and more empathetic for what you have survived. Because God does his best work in the muddy, messy, and broken—if we'll only learn to dig in. Mary Marantz Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453397 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirt: Growing Strong Roots in What Makes the Broken Beautiful Author: Mary Marantz Narrator: Mary Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dirt is a story about the places where we start. From a single-wide trailer in the mountains of rural West Virginia to the halls of Yale Law School, Mary Marantz's story is one of remembering our roots while turning our faces to the sky. From growing up in that trailer, where it rained just as hard inside as out and the smell of mildew hung thick in the air, Mary has known what it is to feel broken and disqualified because of the muddy scars leaving smudged fingerprints across our lives. Generations of her family lived and logged in those hauntingly treacherous woods, risking life and limb just to barely scrape by. And yet that very struggle became the redemption song God used to write a life she never dreamed of. Mixed with warmth, wit, and the bittersweet, sometimes achingly heartbreaking places we go when we dig in instead of give up, Dirt is a story of healing. With gut-wrenching honesty and hard-won wisdom, Mary shares her story for anyone who has ever walked into the world and felt like their scars were still on display, showing that you are braver, better, and more empathetic for what you have survived. Because God does his best work in the muddy, messy, and broken—if we'll only learn to dig in. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453397]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirt: Growing Strong Roots in What Makes the Broken Beautiful Author: Mary Marantz Narrator: Mary Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Dirt is a story about the places where we start. From a single-wide trailer in the mountains of rural West Virginia to the halls of Yale Law School, Mary Marantz's story is one of remembering our roots while turning our faces to the sky. From growing up in that trailer, where it rained just as hard inside as out and the smell of mildew hung thick in the air, Mary has known what it is to feel broken and disqualified because of the muddy scars leaving smudged fingerprints across our lives. Generations of her family lived and logged in those hauntingly treacherous woods, risking life and limb just to barely scrape by. And yet that very struggle became the redemption song God used to write a life she never dreamed of. Mixed with warmth, wit, and the bittersweet, sometimes achingly heartbreaking places we go when we dig in instead of give up, Dirt is a story of healing. With gut-wrenching honesty and hard-won wisdom, Mary shares her story for anyone who has ever walked into the world and felt like their scars were still on display, showing that you are braver, better, and more empathetic for what you have survived. Because God does his best work in the muddy, messy, and broken—if we'll only learn to dig in. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give & Take: The Secret to Marital Compatibility Author: Willard F. Harley, Jr. Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Describes the difficulties of marital negotiation, how to overcome selfish responses, how to resolve ordinary conflicts, and how to cultivate mutual respect Willard F. Harley, Jr. Sat, 15 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453092 thebookvoice.com 2:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give & Take: The Secret to Marital Compatibility Author: Willard F. Harley, Jr. Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Describes the difficulties of marital negotiation, how to overcome selfish responses, how to resolve ordinary conflicts, and how to cultivate mutual respect Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Give & Take: The Secret to Marital Compatibility Author: Willard F. Harley, Jr. Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 15, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Describes the difficulties of marital negotiation, how to overcome selfish responses, how to resolve ordinary conflicts, and how to cultivate mutual respect https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Pray: A Guide for Everyone Author: James Martin Narrator: James Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant introduction to prayer’ Richard Rohr, Author of Everything Belongs One of America’s most beloved spiritual leaders and the New York Times bestselling author of The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything and Jesus: A Pilgrimage teaches anyone to converse with God in this comprehensive guide to prayer. ‘What do we need to learn? That prayer changes us–and so changes the world we live in; that God is always there before us; that it's God's action that makes the difference. Practical, comprehensive, and above all God-centered, this book is a deeply valuable companion for growing in faith.’ Rowan Williams, former Archbishop of Canterbury In The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything, Father James Martin included a chapter on communicating with God. Now, he expands those thoughts in this profound and practical handbook. Learning to Pray explains what prayer is, what to expect from praying, how to do it, and how it can transform us when we make it a regular practice in our lives. A trusted guide walking beside us as we navigate our unique spiritual paths, Martin lays out the different styles and traditions of prayer throughout Christian history and invites us to experiment and discover which works best to feed our soul and build intimacy with our Creator. Father Martin makes clear there is not one secret formula for praying. But like any relationship, each person can discover the best style for building an intimate relationship with God, regardless of religion or denomination. Prayer, he teaches us, is open and accessible to anyone willing to open their heart. James Martin Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452084 thebookvoice.com 13:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Pray: A Guide for Everyone Author: James Martin Narrator: James Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant introduction to prayer’ Richard Rohr, Author of Everything Belongs One of America’s most beloved spiritual leaders and the New York Times bestselling author of The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything and Jesus: A Pilgrimage teaches anyone to converse with God in this comprehensive guide to prayer. ‘What do we need to learn? That prayer changes us–and so changes the world we live in; that God is always there before us; that it's God's action that makes the difference. Practical, comprehensive, and above all God-centered, this book is a deeply valuable companion for growing in faith.’ Rowan Williams, former Archbishop of Canterbury In The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything, Father James Martin included a chapter on communicating with God. Now, he expands those thoughts in this profound and practical handbook. Learning to Pray explains what prayer is, what to expect from praying, how to do it, and how it can transform us when we make it a regular practice in our lives. A trusted guide walking beside us as we navigate our unique spiritual paths, Martin lays out the different styles and traditions of prayer throughout Christian history and invites us to experiment and discover which works best to feed our soul and build intimacy with our Creator. Father Martin makes clear there is not one secret formula for praying. But like any relationship, each person can discover the best style for building an intimate relationship with God, regardless of religion or denomination. Prayer, he teaches us, is open and accessible to anyone willing to open their heart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Pray: A Guide for Everyone Author: James Martin Narrator: James Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: ‘A brilliant introduction to prayer’ Richard Rohr, Author of Everything Belongs One of America’s most beloved spiritual leaders and the New York Times bestselling author of The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything and Jesus: A Pilgrimage teaches anyone to converse with God in this comprehensive guide to prayer. ‘What do we need to learn? That prayer changes us–and so changes the world we live in; that God is always there before us; that it's God's action that makes the difference. Practical, comprehensive, and above all God-centered, this book is a deeply valuable companion for growing in faith.’ Rowan Williams, former Archbishop of Canterbury In The Jesuit Guide to (Almost) Everything, Father James Martin included a chapter on communicating with God. Now, he expands those thoughts in this profound and practical handbook. Learning to Pray explains what prayer is, what to expect from praying, how to do it, and how it can transform us when we make it a regular practice in our lives. A trusted guide walking beside us as we navigate our unique spiritual paths, Martin lays out the different styles and traditions of prayer throughout Christian history and invites us to experiment and discover which works best to feed our soul and build intimacy with our Creator. Father Martin makes clear there is not one secret formula for praying. But like any relationship, each person can discover the best style for building an intimate relationship with God, regardless of religion or denomination. Prayer, he teaches us, is open and accessible to anyone willing to open their heart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Saw That It Was Good: Reimagining Your Creative Life to Repair a Broken World Author: Sho Baraka Narrator: Nasia Danielle, Tedashii Anderson, Chris Broussard, Sho Baraka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A deep exploration of the intersection of faith, creativity, and justice from acclaimed hip-hop artist and creative polymath Sho Baraka   “Sho has the courage to say what many are thinking and the candor to say what many are not. His words have positively influenced me for years—now this book gives the world that influence.”—Lecrae You were created to help bring truth and beauty into this broken world. God made you with an imagination and a yearning for justice. No matter your calling or vocation, you can help shape a better world around you through your creativity.  But that doesn’t mean it will be easy. We are surrounded by toxic stories and bad cultural thinking. We’re held back by incomplete theology.  But does it have to be like that? Is frustration the end of the story? In the face of confusion and injustice, we can lose sight of our true narrative—the one that started in a garden and wants to make our real lives better today.  In He Saw That It Was Good, activist and recording artist Sho Baraka wrestles deeply and honestly with these questions, gives you permission to do the same, and shows a hard-earned path to creative change. With Sho, you’ll engage with art, justice, and history. Learn from the powerful principles of historic movements, explore why it’s important to cultivate your creative calling (no matter what you do!), and discover a fresh look at how the gospel can transform how you see God, your neighbor, your work, and your world.  You’ll return to your biggest and truest story. Your life (and your world) need never be the same. Sho Baraka Tue, 18 May 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452054 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Saw That It Was Good: Reimagining Your Creative Life to Repair a Broken World Author: Sho Baraka Narrator: Nasia Danielle, Tedashii Anderson, Chris Broussard, Sho Baraka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A deep exploration of the intersection of faith, creativity, and justice from acclaimed hip-hop artist and creative polymath Sho Baraka   “Sho has the courage to say what many are thinking and the candor to say what many are not. His words have positively influenced me for years—now this book gives the world that influence.”—Lecrae You were created to help bring truth and beauty into this broken world. God made you with an imagination and a yearning for justice. No matter your calling or vocation, you can help shape a better world around you through your creativity.  But that doesn’t mean it will be easy. We are surrounded by toxic stories and bad cultural thinking. We’re held back by incomplete theology.  But does it have to be like that? Is frustration the end of the story? In the face of confusion and injustice, we can lose sight of our true narrative—the one that started in a garden and wants to make our real lives better today.  In He Saw That It Was Good, activist and recording artist Sho Baraka wrestles deeply and honestly with these questions, gives you permission to do the same, and shows a hard-earned path to creative change. With Sho, you’ll engage with art, justice, and history. Learn from the powerful principles of historic movements, explore why it’s important to cultivate your creative calling (no matter what you do!), and discover a fresh look at how the gospel can transform how you see God, your neighbor, your work, and your world.  You’ll return to your biggest and truest story. Your life (and your world) need never be the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Saw That It Was Good: Reimagining Your Creative Life to Repair a Broken World Author: Sho Baraka Narrator: Nasia Danielle, Tedashii Anderson, Chris Broussard, Sho Baraka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A deep exploration of the intersection of faith, creativity, and justice from acclaimed hip-hop artist and creative polymath Sho Baraka   “Sho has the courage to say what many are thinking and the candor to say what many are not. His words have positively influenced me for years—now this book gives the world that influence.”—Lecrae You were created to help bring truth and beauty into this broken world. God made you with an imagination and a yearning for justice. No matter your calling or vocation, you can help shape a better world around you through your creativity.  But that doesn’t mean it will be easy. We are surrounded by toxic stories and bad cultural thinking. We’re held back by incomplete theology.  But does it have to be like that? Is frustration the end of the story? In the face of confusion and injustice, we can lose sight of our true narrative—the one that started in a garden and wants to make our real lives better today.  In He Saw That It Was Good, activist and recording artist Sho Baraka wrestles deeply and honestly with these questions, gives you permission to do the same, and shows a hard-earned path to creative change. With Sho, you’ll engage with art, justice, and history. Learn from the powerful principles of historic movements, explore why it’s important to cultivate your creative calling (no matter what you do!), and discover a fresh look at how the gospel can transform how you see God, your neighbor, your work, and your world.  You’ll return to your biggest and truest story. Your life (and your world) need never be the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the War in Your Mind: Change Your Thinking, Change Your Life Author: Craig Groeschel Narrator: Craig Groeschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 34 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: MORE THAN 500,000 COPIES SOLD! Are your thoughts out of control--just like your life? Do you long to break free from the spiral of destructive thinking? Let God's truth become your battle plan to win the war in your mind! We've all tried to think our way out of bad habits and unhealthy thought patterns, only to find ourselves stuck with an out-of-control mind and off-track daily life. Pastor and New York Times bestselling author Craig Groeschel understands deeply this daily battle against self-doubt and negative thinking, and in this powerful new book he reveals the strategies he's discovered to change your mind and your life for the long-term. Drawing upon Scripture and the latest findings of brain science, Groeschel lays out practical strategies that will free you from the grip of harmful, destructive thinking and enable you to live the life of joy and peace that God intends you to live. Winning the War in Your Mind will help you: - Learn how your brain works and see how to rewire it - Identify the lies your enemy wants you to believe - Recognize and short-circuit your mental triggers for destructive thinking - See how prayer and praise will transform your mind - Develop practices that allow God's thoughts to become your thoughts   God has something better for your life than your old ways of thinking. It's time to change your mind so God can change your life. Craig Groeschel Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451906 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the War in Your Mind: Change Your Thinking, Change Your Life Author: Craig Groeschel Narrator: Craig Groeschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 34 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: MORE THAN 500,000 COPIES SOLD! Are your thoughts out of control--just like your life? Do you long to break free from the spiral of destructive thinking? Let God's truth become your battle plan to win the war in your mind! We've all tried to think our way out of bad habits and unhealthy thought patterns, only to find ourselves stuck with an out-of-control mind and off-track daily life. Pastor and New York Times bestselling author Craig Groeschel understands deeply this daily battle against self-doubt and negative thinking, and in this powerful new book he reveals the strategies he's discovered to change your mind and your life for the long-term. Drawing upon Scripture and the latest findings of brain science, Groeschel lays out practical strategies that will free you from the grip of harmful, destructive thinking and enable you to live the life of joy and peace that God intends you to live. Winning the War in Your Mind will help you: - Learn how your brain works and see how to rewire it - Identify the lies your enemy wants you to believe - Recognize and short-circuit your mental triggers for destructive thinking - See how prayer and praise will transform your mind - Develop practices that allow God's thoughts to become your thoughts   God has something better for your life than your old ways of thinking. It's time to change your mind so God can change your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning the War in Your Mind: Change Your Thinking, Change Your Life Author: Craig Groeschel Narrator: Craig Groeschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 475 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 34 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: MORE THAN 500,000 COPIES SOLD! Are your thoughts out of control--just like your life? Do you long to break free from the spiral of destructive thinking? Let God's truth become your battle plan to win the war in your mind! We've all tried to think our way out of bad habits and unhealthy thought patterns, only to find ourselves stuck with an out-of-control mind and off-track daily life. Pastor and New York Times bestselling author Craig Groeschel understands deeply this daily battle against self-doubt and negative thinking, and in this powerful new book he reveals the strategies he's discovered to change your mind and your life for the long-term. Drawing upon Scripture and the latest findings of brain science, Groeschel lays out practical strategies that will free you from the grip of harmful, destructive thinking and enable you to live the life of joy and peace that God intends you to live. Winning the War in Your Mind will help you: - Learn how your brain works and see how to rewire it - Identify the lies your enemy wants you to believe - Recognize and short-circuit your mental triggers for destructive thinking - See how prayer and praise will transform your mind - Develop practices that allow God's thoughts to become your thoughts   God has something better for your life than your old ways of thinking. It's time to change your mind so God can change your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Jesus Truly God?: How the Bible Teaches the Divinity of Christ Author: Gregory R. Lanier Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The question of Jesus's divinity has been at the epicenter of theological discussion since the early church. At the First Council of Nicaea in AD 325, the church fathers affirmed that Jesus is “true God from true God.” Today, beliefs such as this one are confessed through creeds in churches around the world, and yet there remains confusion as to who Jesus is. New Testament scholar Greg Lanier traces the rich roots of creedal Christology through the Scriptures, explaining six ways that the Bible displays Jesus’s divinity. As you discover the overwhelming biblical evidence for the divinity of Christ, you will be drawn to the inescapable conclusion that the man Jesus Christ is more than just a footnote in history―he is truly God. Gregory R. Lanier Tue, 11 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451662 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Jesus Truly God?: How the Bible Teaches the Divinity of Christ Author: Gregory R. Lanier Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The question of Jesus's divinity has been at the epicenter of theological discussion since the early church. At the First Council of Nicaea in AD 325, the church fathers affirmed that Jesus is “true God from true God.” Today, beliefs such as this one are confessed through creeds in churches around the world, and yet there remains confusion as to who Jesus is. New Testament scholar Greg Lanier traces the rich roots of creedal Christology through the Scriptures, explaining six ways that the Bible displays Jesus’s divinity. As you discover the overwhelming biblical evidence for the divinity of Christ, you will be drawn to the inescapable conclusion that the man Jesus Christ is more than just a footnote in history―he is truly God. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Jesus Truly God?: How the Bible Teaches the Divinity of Christ Author: Gregory R. Lanier Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The question of Jesus's divinity has been at the epicenter of theological discussion since the early church. At the First Council of Nicaea in AD 325, the church fathers affirmed that Jesus is “true God from true God.” Today, beliefs such as this one are confessed through creeds in churches around the world, and yet there remains confusion as to who Jesus is. New Testament scholar Greg Lanier traces the rich roots of creedal Christology through the Scriptures, explaining six ways that the Bible displays Jesus’s divinity. As you discover the overwhelming biblical evidence for the divinity of Christ, you will be drawn to the inescapable conclusion that the man Jesus Christ is more than just a footnote in history―he is truly God. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humility: The Beauty of Holiness Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this work, Andrew Murray describes the self-sacrifice and perfect humility of Jesus Christ.  Murray emphasizes the need to not just appreciate this quality but to also strive to emulate it.  To live one’s life as a servant is the call and necessity of every Christian.  Humility and the denial of one’s self is shown here to be truly essential to the Christian life and to all who claim to follow Jesus. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Simon Bubb brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Andrew Murray Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451488 thebookvoice.com 2:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humility: The Beauty of Holiness Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this work, Andrew Murray describes the self-sacrifice and perfect humility of Jesus Christ.  Murray emphasizes the need to not just appreciate this quality but to also strive to emulate it.  To live one’s life as a servant is the call and necessity of every Christian.  Humility and the denial of one’s self is shown here to be truly essential to the Christian life and to all who claim to follow Jesus. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Simon Bubb brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humility: The Beauty of Holiness Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Simon Bubb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: In this work, Andrew Murray describes the self-sacrifice and perfect humility of Jesus Christ.  Murray emphasizes the need to not just appreciate this quality but to also strive to emulate it.  To live one’s life as a servant is the call and necessity of every Christian.  Humility and the denial of one’s self is shown here to be truly essential to the Christian life and to all who claim to follow Jesus. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic Christian titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Simon Bubb brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivor: An Abortion Survivor's Surprising Story of Choosing Forgiveness and Finding Redemption Author: Lois Mowday Rabey, Claire Culwell, Steve Rabey Narrator: Claire Culwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An abortion survivor and leading pro-life spokeswoman tells her inspiring and sometimes surprising story of redemption, healing, and forgiveness, offering grace and support—not shame—to women facing the most difficult decision of their lives. “Claire’s heart-wrenching and inspiring story is exactly what our world needs today.”—Lila Rose, president and founder of Live Action, author of Fighting for Life Foreword by Abby Johnson, bestselling author of Unplanned, and afterword by Josh McDowell, founder of Josh McDowell Ministry   Raised in a loving adoptive home, Claire Culwell, at the age of twenty-one, decided to meet her birth mother—and got the shock of her life. Claire’s birth mother, Tonya, confessed that when she was pregnant with Claire, she’d gone to a clinic for an abortion. Yet, after the abortion, the pregnancy continued to progress. What Tonya’s doctor had overlooked was that she’d been pregnant with twins. The abortion that terminated the life of Claire’s twin had miraculously spared Claire.    Claire embraced the unique circumstances, soon sharing her story with the world and urging her listeners to understand how abortion takes the life of a child. When Claire faced her own unplanned pregnancy as a single woman, she embraced the added opportunity to step into the shoes of those she advocates for. Her heart grew bigger on the issue of life, which increased her extension of empathy and grace to women in pregnancy crisis. At the same time, she began to challenge churches to truly value not just the unborn but also the women who face unexpected pregnancy.  Survivor is Claire’s incredible story of surviving abortion and advocating for life—the lives of unborn babies as well as the lives of their mothers. Her powerful message of grace speaks louder than politics or controversy or shame as she inspires each of us to choose life wherever we are. Lois Mowday Rabey, Claire Culwell, Steve Rabey Tue, 27 Apr 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451441 thebookvoice.com 5:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivor: An Abortion Survivor's Surprising Story of Choosing Forgiveness and Finding Redemption Author: Lois Mowday Rabey, Claire Culwell, Steve Rabey Narrator: Claire Culwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An abortion survivor and leading pro-life spokeswoman tells her inspiring and sometimes surprising story of redemption, healing, and forgiveness, offering grace and support—not shame—to women facing the most difficult decision of their lives. “Claire’s heart-wrenching and inspiring story is exactly what our world needs today.”—Lila Rose, president and founder of Live Action, author of Fighting for Life Foreword by Abby Johnson, bestselling author of Unplanned, and afterword by Josh McDowell, founder of Josh McDowell Ministry   Raised in a loving adoptive home, Claire Culwell, at the age of twenty-one, decided to meet her birth mother—and got the shock of her life. Claire’s birth mother, Tonya, confessed that when she was pregnant with Claire, she’d gone to a clinic for an abortion. Yet, after the abortion, the pregnancy continued to progress. What Tonya’s doctor had overlooked was that she’d been pregnant with twins. The abortion that terminated the life of Claire’s twin had miraculously spared Claire.    Claire embraced the unique circumstances, soon sharing her story with the world and urging her listeners to understand how abortion takes the life of a child. When Claire faced her own unplanned pregnancy as a single woman, she embraced the added opportunity to step into the shoes of those she advocates for. Her heart grew bigger on the issue of life, which increased her extension of empathy and grace to women in pregnancy crisis. At the same time, she began to challenge churches to truly value not just the unborn but also the women who face unexpected pregnancy.  Survivor is Claire’s incredible story of surviving abortion and advocating for life—the lives of unborn babies as well as the lives of their mothers. Her powerful message of grace speaks louder than politics or controversy or shame as she inspires each of us to choose life wherever we are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Survivor: An Abortion Survivor's Surprising Story of Choosing Forgiveness and Finding Redemption Author: Lois Mowday Rabey, Claire Culwell, Steve Rabey Narrator: Claire Culwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An abortion survivor and leading pro-life spokeswoman tells her inspiring and sometimes surprising story of redemption, healing, and forgiveness, offering grace and support—not shame—to women facing the most difficult decision of their lives. “Claire’s heart-wrenching and inspiring story is exactly what our world needs today.”—Lila Rose, president and founder of Live Action, author of Fighting for Life Foreword by Abby Johnson, bestselling author of Unplanned, and afterword by Josh McDowell, founder of Josh McDowell Ministry   Raised in a loving adoptive home, Claire Culwell, at the age of twenty-one, decided to meet her birth mother—and got the shock of her life. Claire’s birth mother, Tonya, confessed that when she was pregnant with Claire, she’d gone to a clinic for an abortion. Yet, after the abortion, the pregnancy continued to progress. What Tonya’s doctor had overlooked was that she’d been pregnant with twins. The abortion that terminated the life of Claire’s twin had miraculously spared Claire.    Claire embraced the unique circumstances, soon sharing her story with the world and urging her listeners to understand how abortion takes the life of a child. When Claire faced her own unplanned pregnancy as a single woman, she embraced the added opportunity to step into the shoes of those she advocates for. Her heart grew bigger on the issue of life, which increased her extension of empathy and grace to women in pregnancy crisis. At the same time, she began to challenge churches to truly value not just the unborn but also the women who face unexpected pregnancy.  Survivor is Claire’s incredible story of surviving abortion and advocating for life—the lives of unborn babies as well as the lives of their mothers. Her powerful message of grace speaks louder than politics or controversy or shame as she inspires each of us to choose life wherever we are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451286 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biography of God Author: Skip Heitzig Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Open your eyes and your heart to a bigger picture of God In Biography of God, pastor Skip Heitzig draws on his biblical knowledge and personal experience to tackle the universal questions: Is God real and can He be truly known? Drawing on philosophy and science to unpack the Bible, Heitzig offers answers to these questions and more as he helps you explore what it means to be God's friend and how to know Him intimately. As you begin to recognize and remove the limits you’ve placed on God and you get to know Him personally—His nature, His character, and His plans—you will experience a richer faith. Skip Heitzig Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451286 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biography of God Author: Skip Heitzig Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Open your eyes and your heart to a bigger picture of God In Biography of God, pastor Skip Heitzig draws on his biblical knowledge and personal experience to tackle the universal questions: Is God real and can He be truly known? Drawing on philosophy and science to unpack the Bible, Heitzig offers answers to these questions and more as he helps you explore what it means to be God's friend and how to know Him intimately. As you begin to recognize and remove the limits you’ve placed on God and you get to know Him personally—His nature, His character, and His plans—you will experience a richer faith. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451286]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biography of God Author: Skip Heitzig Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Open your eyes and your heart to a bigger picture of God In Biography of God, pastor Skip Heitzig draws on his biblical knowledge and personal experience to tackle the universal questions: Is God real and can He be truly known? Drawing on philosophy and science to unpack the Bible, Heitzig offers answers to these questions and more as he helps you explore what it means to be God's friend and how to know Him intimately. As you begin to recognize and remove the limits you’ve placed on God and you get to know Him personally—His nature, His character, and His plans—you will experience a richer faith. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging with Mormons: Understanding Their World; Sharing Good News Author: Corey Miller Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An introduction to what Mormons believe and how Christians can reach out to them with the gospel. Many people see Mormons as just another branch of the Christian church, and to be admired, perhaps, for their family life, morality, and upright culture. But the theology and spirituality of this cult are very far from an orthodox biblical understanding of true saving faith. And yet Christians are often fearful of engaging in conversations about the gospel with Mormons, knowing that there are suspicions and complex issues that lie beneath the surface. This short book is designed to help both Christians and whole churches to understand more about the beliefs, mindset, and motivations of those who are members of the Church of Jesus Christ of the Latter Day Saints (Mormons), and to reach out to them with the good news of the gospel. Written at a level that everyone can understand, this book emphasizes the importance of forming loving, honest, and open relationships as part of the way we engage with our Mormon friends and neighbors, and with those who may come knocking at our doors. Corey Miller Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451287 thebookvoice.com 2:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging with Mormons: Understanding Their World; Sharing Good News Author: Corey Miller Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An introduction to what Mormons believe and how Christians can reach out to them with the gospel. Many people see Mormons as just another branch of the Christian church, and to be admired, perhaps, for their family life, morality, and upright culture. But the theology and spirituality of this cult are very far from an orthodox biblical understanding of true saving faith. And yet Christians are often fearful of engaging in conversations about the gospel with Mormons, knowing that there are suspicions and complex issues that lie beneath the surface. This short book is designed to help both Christians and whole churches to understand more about the beliefs, mindset, and motivations of those who are members of the Church of Jesus Christ of the Latter Day Saints (Mormons), and to reach out to them with the good news of the gospel. Written at a level that everyone can understand, this book emphasizes the importance of forming loving, honest, and open relationships as part of the way we engage with our Mormon friends and neighbors, and with those who may come knocking at our doors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engaging with Mormons: Understanding Their World; Sharing Good News Author: Corey Miller Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: An introduction to what Mormons believe and how Christians can reach out to them with the gospel. Many people see Mormons as just another branch of the Christian church, and to be admired, perhaps, for their family life, morality, and upright culture. But the theology and spirituality of this cult are very far from an orthodox biblical understanding of true saving faith. And yet Christians are often fearful of engaging in conversations about the gospel with Mormons, knowing that there are suspicions and complex issues that lie beneath the surface. This short book is designed to help both Christians and whole churches to understand more about the beliefs, mindset, and motivations of those who are members of the Church of Jesus Christ of the Latter Day Saints (Mormons), and to reach out to them with the good news of the gospel. Written at a level that everyone can understand, this book emphasizes the importance of forming loving, honest, and open relationships as part of the way we engage with our Mormon friends and neighbors, and with those who may come knocking at our doors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451284 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planting a Church Without Losing Your Soul: Nine Questions for the Spiritually Formed Pastor Author: Tim Morey Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does it take to be a church planter or other ministry entrepreneur? Most leaders start out with passion, a sense of calling, and a focus on building ministry skills. Such things might get some results, but they are not enough to sustain a healthy ministry—or a healthy life. Beyond the vocational capacities every church planter needs, there's a range of capabilities more difficult to measure but even more essential: what veteran church planter Tim Morey calls spiritual competencies. Morey provides here a practical guide to spiritual formation geared to the unique needs of church planters. He helps listeners answer the questions, What are the spiritual capabilities that I as a church planter need to develop? How might I lean into the work Jesus is doing in these vital areas? Spiritual competencies have to do not just with behaviors but also with the motivations, agendas, and scripts that drive behaviors. Morey explores how church planters can become people who invest in their own physical, emotional, relational, and spiritual health; accept limits and share responsibilities; can be trusted with power; are able to stay resilient and grow through difficulties; can minister without being noticed; and find a sustainable pace that helps them avoid burnout. Tim Morey Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451284 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planting a Church Without Losing Your Soul: Nine Questions for the Spiritually Formed Pastor Author: Tim Morey Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does it take to be a church planter or other ministry entrepreneur? Most leaders start out with passion, a sense of calling, and a focus on building ministry skills. Such things might get some results, but they are not enough to sustain a healthy ministry—or a healthy life. Beyond the vocational capacities every church planter needs, there's a range of capabilities more difficult to measure but even more essential: what veteran church planter Tim Morey calls spiritual competencies. Morey provides here a practical guide to spiritual formation geared to the unique needs of church planters. He helps listeners answer the questions, What are the spiritual capabilities that I as a church planter need to develop? How might I lean into the work Jesus is doing in these vital areas? Spiritual competencies have to do not just with behaviors but also with the motivations, agendas, and scripts that drive behaviors. Morey explores how church planters can become people who invest in their own physical, emotional, relational, and spiritual health; accept limits and share responsibilities; can be trusted with power; are able to stay resilient and grow through difficulties; can minister without being noticed; and find a sustainable pace that helps them avoid burnout. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planting a Church Without Losing Your Soul: Nine Questions for the Spiritually Formed Pastor Author: Tim Morey Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: What does it take to be a church planter or other ministry entrepreneur? Most leaders start out with passion, a sense of calling, and a focus on building ministry skills. Such things might get some results, but they are not enough to sustain a healthy ministry—or a healthy life. Beyond the vocational capacities every church planter needs, there's a range of capabilities more difficult to measure but even more essential: what veteran church planter Tim Morey calls spiritual competencies. Morey provides here a practical guide to spiritual formation geared to the unique needs of church planters. He helps listeners answer the questions, What are the spiritual capabilities that I as a church planter need to develop? How might I lean into the work Jesus is doing in these vital areas? Spiritual competencies have to do not just with behaviors but also with the motivations, agendas, and scripts that drive behaviors. Morey explores how church planters can become people who invest in their own physical, emotional, relational, and spiritual health; accept limits and share responsibilities; can be trusted with power; are able to stay resilient and grow through difficulties; can minister without being noticed; and find a sustainable pace that helps them avoid burnout. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Sounds Fun: The Joys of Being an Amateur, The Power of Falling in Love, and Why You Need a Hobby Author: Annie F. Downs Narrator: Annie F. Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know there are certain things we must have to survive—food, shelter, and safety to name a few. But there are also aspects of life that truly allow us to be joyful and fulfilled. For popular podcaster and bestselling author Annie F. Downs, fun is close to the top of that list. Few would argue that having fun doesn't enrich our lives, but so much gets in the way of prioritizing it. Tough days, busyness, and feelings that are hard to talk about keep us from the fun that's out there waiting to be found. With That Sounds Fun, Annie offers an irresistible invitation to understand the meaning of fun, to embrace it and chase it, and to figure out what, exactly, sounds fun to you—then do it! Exploring some research and sharing some thoughts behind why fun matters, she shows you how to find, experience, and multiply your fun. With her signature storytelling style and whimsical vulnerability, Annie is the friend we all need to guide us back to staying true to ourselves and finding the fun we need. Contains content exclusive to the audiobook. Annie F. Downs Tue, 02 Feb 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451282 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Sounds Fun: The Joys of Being an Amateur, The Power of Falling in Love, and Why You Need a Hobby Author: Annie F. Downs Narrator: Annie F. Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know there are certain things we must have to survive—food, shelter, and safety to name a few. But there are also aspects of life that truly allow us to be joyful and fulfilled. For popular podcaster and bestselling author Annie F. Downs, fun is close to the top of that list. Few would argue that having fun doesn't enrich our lives, but so much gets in the way of prioritizing it. Tough days, busyness, and feelings that are hard to talk about keep us from the fun that's out there waiting to be found. With That Sounds Fun, Annie offers an irresistible invitation to understand the meaning of fun, to embrace it and chase it, and to figure out what, exactly, sounds fun to you—then do it! Exploring some research and sharing some thoughts behind why fun matters, she shows you how to find, experience, and multiply your fun. With her signature storytelling style and whimsical vulnerability, Annie is the friend we all need to guide us back to staying true to ourselves and finding the fun we need. Contains content exclusive to the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That Sounds Fun: The Joys of Being an Amateur, The Power of Falling in Love, and Why You Need a Hobby Author: Annie F. Downs Narrator: Annie F. Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know there are certain things we must have to survive—food, shelter, and safety to name a few. But there are also aspects of life that truly allow us to be joyful and fulfilled. For popular podcaster and bestselling author Annie F. Downs, fun is close to the top of that list. Few would argue that having fun doesn't enrich our lives, but so much gets in the way of prioritizing it. Tough days, busyness, and feelings that are hard to talk about keep us from the fun that's out there waiting to be found. With That Sounds Fun, Annie offers an irresistible invitation to understand the meaning of fun, to embrace it and chase it, and to figure out what, exactly, sounds fun to you—then do it! Exploring some research and sharing some thoughts behind why fun matters, she shows you how to find, experience, and multiply your fun. With her signature storytelling style and whimsical vulnerability, Annie is the friend we all need to guide us back to staying true to ourselves and finding the fun we need. Contains content exclusive to the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451283 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90 Minutes in Heaven: A True Story of Death & Life Author: Don Piper Narrator: Don Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since 90 Minutes in Heaven was first published in 2004, millions of people worldwide have read the incredible true story of Don Piper's experience with death and life—and in reading they have found their own lives changed. After a semi-truck collided with Don Piper's car, he was pronounced dead at the scene. For the next ninety minutes, he experienced the glories of heaven. Back on earth, a passing minister felt led to stop and pray for the accident victim even though he was told Piper was dead. Miraculously, Piper came back to life, and the pleasure of heaven was replaced by a long and painful recovery. With a personal update from Don on the impact the book has had on him, his family, and the millions who have heard his story, even those who have read the original book will want to be part of the continuing story of 90 Minutes in Heaven with this new edition. Don Piper Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451283 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90 Minutes in Heaven: A True Story of Death & Life Author: Don Piper Narrator: Don Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since 90 Minutes in Heaven was first published in 2004, millions of people worldwide have read the incredible true story of Don Piper's experience with death and life—and in reading they have found their own lives changed. After a semi-truck collided with Don Piper's car, he was pronounced dead at the scene. For the next ninety minutes, he experienced the glories of heaven. Back on earth, a passing minister felt led to stop and pray for the accident victim even though he was told Piper was dead. Miraculously, Piper came back to life, and the pleasure of heaven was replaced by a long and painful recovery. With a personal update from Don on the impact the book has had on him, his family, and the millions who have heard his story, even those who have read the original book will want to be part of the continuing story of 90 Minutes in Heaven with this new edition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451283]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 90 Minutes in Heaven: A True Story of Death & Life Author: Don Piper Narrator: Don Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Since 90 Minutes in Heaven was first published in 2004, millions of people worldwide have read the incredible true story of Don Piper's experience with death and life—and in reading they have found their own lives changed. After a semi-truck collided with Don Piper's car, he was pronounced dead at the scene. For the next ninety minutes, he experienced the glories of heaven. Back on earth, a passing minister felt led to stop and pray for the accident victim even though he was told Piper was dead. Miraculously, Piper came back to life, and the pleasure of heaven was replaced by a long and painful recovery. With a personal update from Don on the impact the book has had on him, his family, and the millions who have heard his story, even those who have read the original book will want to be part of the continuing story of 90 Minutes in Heaven with this new edition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help! I Work with People: Getting Good at Influence, Leadership, and People Skills Author: Chad Veach Narrator: Chad Veach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know leadership isn't exclusive to corner offices and multimillion-dollar budgets—some of the best leaders are the mentors and technicians who are more comfortable behind the scenes. But what if being an effective leader isn't just about having innovative ideas and high levels of productivity? What if becoming a great leader is more about prioritizing self-awareness and people skills than production and performance? Help! I Work with People is not a book about leadership theory, but rather a handbook on how to connect with people and influence them for good. With his signature transparent and relatable storytelling, Chad Veach uses modern research and biblical principles to encourage you to lean into your leadership potential regardless of your level of influence or experience. In short and easily digestible chapters, he addresses the three phases of becoming a quality leader: learning to lead the hardest person you will ever be in charge of—yourself; recognizing the power of becoming a people person; and creating a culture and environment where the team's shared vision can grow. People are the most important part of life. Let's learn how to lead as if we like each other. Chad Veach Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451281 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help! I Work with People: Getting Good at Influence, Leadership, and People Skills Author: Chad Veach Narrator: Chad Veach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know leadership isn't exclusive to corner offices and multimillion-dollar budgets—some of the best leaders are the mentors and technicians who are more comfortable behind the scenes. But what if being an effective leader isn't just about having innovative ideas and high levels of productivity? What if becoming a great leader is more about prioritizing self-awareness and people skills than production and performance? Help! I Work with People is not a book about leadership theory, but rather a handbook on how to connect with people and influence them for good. With his signature transparent and relatable storytelling, Chad Veach uses modern research and biblical principles to encourage you to lean into your leadership potential regardless of your level of influence or experience. In short and easily digestible chapters, he addresses the three phases of becoming a quality leader: learning to lead the hardest person you will ever be in charge of—yourself; recognizing the power of becoming a people person; and creating a culture and environment where the team's shared vision can grow. People are the most important part of life. Let's learn how to lead as if we like each other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help! I Work with People: Getting Good at Influence, Leadership, and People Skills Author: Chad Veach Narrator: Chad Veach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We know leadership isn't exclusive to corner offices and multimillion-dollar budgets—some of the best leaders are the mentors and technicians who are more comfortable behind the scenes. But what if being an effective leader isn't just about having innovative ideas and high levels of productivity? What if becoming a great leader is more about prioritizing self-awareness and people skills than production and performance? Help! I Work with People is not a book about leadership theory, but rather a handbook on how to connect with people and influence them for good. With his signature transparent and relatable storytelling, Chad Veach uses modern research and biblical principles to encourage you to lean into your leadership potential regardless of your level of influence or experience. In short and easily digestible chapters, he addresses the three phases of becoming a quality leader: learning to lead the hardest person you will ever be in charge of—yourself; recognizing the power of becoming a people person; and creating a culture and environment where the team's shared vision can grow. People are the most important part of life. Let's learn how to lead as if we like each other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Knowing God Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When God calls you and me to know Him and experience Him, He wants more than a fan club. He wants an intimate relationship. You go to church, read your Bible, and participate in Bible study groups, yet you still feel something is missing in your relationship with God. You want more. Dr. Tony Evans believes knowing God fully should be everyone's life ambition. He has developed a strategy for living victoriously as a child of God and he wants to equip you with the right tools for success in pursuing a personal and authentic relationship with the Savior. Develop the kind of relationship that goes beyond intellectual knowledge, emotions, and actions as you: - cultivate a more heartfelt closeness to God - experience the power of His presence - connect in an abiding relationship with Jesus As you become more intimately bonded in love with God, you will come to know Him as He really is. Tony Evans Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450921 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Knowing God Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When God calls you and me to know Him and experience Him, He wants more than a fan club. He wants an intimate relationship. You go to church, read your Bible, and participate in Bible study groups, yet you still feel something is missing in your relationship with God. You want more. Dr. Tony Evans believes knowing God fully should be everyone's life ambition. He has developed a strategy for living victoriously as a child of God and he wants to equip you with the right tools for success in pursuing a personal and authentic relationship with the Savior. Develop the kind of relationship that goes beyond intellectual knowledge, emotions, and actions as you: - cultivate a more heartfelt closeness to God - experience the power of His presence - connect in an abiding relationship with Jesus As you become more intimately bonded in love with God, you will come to know Him as He really is. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Knowing God Author: Tony Evans Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: When God calls you and me to know Him and experience Him, He wants more than a fan club. He wants an intimate relationship. You go to church, read your Bible, and participate in Bible study groups, yet you still feel something is missing in your relationship with God. You want more. Dr. Tony Evans believes knowing God fully should be everyone's life ambition. He has developed a strategy for living victoriously as a child of God and he wants to equip you with the right tools for success in pursuing a personal and authentic relationship with the Savior. Develop the kind of relationship that goes beyond intellectual knowledge, emotions, and actions as you: - cultivate a more heartfelt closeness to God - experience the power of His presence - connect in an abiding relationship with Jesus As you become more intimately bonded in love with God, you will come to know Him as He really is. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450920 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God on the Brain: What Cognitive Science Does (and Does Not) Tell Us about Faith, Human Nature, and the Divine Author: Brad Sickler Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advances in modern science have dramatically increased our understanding of the human brain. While this progress has helped improve many lives, it has also raised many philosophical and theological questions. Researchers are increasingly presenting the brain as comprising the totality of a person. But is this a fair assessment? Bradley Sickler offers a timely theological, scientific, and philosophical analysis of cognitive science, arguing that the brain is more complex than what can be explained by science alone. Navigating questions about the brain, religion, and science, Sickler guides readers to confidently affirm that the Christian worldview offers the most compelling vision of the true nature of humanity. Brad Sickler Tue, 21 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450920 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God on the Brain: What Cognitive Science Does (and Does Not) Tell Us about Faith, Human Nature, and the Divine Author: Brad Sickler Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advances in modern science have dramatically increased our understanding of the human brain. While this progress has helped improve many lives, it has also raised many philosophical and theological questions. Researchers are increasingly presenting the brain as comprising the totality of a person. But is this a fair assessment? Bradley Sickler offers a timely theological, scientific, and philosophical analysis of cognitive science, arguing that the brain is more complex than what can be explained by science alone. Navigating questions about the brain, religion, and science, Sickler guides readers to confidently affirm that the Christian worldview offers the most compelling vision of the true nature of humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450920]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God on the Brain: What Cognitive Science Does (and Does Not) Tell Us about Faith, Human Nature, and the Divine Author: Brad Sickler Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Advances in modern science have dramatically increased our understanding of the human brain. While this progress has helped improve many lives, it has also raised many philosophical and theological questions. Researchers are increasingly presenting the brain as comprising the totality of a person. But is this a fair assessment? Bradley Sickler offers a timely theological, scientific, and philosophical analysis of cognitive science, arguing that the brain is more complex than what can be explained by science alone. Navigating questions about the brain, religion, and science, Sickler guides readers to confidently affirm that the Christian worldview offers the most compelling vision of the true nature of humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Drop the Mic: The Power of Your Words Can Change the World Author: T. D. Jakes Narrator: Brad Sanders, T. D. Jakes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Communicate boldly and effectively like never before with the help and guidance of a #1 New York Times bestselling author and trusted Bishop. In Don't Drop the Mic, Bishop Jakes speaks to readers about communication and how the ways we speak and interact with others can be part of our everyday ministries. He helps readers understand: - Why the way we speak and the words we use matter - How speaking well, no matter your topic or audience, improves your chances of getting the result you want - How to craft your message, whether it's a simple email or a speech under the spotlights, to connect with listeners - Why good communication is important for building connection and community - How sharing God's Word produces abundant fruit ​Drawing lessons from Scripture and his own life, Jakes gives career advice for those who have or want to grow into a speaking career, but he also provides clear direction and insight for everyone who gives presentations, writes emails, or talks to other people in their job or home life. There will be practical advice about how to craft insightful and meaningful communications, but the heart of this book is really about how we can communicate more clearly to build community and share the hope of Christ in our everyday lives. The more adept we become at using all available resources to convey our message, the greater our impact. From lovers to litigators, entrepreneurs to entertainers, and bloggers to board members, we all want to communicate more effectively, intimately, and efficiently. Whether you're interviewing for a new position, proposing a new business plan, auditioning for a performance, delivering a report for your committee, teaching Sunday school, or sharing your heart with a loved one, this book will help. T. D. Jakes Tue, 20 Apr 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450894 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Drop the Mic: The Power of Your Words Can Change the World Author: T. D. Jakes Narrator: Brad Sanders, T. D. Jakes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Communicate boldly and effectively like never before with the help and guidance of a #1 New York Times bestselling author and trusted Bishop. In Don't Drop the Mic, Bishop Jakes speaks to readers about communication and how the ways we speak and interact with others can be part of our everyday ministries. He helps readers understand: - Why the way we speak and the words we use matter - How speaking well, no matter your topic or audience, improves your chances of getting the result you want - How to craft your message, whether it's a simple email or a speech under the spotlights, to connect with listeners - Why good communication is important for building connection and community - How sharing God's Word produces abundant fruit ​Drawing lessons from Scripture and his own life, Jakes gives career advice for those who have or want to grow into a speaking career, but he also provides clear direction and insight for everyone who gives presentations, writes emails, or talks to other people in their job or home life. There will be practical advice about how to craft insightful and meaningful communications, but the heart of this book is really about how we can communicate more clearly to build community and share the hope of Christ in our everyday lives. The more adept we become at using all available resources to convey our message, the greater our impact. From lovers to litigators, entrepreneurs to entertainers, and bloggers to board members, we all want to communicate more effectively, intimately, and efficiently. Whether you're interviewing for a new position, proposing a new business plan, auditioning for a performance, delivering a report for your committee, teaching Sunday school, or sharing your heart with a loved one, this book will help. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Drop the Mic: The Power of Your Words Can Change the World Author: T. D. Jakes Narrator: Brad Sanders, T. D. Jakes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 45 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Communicate boldly and effectively like never before with the help and guidance of a #1 New York Times bestselling author and trusted Bishop. In Don't Drop the Mic, Bishop Jakes speaks to readers about communication and how the ways we speak and interact with others can be part of our everyday ministries. He helps readers understand: - Why the way we speak and the words we use matter - How speaking well, no matter your topic or audience, improves your chances of getting the result you want - How to craft your message, whether it's a simple email or a speech under the spotlights, to connect with listeners - Why good communication is important for building connection and community - How sharing God's Word produces abundant fruit ​Drawing lessons from Scripture and his own life, Jakes gives career advice for those who have or want to grow into a speaking career, but he also provides clear direction and insight for everyone who gives presentations, writes emails, or talks to other people in their job or home life. There will be practical advice about how to craft insightful and meaningful communications, but the heart of this book is really about how we can communicate more clearly to build community and share the hope of Christ in our everyday lives. The more adept we become at using all available resources to convey our message, the greater our impact. From lovers to litigators, entrepreneurs to entertainers, and bloggers to board members, we all want to communicate more effectively, intimately, and efficiently. Whether you're interviewing for a new position, proposing a new business plan, auditioning for a performance, delivering a report for your committee, teaching Sunday school, or sharing your heart with a loved one, this book will help. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Speak up. Don’t take it so personally. Just make a decision already.   Every day, whether they’re competing in the business world or serving in a nonprofit, women hear that they’re not enough. They’re too emotional to lead, and the way they act, speak, and even think is detrimental to success. But in Lead Like a Woman, former Fortune 500 executive Deborah Smith Pegues shows that your uniquely female qualities can position you for success—if you know how to use them. She’ll teach you to embrace 12 traits that can help you excel as a leader, and she’ll also help you eliminate 12 tendencies that could be hindering your progress. You will discover how to… - develop confidence while sharpening your professional and relational skills - let go of unproductive thoughts and habits that sabotage your success - create a transformative, participative, and inclusive organization Whether at work or in your community, Lead Like a Woman will empower you to walk boldly down your path of leadership and find fulfillment in the journey. Deborah Smith Pegues Tue, 11 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Speak up. Don’t take it so personally. Just make a decision already.   Every day, whether they’re competing in the business world or serving in a nonprofit, women hear that they’re not enough. They’re too emotional to lead, and the way they act, speak, and even think is detrimental to success. But in Lead Like a Woman, former Fortune 500 executive Deborah Smith Pegues shows that your uniquely female qualities can position you for success—if you know how to use them. She’ll teach you to embrace 12 traits that can help you excel as a leader, and she’ll also help you eliminate 12 tendencies that could be hindering your progress. You will discover how to… - develop confidence while sharpening your professional and relational skills - let go of unproductive thoughts and habits that sabotage your success - create a transformative, participative, and inclusive organization Whether at work or in your community, Lead Like a Woman will empower you to walk boldly down your path of leadership and find fulfillment in the journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Speak up. Don’t take it so personally. Just make a decision already.   Every day, whether they’re competing in the business world or serving in a nonprofit, women hear that they’re not enough. They’re too emotional to lead, and the way they act, speak, and even think is detrimental to success. But in Lead Like a Woman, former Fortune 500 executive Deborah Smith Pegues shows that your uniquely female qualities can position you for success—if you know how to use them. She’ll teach you to embrace 12 traits that can help you excel as a leader, and she’ll also help you eliminate 12 tendencies that could be hindering your progress. You will discover how to… - develop confidence while sharpening your professional and relational skills - let go of unproductive thoughts and habits that sabotage your success - create a transformative, participative, and inclusive organization Whether at work or in your community, Lead Like a Woman will empower you to walk boldly down your path of leadership and find fulfillment in the journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450378 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wedge of Truth: Splitting the Foundations of Naturalism Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Science is the supreme authority in our culture. Science speaks so authoritatively in our culture that many are tempted to use its clout to back claims that go beyond the available evidence. How can we identify when such ideological sleight of hand has taken place? This wedge of truth does not “wedge out” a necessary foundation of rational thought. But it does “wedge in” the much-needed acknowledgment that reason encompasses more than mere scientific investigation. Phillip E. Johnson argues compellingly for an understanding of reason that brings scientific certainty back into relational balance with philosophical inquiry and religious faith. Applying his wedge of truth, Johnson analyzes the latest debates between science and religion played out in our media, our universities, and society at large. He looks to thinkers such as Newbigin, Polanyi, and Pascal to lay a foundation for our seeing the universe in a totally different way. And from that base he then considers the educational programs and research agendas that should be undertaken—and have already begun in some earnest—during this new century. In the end, Johnson prophetically concludes that the walls of naturalism will fall and that the Christian gospel must play a vital role in building a new foundation for thinking—not just about science and religion, but about everything that gives human life hope and meaning. Phillip E. Johnson Tue, 28 Apr 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450378 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wedge of Truth: Splitting the Foundations of Naturalism Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Science is the supreme authority in our culture. Science speaks so authoritatively in our culture that many are tempted to use its clout to back claims that go beyond the available evidence. How can we identify when such ideological sleight of hand has taken place? This wedge of truth does not “wedge out” a necessary foundation of rational thought. But it does “wedge in” the much-needed acknowledgment that reason encompasses more than mere scientific investigation. Phillip E. Johnson argues compellingly for an understanding of reason that brings scientific certainty back into relational balance with philosophical inquiry and religious faith. Applying his wedge of truth, Johnson analyzes the latest debates between science and religion played out in our media, our universities, and society at large. He looks to thinkers such as Newbigin, Polanyi, and Pascal to lay a foundation for our seeing the universe in a totally different way. And from that base he then considers the educational programs and research agendas that should be undertaken—and have already begun in some earnest—during this new century. In the end, Johnson prophetically concludes that the walls of naturalism will fall and that the Christian gospel must play a vital role in building a new foundation for thinking—not just about science and religion, but about everything that gives human life hope and meaning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wedge of Truth: Splitting the Foundations of Naturalism Author: Phillip E. Johnson Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Science is the supreme authority in our culture. Science speaks so authoritatively in our culture that many are tempted to use its clout to back claims that go beyond the available evidence. How can we identify when such ideological sleight of hand has taken place? This wedge of truth does not “wedge out” a necessary foundation of rational thought. But it does “wedge in” the much-needed acknowledgment that reason encompasses more than mere scientific investigation. Phillip E. Johnson argues compellingly for an understanding of reason that brings scientific certainty back into relational balance with philosophical inquiry and religious faith. Applying his wedge of truth, Johnson analyzes the latest debates between science and religion played out in our media, our universities, and society at large. He looks to thinkers such as Newbigin, Polanyi, and Pascal to lay a foundation for our seeing the universe in a totally different way. And from that base he then considers the educational programs and research agendas that should be undertaken—and have already begun in some earnest—during this new century. In the end, Johnson prophetically concludes that the walls of naturalism will fall and that the Christian gospel must play a vital role in building a new foundation for thinking—not just about science and religion, but about everything that gives human life hope and meaning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divine Healing Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Jesus is still He who heals both soul and body. Salvation offers holiness and healing, and the Holy Spirit is willing to give us a manifestation of His power. When we ask why this divine power is not more often seen, the only biblical answer to be found is: “Because of your unbelief.” Health as well as salvation is to be obtained by faith. The natural tendency of man is to bring about his salvation by his works, and it is only with difficulty that he comes to receive it by faith. But when it is a question of healing the body, he has still more difficulty grasping that truth. As to salvation, he finally accepts it because there is no other way to open the door of heaven. But for the body, he makes use of many other treatments. But happy is he who understands that it is the will of God to show the power of Jesus and to reveal to us His Fatherly love by healing physically as well as spiritually. By doing so, He increases and confirms our faith and teaches us that He demonstrates the power of redemption in the body as well as in the soul. This book provides biblical clarity concerning divine healing, and supplies basic and applicable principles necessary to having faith concerning healing. The author makes it very clear that we are not healed based on who we are, but based on who Christ is. About the Author Andrew Murray (1828-1917) was a well-known South African writer, teacher, and pastor. More than 2 million copies of his books have been sold, and his name is mentioned among the other great leaders of the past such as Charles Spurgeon, T. Austin-Sparks, George Muller, D.L. Moody, and more. Andrew Murray Fri, 24 Jul 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450005 thebookvoice.com 4:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divine Healing Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Jesus is still He who heals both soul and body. Salvation offers holiness and healing, and the Holy Spirit is willing to give us a manifestation of His power. When we ask why this divine power is not more often seen, the only biblical answer to be found is: “Because of your unbelief.” Health as well as salvation is to be obtained by faith. The natural tendency of man is to bring about his salvation by his works, and it is only with difficulty that he comes to receive it by faith. But when it is a question of healing the body, he has still more difficulty grasping that truth. As to salvation, he finally accepts it because there is no other way to open the door of heaven. But for the body, he makes use of many other treatments. But happy is he who understands that it is the will of God to show the power of Jesus and to reveal to us His Fatherly love by healing physically as well as spiritually. By doing so, He increases and confirms our faith and teaches us that He demonstrates the power of redemption in the body as well as in the soul. This book provides biblical clarity concerning divine healing, and supplies basic and applicable principles necessary to having faith concerning healing. The author makes it very clear that we are not healed based on who we are, but based on who Christ is. About the Author Andrew Murray (1828-1917) was a well-known South African writer, teacher, and pastor. More than 2 million copies of his books have been sold, and his name is mentioned among the other great leaders of the past such as Charles Spurgeon, T. Austin-Sparks, George Muller, D.L. Moody, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divine Healing Author: Andrew Murray Narrator: Saethon Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: July 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: Jesus is still He who heals both soul and body. Salvation offers holiness and healing, and the Holy Spirit is willing to give us a manifestation of His power. When we ask why this divine power is not more often seen, the only biblical answer to be found is: “Because of your unbelief.” Health as well as salvation is to be obtained by faith. The natural tendency of man is to bring about his salvation by his works, and it is only with difficulty that he comes to receive it by faith. But when it is a question of healing the body, he has still more difficulty grasping that truth. As to salvation, he finally accepts it because there is no other way to open the door of heaven. But for the body, he makes use of many other treatments. But happy is he who understands that it is the will of God to show the power of Jesus and to reveal to us His Fatherly love by healing physically as well as spiritually. By doing so, He increases and confirms our faith and teaches us that He demonstrates the power of redemption in the body as well as in the soul. This book provides biblical clarity concerning divine healing, and supplies basic and applicable principles necessary to having faith concerning healing. The author makes it very clear that we are not healed based on who we are, but based on who Christ is. About the Author Andrew Murray (1828-1917) was a well-known South African writer, teacher, and pastor. More than 2 million copies of his books have been sold, and his name is mentioned among the other great leaders of the past such as Charles Spurgeon, T. Austin-Sparks, George Muller, D.L. Moody, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Friendly Guide to Homeschooling: Selections from Everything You Need to Know About Homeschooling Author: Lea Ann Garfias Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The one-stop homeschool audio resource for a new generation! In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, more families than ever before are asking questions about homeschooling. Lea Ann Garfias, homeschooling veteran and mom of six has all the information you need to succeed. In this audio book, containing content selected and adapted from the comprehensive print edition of Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling, Lea Ann guides you through your toughest questions about getting started and staying the course, including: - Should I homeschool my kids? How do I get started? What books should I buy? - What do I do in the first day? The first year? - How do I know if my child is on track? - What do I teach in each subject every age? - What is my own best way of teaching? - How can my child learn his own way? - Will homeschooling help my family draw closer to God and to each other? This friendly reference guide will provide you with everything you need to successfully tackle homeschooling in your own style, filling your experience with grace, forgiveness, and love for learning. This Abridged audio edition is compiled and adapted from Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling: A Comprehensive, Easy-to-Use Guide for the Journey from Early Learning through Graduation. Lea Ann Garfias Sat, 01 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449923 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Friendly Guide to Homeschooling: Selections from Everything You Need to Know About Homeschooling Author: Lea Ann Garfias Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The one-stop homeschool audio resource for a new generation! In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, more families than ever before are asking questions about homeschooling. Lea Ann Garfias, homeschooling veteran and mom of six has all the information you need to succeed. In this audio book, containing content selected and adapted from the comprehensive print edition of Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling, Lea Ann guides you through your toughest questions about getting started and staying the course, including: - Should I homeschool my kids? How do I get started? What books should I buy? - What do I do in the first day? The first year? - How do I know if my child is on track? - What do I teach in each subject every age? - What is my own best way of teaching? - How can my child learn his own way? - Will homeschooling help my family draw closer to God and to each other? This friendly reference guide will provide you with everything you need to successfully tackle homeschooling in your own style, filling your experience with grace, forgiveness, and love for learning. This Abridged audio edition is compiled and adapted from Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling: A Comprehensive, Easy-to-Use Guide for the Journey from Early Learning through Graduation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Friendly Guide to Homeschooling: Selections from Everything You Need to Know About Homeschooling Author: Lea Ann Garfias Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: The one-stop homeschool audio resource for a new generation! In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, more families than ever before are asking questions about homeschooling. Lea Ann Garfias, homeschooling veteran and mom of six has all the information you need to succeed. In this audio book, containing content selected and adapted from the comprehensive print edition of Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling, Lea Ann guides you through your toughest questions about getting started and staying the course, including: - Should I homeschool my kids? How do I get started? What books should I buy? - What do I do in the first day? The first year? - How do I know if my child is on track? - What do I teach in each subject every age? - What is my own best way of teaching? - How can my child learn his own way? - Will homeschooling help my family draw closer to God and to each other? This friendly reference guide will provide you with everything you need to successfully tackle homeschooling in your own style, filling your experience with grace, forgiveness, and love for learning. This Abridged audio edition is compiled and adapted from Everything You Need to Know about Homeschooling: A Comprehensive, Easy-to-Use Guide for the Journey from Early Learning through Graduation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449915 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of Scripture: Finding Our Place in the Biblical Story Author: Craig G. Bartholomew, Michael W. Goheen Narrator: Tim Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This bestselling textbook surveys the grand narrative of the Bible, demonstrating how the biblical story forms the foundation of a Christian worldview. The second edition has been thoroughly revised. Additional material is available online through Baker Academic's Textbook eSources, offering course help for professors and study aids for students. Resources include discussion questions, a Bible reading schedule, an adult Bible class schedule, and a course syllabus. Craig G. Bartholomew, Michael W. Goheen Mon, 10 Aug 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449915 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of Scripture: Finding Our Place in the Biblical Story Author: Craig G. Bartholomew, Michael W. Goheen Narrator: Tim Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This bestselling textbook surveys the grand narrative of the Bible, demonstrating how the biblical story forms the foundation of a Christian worldview. The second edition has been thoroughly revised. Additional material is available online through Baker Academic's Textbook eSources, offering course help for professors and study aids for students. Resources include discussion questions, a Bible reading schedule, an adult Bible class schedule, and a course syllabus. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449915]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of Scripture: Finding Our Place in the Biblical Story Author: Craig G. Bartholomew, Michael W. Goheen Narrator: Tim Danko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This bestselling textbook surveys the grand narrative of the Bible, demonstrating how the biblical story forms the foundation of a Christian worldview. The second edition has been thoroughly revised. Additional material is available online through Baker Academic's Textbook eSources, offering course help for professors and study aids for students. Resources include discussion questions, a Bible reading schedule, an adult Bible class schedule, and a course syllabus. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449811 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gospelbound: Living with Resolute Hope in an Anxious Age Author: Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra, Collin Hansen Narrator: Sybil Johnson, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A profound exploration of how to hold on to hope when our unchanging faith collides with a changing culture, from two respected Christian storytellers and thought leaders.   “Offers neither spin control nor image maintenance for the evangelical tribe, but genuine hope.”—Russell Moore, president of ERLC As the pressures of health warnings, economic turmoil, and partisan politics continue to rise, the influence of gospel-focused Christians seems to be waning. In the public square and popular opinion, we are losing our voice right when it’s needed most for Christ’s glory and the common good. But there’s another story unfolding too—if you know where to look.    In Gospelbound, Collin Hansen and Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra counter these growing fears with a robust message of resolute hope for anyone hungry for good news.    Join them in exploring profound stories of Christians who are quietly changing the world in the name of Jesus—from the wild world of digital media to the stories of ancient saints and unsung contemporary activists on the frontiers of justice and mercy.    Discover how, in these dark times, the light of Jesus shines even brighter. You haven’t heard the whole story. And that’s good news. Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra, Collin Hansen Tue, 06 Apr 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449811 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gospelbound: Living with Resolute Hope in an Anxious Age Author: Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra, Collin Hansen Narrator: Sybil Johnson, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A profound exploration of how to hold on to hope when our unchanging faith collides with a changing culture, from two respected Christian storytellers and thought leaders.   “Offers neither spin control nor image maintenance for the evangelical tribe, but genuine hope.”—Russell Moore, president of ERLC As the pressures of health warnings, economic turmoil, and partisan politics continue to rise, the influence of gospel-focused Christians seems to be waning. In the public square and popular opinion, we are losing our voice right when it’s needed most for Christ’s glory and the common good. But there’s another story unfolding too—if you know where to look.    In Gospelbound, Collin Hansen and Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra counter these growing fears with a robust message of resolute hope for anyone hungry for good news.    Join them in exploring profound stories of Christians who are quietly changing the world in the name of Jesus—from the wild world of digital media to the stories of ancient saints and unsung contemporary activists on the frontiers of justice and mercy.    Discover how, in these dark times, the light of Jesus shines even brighter. You haven’t heard the whole story. And that’s good news. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gospelbound: Living with Resolute Hope in an Anxious Age Author: Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra, Collin Hansen Narrator: Sybil Johnson, Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: A profound exploration of how to hold on to hope when our unchanging faith collides with a changing culture, from two respected Christian storytellers and thought leaders.   “Offers neither spin control nor image maintenance for the evangelical tribe, but genuine hope.”—Russell Moore, president of ERLC As the pressures of health warnings, economic turmoil, and partisan politics continue to rise, the influence of gospel-focused Christians seems to be waning. In the public square and popular opinion, we are losing our voice right when it’s needed most for Christ’s glory and the common good. But there’s another story unfolding too—if you know where to look.    In Gospelbound, Collin Hansen and Sarah Eekhoff Zylstra counter these growing fears with a robust message of resolute hope for anyone hungry for good news.    Join them in exploring profound stories of Christians who are quietly changing the world in the name of Jesus—from the wild world of digital media to the stories of ancient saints and unsung contemporary activists on the frontiers of justice and mercy.    Discover how, in these dark times, the light of Jesus shines even brighter. You haven’t heard the whole story. And that’s good news. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Incarnation: Rediscovering the Significance of Christmas Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: His parents gave him the name Jesus. But the prophets, the shepherds, the wise men, and the angels addressed him by other names. They called him Lord, Messiah, Savior, Emmanuel, Light of the World, and Word Made Flesh. In Incarnation, bestselling author Adam Hamilton explores the meaning of these titles and what they tell us about the child whose birth we celebrate at Christmas. Join him and reflect upon the significance of the Christ-child for our lives and world today! Chapter topics include: 1. The Royal Titles: Lord and Messiah 2. The Deliverer's Title: Savior 3. The Incarnate Title: Emmanuel 4. The Light of the World 5. Epilogue: The Word Made Flesh Adam Hamilton Tue, 17 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449782 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Incarnation: Rediscovering the Significance of Christmas Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: His parents gave him the name Jesus. But the prophets, the shepherds, the wise men, and the angels addressed him by other names. They called him Lord, Messiah, Savior, Emmanuel, Light of the World, and Word Made Flesh. In Incarnation, bestselling author Adam Hamilton explores the meaning of these titles and what they tell us about the child whose birth we celebrate at Christmas. Join him and reflect upon the significance of the Christ-child for our lives and world today! Chapter topics include: 1. The Royal Titles: Lord and Messiah 2. The Deliverer's Title: Savior 3. The Incarnate Title: Emmanuel 4. The Light of the World 5. Epilogue: The Word Made Flesh Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Incarnation: Rediscovering the Significance of Christmas Author: Adam Hamilton Narrator: Adam Verner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: His parents gave him the name Jesus. But the prophets, the shepherds, the wise men, and the angels addressed him by other names. They called him Lord, Messiah, Savior, Emmanuel, Light of the World, and Word Made Flesh. In Incarnation, bestselling author Adam Hamilton explores the meaning of these titles and what they tell us about the child whose birth we celebrate at Christmas. Join him and reflect upon the significance of the Christ-child for our lives and world today! Chapter topics include: 1. The Royal Titles: Lord and Messiah 2. The Deliverer's Title: Savior 3. The Incarnate Title: Emmanuel 4. The Light of the World 5. Epilogue: The Word Made Flesh https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Back to Purity Culture: Rediscovering Faithful Christian Sexuality Author: Rachel Joy Welcher Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It's time to talk back. The generation born into evangelical purity culture has grown up, and many have started families of their own. But as time goes on, it's becoming more evident that many still struggle with purity culture's complicated legacy—its idolization of virginity, its mixed messages about modesty and lust, and its promise of a healthy marriage and great sex for those who follow the rules. In Talking Back to Purity Culture, Rachel Joy Welcher reviews the movement carefully, examining its teachings through the lens of Scripture. Compassionate, faithful, and wise, she charts a path forward for evangelicals in the ongoing debates about sexuality—one that rejects legalism and license alike, steering us back instead to the good news of Jesus. It's time to talk back to purity culture—and this book is ready to jump-start the conversation. Rachel Joy Welcher Tue, 10 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449781 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Back to Purity Culture: Rediscovering Faithful Christian Sexuality Author: Rachel Joy Welcher Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It's time to talk back. The generation born into evangelical purity culture has grown up, and many have started families of their own. But as time goes on, it's becoming more evident that many still struggle with purity culture's complicated legacy—its idolization of virginity, its mixed messages about modesty and lust, and its promise of a healthy marriage and great sex for those who follow the rules. In Talking Back to Purity Culture, Rachel Joy Welcher reviews the movement carefully, examining its teachings through the lens of Scripture. Compassionate, faithful, and wise, she charts a path forward for evangelicals in the ongoing debates about sexuality—one that rejects legalism and license alike, steering us back instead to the good news of Jesus. It's time to talk back to purity culture—and this book is ready to jump-start the conversation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Talking Back to Purity Culture: Rediscovering Faithful Christian Sexuality Author: Rachel Joy Welcher Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: It's time to talk back. The generation born into evangelical purity culture has grown up, and many have started families of their own. But as time goes on, it's becoming more evident that many still struggle with purity culture's complicated legacy—its idolization of virginity, its mixed messages about modesty and lust, and its promise of a healthy marriage and great sex for those who follow the rules. In Talking Back to Purity Culture, Rachel Joy Welcher reviews the movement carefully, examining its teachings through the lens of Scripture. Compassionate, faithful, and wise, she charts a path forward for evangelicals in the ongoing debates about sexuality—one that rejects legalism and license alike, steering us back instead to the good news of Jesus. It's time to talk back to purity culture—and this book is ready to jump-start the conversation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Will of God Author: Leslie D. Weatherhead Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: During the tumultuous era of World War II, the city of London shattered under unrelenting bombs dropped by Nazi Germany. Millions of buildings were destroyed or damaged, tens of thousands of civilians were killed, and survivors were left to ask: How can this destruction be part of God's plan? What is God's will in all of this? After City Temple in London was reduced to rubble, Rev. Leslie Weatherhead crafted five sermons on understanding the will of God to help his congregation endure religious doubt as their city—and church—crumbled around them. Weatherhead's sermons were eventually published as The Will of God, a resource that has sold more than a million copies and has been a lifeline for grieving persons seeking to understand God's purpose for their pain. This revised edition of the classic book includes background information on the historical setting that inspired this book, and a new cover to refresh a timeless message—both for new audiences and returning fans. Leslie D. Weatherhead Tue, 05 Jan 2021 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449780 thebookvoice.com 2:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Will of God Author: Leslie D. Weatherhead Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: During the tumultuous era of World War II, the city of London shattered under unrelenting bombs dropped by Nazi Germany. Millions of buildings were destroyed or damaged, tens of thousands of civilians were killed, and survivors were left to ask: How can this destruction be part of God's plan? What is God's will in all of this? After City Temple in London was reduced to rubble, Rev. Leslie Weatherhead crafted five sermons on understanding the will of God to help his congregation endure religious doubt as their city—and church—crumbled around them. Weatherhead's sermons were eventually published as The Will of God, a resource that has sold more than a million copies and has been a lifeline for grieving persons seeking to understand God's purpose for their pain. This revised edition of the classic book includes background information on the historical setting that inspired this book, and a new cover to refresh a timeless message—both for new audiences and returning fans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Will of God Author: Leslie D. Weatherhead Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: During the tumultuous era of World War II, the city of London shattered under unrelenting bombs dropped by Nazi Germany. Millions of buildings were destroyed or damaged, tens of thousands of civilians were killed, and survivors were left to ask: How can this destruction be part of God's plan? What is God's will in all of this? After City Temple in London was reduced to rubble, Rev. Leslie Weatherhead crafted five sermons on understanding the will of God to help his congregation endure religious doubt as their city—and church—crumbled around them. Weatherhead's sermons were eventually published as The Will of God, a resource that has sold more than a million copies and has been a lifeline for grieving persons seeking to understand God's purpose for their pain. This revised edition of the classic book includes background information on the historical setting that inspired this book, and a new cover to refresh a timeless message—both for new audiences and returning fans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil is Afraid of Me: The Life and Work of the World's Most Famous Exorcist Author: Fr. Gabriele Amorth Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can do nothing against you because you are too protected! So declared a frustrated host of devils to Father Gabriele Amorth, the priest exorcist in Rome who spent thirty years battling the Devil and his minions by performing more than sixty thousand exorcisms. All the while, he deftly used modern media to awaken our disbelieving modern culture and even the Church to the reality of the Devil and his nefarious actions at all times and everywhere. In this eye-opening book, angelologist Father Marcello Stanzione tells the fascinating story of Father Amorth and his life as an exorcist. You'll learn of his daily schedule and how he managed to perform dozens of exorcisms each week. You'll find out what his exorcism room looked like, and how various devils responded to his bold practice. Best of all, you'll hear Father Amorth's own startling explanations of many truths about the Devil that our culture has forgotten and about the canny methods the Deceiver has adopted in recent years to corrupt believers and unbelievers alike. 'We can do nothing against you because you are too protected!' cried the devils that Father Amorth battled. Let Father Amorth teach you in this book how you, too, can be protected! Fr. Gabriele Amorth Tue, 03 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449754 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil is Afraid of Me: The Life and Work of the World's Most Famous Exorcist Author: Fr. Gabriele Amorth Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can do nothing against you because you are too protected! So declared a frustrated host of devils to Father Gabriele Amorth, the priest exorcist in Rome who spent thirty years battling the Devil and his minions by performing more than sixty thousand exorcisms. All the while, he deftly used modern media to awaken our disbelieving modern culture and even the Church to the reality of the Devil and his nefarious actions at all times and everywhere. In this eye-opening book, angelologist Father Marcello Stanzione tells the fascinating story of Father Amorth and his life as an exorcist. You'll learn of his daily schedule and how he managed to perform dozens of exorcisms each week. You'll find out what his exorcism room looked like, and how various devils responded to his bold practice. Best of all, you'll hear Father Amorth's own startling explanations of many truths about the Devil that our culture has forgotten and about the canny methods the Deceiver has adopted in recent years to corrupt believers and unbelievers alike. 'We can do nothing against you because you are too protected!' cried the devils that Father Amorth battled. Let Father Amorth teach you in this book how you, too, can be protected! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil is Afraid of Me: The Life and Work of the World's Most Famous Exorcist Author: Fr. Gabriele Amorth Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: We can do nothing against you because you are too protected! So declared a frustrated host of devils to Father Gabriele Amorth, the priest exorcist in Rome who spent thirty years battling the Devil and his minions by performing more than sixty thousand exorcisms. All the while, he deftly used modern media to awaken our disbelieving modern culture and even the Church to the reality of the Devil and his nefarious actions at all times and everywhere. In this eye-opening book, angelologist Father Marcello Stanzione tells the fascinating story of Father Amorth and his life as an exorcist. You'll learn of his daily schedule and how he managed to perform dozens of exorcisms each week. You'll find out what his exorcism room looked like, and how various devils responded to his bold practice. Best of all, you'll hear Father Amorth's own startling explanations of many truths about the Devil that our culture has forgotten and about the canny methods the Deceiver has adopted in recent years to corrupt believers and unbelievers alike. 'We can do nothing against you because you are too protected!' cried the devils that Father Amorth battled. Let Father Amorth teach you in this book how you, too, can be protected! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witness of Preaching: Third Edition Author: Thomas G. Long Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This is a newly revised edition of one of the standard introductory preaching textbooks on the market today. Beginning with a solid theological basis, veteran preacher and bestselling author Thomas G. Long offers a practical, step-by-step guide to writing a sermon. Long centers his approach around the biblical concept of witness. To be a preacher, Long posits, is to be a witness to God's work in the world—one who sees before speaking, one whose task is to 'tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth about what is seen.' This updated edition freshens up language and anecdotes, contains an extensive new analysis of the use of multimedia and its impact on preaching, and adds a completely new chapter on plagiarism in preaching. Also included are four complete sermons, with Long's commentary and analysis. The sermons were written and originally preached by Barbara Brown Taylor, Cleophus J. LaRue, Ginger Gaines-Cirelli, and Edmund Steimle. With this third edition, The Witness of Preaching reaffirms itself as the essential resource for seminary students as well as new and experienced preachers. Thomas G. Long Tue, 24 Nov 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449740 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witness of Preaching: Third Edition Author: Thomas G. Long Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This is a newly revised edition of one of the standard introductory preaching textbooks on the market today. Beginning with a solid theological basis, veteran preacher and bestselling author Thomas G. Long offers a practical, step-by-step guide to writing a sermon. Long centers his approach around the biblical concept of witness. To be a preacher, Long posits, is to be a witness to God's work in the world—one who sees before speaking, one whose task is to 'tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth about what is seen.' This updated edition freshens up language and anecdotes, contains an extensive new analysis of the use of multimedia and its impact on preaching, and adds a completely new chapter on plagiarism in preaching. Also included are four complete sermons, with Long's commentary and analysis. The sermons were written and originally preached by Barbara Brown Taylor, Cleophus J. LaRue, Ginger Gaines-Cirelli, and Edmund Steimle. With this third edition, The Witness of Preaching reaffirms itself as the essential resource for seminary students as well as new and experienced preachers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Witness of Preaching: Third Edition Author: Thomas G. Long Narrator: George W. Sarris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 24, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: This is a newly revised edition of one of the standard introductory preaching textbooks on the market today. Beginning with a solid theological basis, veteran preacher and bestselling author Thomas G. Long offers a practical, step-by-step guide to writing a sermon. Long centers his approach around the biblical concept of witness. To be a preacher, Long posits, is to be a witness to God's work in the world—one who sees before speaking, one whose task is to 'tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth about what is seen.' This updated edition freshens up language and anecdotes, contains an extensive new analysis of the use of multimedia and its impact on preaching, and adds a completely new chapter on plagiarism in preaching. Also included are four complete sermons, with Long's commentary and analysis. The sermons were written and originally preached by Barbara Brown Taylor, Cleophus J. LaRue, Ginger Gaines-Cirelli, and Edmund Steimle. With this third edition, The Witness of Preaching reaffirms itself as the essential resource for seminary students as well as new and experienced preachers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Changing the Conversation about Firearms and Faith Author: James E. Atwood Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than ninety people die from gun violence every day in the United States. Some fifty children and teens are shot. There are more than 35,000 gun-related deaths every year. Yet many Christians say gun violence shouldn't be talked about in church. In Collateral Damage, pastor and activist James E. Atwood issues an urgent call to action to Christians to work together to stop gun violence. An avid hunter for many years, Atwood enumerates the tragic and far-reaching costs that accrue in a country with more guns than people. Collateral damage includes a generalized fear and loss of trust. Suicides and homicides. Trauma for children in neighborhoods plagued by gun violence and in schools with frequent lockdown drills. A toxic machismo that shapes our boys and men in unhealthy ways. Economic costs that exceed $229 billion per year. Atwood also considers the deeper story of racism, inequality, and mass incarceration in which the conversation about gun violence is lodged. Gun violence has been called the theological emergency of our time. The church has a moral and spiritual obligation to side with life against death. Will we rise to the occasion? James E. Atwood Tue, 20 Oct 2020 02:18:03 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449705 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Changing the Conversation about Firearms and Faith Author: James E. Atwood Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than ninety people die from gun violence every day in the United States. Some fifty children and teens are shot. There are more than 35,000 gun-related deaths every year. Yet many Christians say gun violence shouldn't be talked about in church. In Collateral Damage, pastor and activist James E. Atwood issues an urgent call to action to Christians to work together to stop gun violence. An avid hunter for many years, Atwood enumerates the tragic and far-reaching costs that accrue in a country with more guns than people. Collateral damage includes a generalized fear and loss of trust. Suicides and homicides. Trauma for children in neighborhoods plagued by gun violence and in schools with frequent lockdown drills. A toxic machismo that shapes our boys and men in unhealthy ways. Economic costs that exceed $229 billion per year. Atwood also considers the deeper story of racism, inequality, and mass incarceration in which the conversation about gun violence is lodged. Gun violence has been called the theological emergency of our time. The church has a moral and spiritual obligation to side with life against death. Will we rise to the occasion? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collateral Damage: Changing the Conversation about Firearms and Faith Author: James E. Atwood Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Genres: Christianity Publisher's Summary: More than ninety people die from gun violence every day in the United States. Some fifty children and teens are shot. There are more than 35,000 gun-related deaths every year. Yet many Christians say gun violence shouldn't be talked about in church. In Collateral Damage, pastor and activist James E. Atwood issues an urgent call to action to Christians to work together to stop gun violence. An avid hunter for many years, Atwood enumerates the tragic and far-reaching costs that accrue in a country with more guns than people. Collateral damage includes a generalized fear and loss of trust. Suicides and homicides. Trauma for children in neighborhoods plagued by gun violence and in schools with frequent lockdown drills. A toxic machismo that shapes our boys and men in unhealthy ways. Economic costs that exceed $229 billion per year. Atwood also considers the deeper story of racism, inequality, and mass incarceration in which the conversation about gun violence is lodged. Gun violence has been called the theological emergency of our time. The church has a moral and spiritual obligation to side with life against death. Will we rise to the occasion?